S-1 1 a2205315zs-1.htm S-1

Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 23, 2011

Registration No. 333-            

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



Community Choice Financial Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Ohio
(State of Incorporation)
  6099
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  45-1536453
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

7001 Post Road, Suite 200
Dublin, Ohio 43016
(614) 798-5900

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)

William E. Saunders, Jr.
Chief Executive Officer
7001 Post Road, Suite 200
Dublin, Ohio 43016
(614) 798-5900
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)



Copies to:

Bridgette Roman, Esq.
Senior Vice President, Secretary and
General Counsel
7001 Post Road, Suite 200
Dublin, Ohio 43016
Tel: (614) 798-5900
Fax: (614) 760-4057

 

Christopher M. Kelly, Esq.
Michael J. Solecki, Esq.

Jones Day
222 East 41st Street
New York, NY 10017-6702
Tel: (212) 326-3939
Fax: (212) 755-7306

 

Craig F. Arcella, Esq.
Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP
825 Eighth Avenue
New York, NY 10019-7475
Tel: (212) 474-1000
Fax: (212) 474-3700



Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

          If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.    o

          If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer o   Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer ý
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company o


CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

       
 
Title of Each Class of
Securities to be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price(1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee(3)

 

Common shares, par value $0.01 per share

  $230,000,000   $26,703

 

(1)
Includes common shares that the underwriters have an option to purchase.
(2)
This amount represents the proposed maximum aggregate offering price of the securities registered hereunder to be sold by the registrant and the selling shareholders. These figures are estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.
(3)
Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933 based on an estimate of the proposed maximum offering price.

          The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission acting, pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED AUGUST 22, 2011

             Shares

GRAPHIC

Community Choice Financial Inc.

Common Shares



        Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for our common shares. The initial public offering price per share is expected to be between $             and $             per share. We have applied to list our common shares on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol "CCFI".

        We are selling             common shares, and the selling shareholders are selling an additional             common shares.

        The underwriters have an option to purchase a maximum of             additional shares from the selling shareholders to cover over-allotments of shares.

        Investing in our common shares involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 21.



 
  Price to
Public
  Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions
  Proceeds to
Company
  Proceeds to
Selling
Shareholders
 
Per Share   $     $     $     $    
Total   $     $     $     $    

        Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

        Delivery of the common shares will be made on or about             , 2011.

Joint Book-Running Managers

Credit Suisse

Jefferies

 

Stephens Inc.


Lead Manager

 

Co-Manager
JMP Securities   William Blair & Company

The date of this Prospectus is             , 2011.


Table of Contents


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

    1  

RISK FACTORS

    21  

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    40  

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA AND PERFORMANCE DATA

    41  

CERTAIN FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION

    42  

USE OF PROCEEDS

    43  

DIVIDEND POLICY

    44  

CAPITALIZATION

    45  

DILUTION

    46  

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

    47  

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

    53  

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    59  

BUSINESS

    88  

MANAGEMENT

    113  

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

    137  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

    138  

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

    139  

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

    143  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

    147  

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS APPLICABLE TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

    149  

UNDERWRITING

    153  

LEGAL MATTERS

    157  

EXPERTS

    157  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

    157  

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

    F-1  



        You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by us or to which we have referred you. We have not, the selling shareholders have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different. This document may only be used where it is legal to sell these securities. The information in this document may only be accurate on the date of this document.

        Until                        (25 days after the commencement of the offering), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer's obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

        This summary highlights certain information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Because this is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a more complete understanding of our business and this offering, you should read the entire prospectus, including the historical consolidated financial statements and pro forma consolidated statements of operations included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should also carefully consider the matters discussed under "Risk Factors". When we present historical financial information on a "pro forma basis", we provide such information after giving effect to each of the acquisition of CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc., which we completed in April 2011, the acquisition of 10 stores in Illinois, which we completed in March 2011, and the acquisition of 19 stores in Alabama, which we completed in March 2010, and to each of the offering of our 10.75% senior secured notes due 2019 and the establishment of our $40 million revolving credit facility, each of which we completed in April 2011, and this offering, as described in more detail under "Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information". When we present operating information on a "combined basis", we provide such information after combining the operating information of Community Choice Financial Inc. (formerly CheckSmart Financial Holdings Corp., or CheckSmart), and CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc., or CCCS, for the period presented. In this prospectus, unless the context requires otherwise, references to "CCFI", "we", "our", "us" or the "Company" refer to Community Choice Financial Inc. and to our predecessor, CheckSmart, as the context requires.

Overview

        We are a leading retailer of alternative financial services to unbanked and underbanked consumers through a network of 433 retail storefronts across 14 states. We focus on providing a wide range of convenient consumer financial products and services to help customers manage their day-to-day financial needs, including short-term consumer loans, title loans, check cashing, prepaid debit cards, money transfers, bill payments and money orders. Although the majority of our customers have banking relationships, we believe that our customers use our financial services because they are convenient, transparent and, in many instances, more affordable than available alternatives.

        We strive to provide customers with unparalleled customer service in a safe, clean and welcoming environment. Our stores are located in highly visible, accessible locations that allow customers convenient and immediate access to our services. Our professional work environment combines high employee performance standards, incentive-based pay and a wide array of training programs to incentivize our employees to provide superior customer service. We believe that this approach has enabled us to build strong customer loyalty, putting us in a position to expand and continue to capitalize on our innovative product offerings. As a result of our focus on store selection and design and our efforts to provide consistent, high-quality customer service, we have achieved per store revenue and per store Adjusted EBITDA contribution levels that we believe substantially exceed all of our publicly traded competitors. See "Certain Financial Measures and Other Information" for an explanation of how we calculate these metrics and "—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data" for a reconciliation of our net income to Adjusted EBITDA.

        We serve the large and growing market of individuals who have limited or no access to traditional sources of consumer credit and financial services. A study conducted by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or FDIC, published in 2009 indicates 25.6% of U.S. households are either unbanked or underbanked, representing approximately 60 million adults. As traditional financial institutions increase fees for consumer services, such as checking accounts and debit cards, and tighten credit standards as a result of economic and other market driven developments, consumers have looked elsewhere for less expensive and more convenient alternatives to meet their financial needs. According to a recent Federal Reserve Bank of New York report, total consumer credit outstanding has declined over $1.0 trillion since its peak in the third quarter of 2008. This contraction in the supply of consumer credit has resulted in significant unmet demand for consumer loan products.

1


Table of Contents

        On April 29, 2011, we acquired CCCS, an alternative financial services business with 141 stores, primarily in California, that have similar product offerings to ours, and which we believe provides us with significant growth opportunities. We refer to this transaction as the California Acquisition. See "—Recent Acquisitions".

        For the year ended December 31, 2010, on a pro forma basis, we generated $310.4 million in revenue, $28.1 million in adjusted net income and $101.9 million in Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDA. For the six months ended June 30, 2011, on a pro forma basis, we generated $157.1 million in revenue, $12.5 million in adjusted net income and $48.3 million in Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDA. For a reconciliation of adjusted net income to Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDA for each of these periods, see "—Summary Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information".

Products and Services

        We offer several convenient, fee-based services to meet the needs of our customers, including short-term consumer loans, title loans, check cashing, prepaid debit cards, money transfers, bill payments, money orders, international and domestic prepaid phone cards, tax preparation, auto insurance, motor vehicle registration services and other ancillary retail financial services. The following charts reflect the major categories of services that we currently offer and the revenues from these services on a pro forma basis for the year ended December 31, 2010 as well as the number of store locations we have in each state:

Pro Forma Net Revenue by Product Group

 

Store Count by State

GRAPHIC

 

GRAPHIC

        Consumer Loans.    We offer a variety of consumer loan products and services. We believe that our customers find our consumer loan products and services to be convenient, transparent and lower-cost alternatives to other, more expensive short-term options, such as incurring returned item fees, credit card late fees, overdraft or overdraft protection fees, utility late payment, disconnect and reconnect fees and other charges imposed by other financing sources when they do not have sufficient funds to cover unexpected expenses or other needs. Our customers often have limited access to more traditional sources of consumer credit such as credit cards.

        The specific short-term consumer loan products we offer vary by location, but generally include the following types of loans:

    Short-Term Consumer Loans.  Our primary product is a short-term, small-denomination consumer loan whereby a customer receives immediate cash in exchange for a post-dated personal check or a pre-authorized debit from his or her bank account. We offer this product in 375 of our 433 stores. As the lender, we agree to defer deposit of the check or initiation of the debit from the customer's bank account until the mutually agreed upon due date, which typically falls on the

2


Table of Contents

      customer's next payday. Principal amounts of our short-term consumer loans can be up to $1,000 and averaged approximately $378 on a combined basis during 2010. Fees charged vary from state to state, generally ranging from $8 to $15 per $100 borrowed. Our short-term consumer loan products are offered in 13 of the 14 states in which we operate including: Alabama, California, Florida, Illinois, Indiana, Kansas, Kentucky, Michigan, Missouri, Ohio, Oregon, Utah and Virginia. In four of our stores in Virginia, we also offer line of credit loans, which are open ended revolving loans that require minimum monthly payments.

      The following table presents key operating data, on a combined basis, for our short-term consumer loan products.

 
  Year ended
December 31, 2010
  Six months
ended
June 30, 2011
 

Loan volume (in millions)

  $ 1,467   $ 696  

Number of loans (in thousands)

    3,885     1,776  

Average originated loan size

  $ 377.69   $ 391.98  

Average originated loan fee

  $ 41.13   $ 43.46  

Loan loss provision as a percentage of loan volume

    2.4 %   2.4 %

Note:
This information does not reflect line of credit loans offered in four stores in Virginia. See "Certain Financial Measures and Other Information".
    Title Loans.  Title loans are short-term, asset-based loans whereby the customer obtains cash using a vehicle as collateral. We offer this product in 243 of our 433 stores. The amount of funds made available is based on the vehicle's value, and our policies typically authorize loans based on the wholesale value of the vehicle in exchange for a first priority lien on the customer's otherwise unencumbered vehicle title. The customer receives the benefit of immediate cash and retains possession of the vehicle while the loan is outstanding. During 2010, the principal amount of our title loans averaged approximately $1,100. Our title loans are offered in seven of the 14 states in which we operate including: Alabama, Arizona, California, Kansas, Missouri, Utah and Virginia.

        On a combined basis, our title loan portfolio balance as of December 31, 2010 was $14.3 million and as of June 30, 2011 was $14.8 million.

        On a pro forma basis, consumer loan products, including short-term consumer loans and title loans, accounted for 57% and 59% of our net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the six-month period ended June 30, 2011, respectively. See "Certain Financial and Other Information" for a description of how we calculate net revenue.

        Check Cashing.    We offer check cashing services in 419 of our 433 stores, which represents all of our stores other than 10 stores we recently acquired in Illinois and four of our stores in Virginia. Prior to cashing a check, our customer service representatives verify the customer's identification and enter the payee's social security number and the payor's bank account information in our internal, proprietary databases, which match these fields to prior transactions in order to mitigate our risk of loss. Although we have established guidelines for approving check cashing transactions, we do not impose maximum check size restrictions. Subject to appropriate approvals, we accept all forms of checks, including payroll, government, tax refund, insurance, money order, cashiers' and personal checks. Our check cashing fees vary depending upon the amount and type of check cashed, applicable state regulations and local market conditions.

3


Table of Contents

        The following table presents key operating data for our check cashing business on a combined basis.

 
  Year ended
December 31, 2010
  Six months
ended
June 30, 2011
 

Face amount of checks cashed (in millions)

  $ 2,631   $ 1,320  

Number of checks cashed (in thousands)

    5,987     2,862  

Face amount of average check

  $ 439.09   $ 461.28  

Average fee per check

  $ 14.24   $ 14.77  

Fee as a percentage of average check size

    3.2 %   3.2 %

Returned check expense (% of face amount)

    0.2 %   0.2 %

        On a pro forma basis, check cashing accounted for 31% and 27% of our net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the six-month period ended June 30, 2011, respectively.

        Prepaid Debit Card Services.    One of our fastest growing businesses is the sale and servicing of prepaid debit cards, which we offer in all of our 433 stores. As an agent for a third-party debit card provider, we offer access to reloadable prepaid debit cards with a variety of enhanced features that provide our customers with a convenient and secure method of accessing their funds in a manner that meets their individual needs. The cards are provided by Insight LLC, or Insight, and our stores serve as distribution points where customers can purchase cards as well as load funds onto and withdraw funds from their cards. Customers can elect to receive check cashing proceeds on their cards without having to worry about security risks associated with carrying cash. The cards can be used at most places where MasterCard® branded debit cards are accepted. These cards offer our customers the ability to direct deposit all or a portion of their payroll checks onto their cards, receive real-time wireless alerts for transactions and account balances, and utilize in-store and online bill payment services. In addition to these basic features available on all of the cards offered in our stores, we offer two additional card options with enhanced features. One of the enhanced feature cards provides, at the customer's option, a lower-cost overdraft protection option compared to the typical overdraft fees charged by traditional banks. The other enhanced card option allows qualifying customers to receive loan proceeds from a state-licensed third-party lender directly onto their cards, which we believe is an innovative feature of these cards. This feature is currently offered in Arizona and certain stores in Ohio, and we intend to introduce it in additional states in the future.

        Since we began offering Insight cards in April 2010, we have experienced substantial growth in our prepaid debit card business. Active Insight accounts, which we define as accounts reflecting any activity during the preceding 90 days, grew from the beginning of our agreement with Insight in April 2010 to over 87,000 active customers in December 2010. In June 2011, we also began converting the CCCS prepaid card business to the Insight program. By June 30, 2011, on a combined basis, the number of our active Insight accounts had grown to over 95,000 active customers. We are paid certain agent fees from Insight that are based on monthly card fees, overdraft charges, interchange fees and ATM access fees. In addition, we earn fees from the sale of prepaid debit cards and are required to pre-fund certain card activity when customers load funds onto their cards. Our pre-funding obligation arises as a result of the time lag between when customers load funds onto their cards in our stores and when funds are subsequently remitted to the banks that issue the cards. We also are required to pre-fund amounts in order to fund our obligation to purchase loan participations when our Arizona customers

4


Table of Contents


receive loan proceeds from a third-party lender onto their cards. The following table presents key operating data for our prepaid debit card services business, on a combined basis, as of June 30, 2011:

 
  As of
June 30, 2011
 

Active card holders in network (in thousands)

    95.0  

Active direct deposit customers (in thousands)

    19.8  

        On a pro forma basis, debit card services accounted for 4% and 6% of our net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the six-month period ended June 30, 2011, respectively.

        Other Products and Services.    Introducing new products into our markets has historically created profitable revenue expansion. Other products and services that we currently offer through our stores include money transfer, bill payment, and international and prepaid phone cards. Additionally, we piloted a new tax preparation offering during the first quarter of 2011. Its impact on our 2011 financial statements was not material but the offering was well received by our customers and we believe it represents an example of an avenue for growth in future years. These other products and services provide revenues and help drive additional traffic to our stores, resulting in increased volume across all of our product offerings. On a pro forma basis, other products and services accounted for 8% of our net revenue for both the year ended December 31, 2010 and the six-month period ended June 30, 2011.

Recent Acquisitions

        On April 29, 2011, we acquired CCCS, an alternative financial services business with similar product offerings as CheckSmart. CheckSmart, together with CCCS and certain other parties, executed an agreement and plan of merger, under which CCFI, a newly formed holding company, acquired all outstanding shares of both CheckSmart and CCCS. We refer to this transaction as the California Acquisition. In connection with consummating the California Acquisition, we also issued $395 million in aggregate principal amount of our 10.75% senior secured notes due 2019, which we refer to as our senior notes, and entered into a $40 million senior secured revolving credit facility, which we refer to as our revolving credit facility. The net proceeds from the offering of the senior notes, together with the initial borrowings under our revolving credit facility and cash on hand, were used to retire the outstanding debt of CheckSmart and CCCS and to pay a special dividend to our shareholders and bonuses to our management. We refer to the consummation of the California Acquisition, the offering of our senior notes, the establishment of our revolving credit facility, and the application of the use of proceeds therefrom as the Transactions.

        In addition to the California Acquisition, we have recently acquired:

    10 stores in Illinois, which we acquired on March 21, 2011 in an asset purchase transaction. We refer to this transaction as the Illinois Acquisition;

    19 stores in Alabama, which we acquired in March 2010. We refer to this transaction as the Alabama Acquisition; and

    Eight stores in Michigan, which we acquired in August 2009. We refer to this transaction as the Michigan Acquisition.

        We have been able to integrate our existing product offerings and customer service oriented approach to significantly increase revenues at acquired stores following both the Alabama and Michigan Acquisitions. We have invested significant resources in building a scalable company-wide platform, in areas such as collections, call center operations, information technology, legal, compliance and accounting in order to quickly and successfully integrate acquired stores into our existing business.

5


Table of Contents

        We continue to review potential acquisition targets and intend to selectively pursue acquisitions where we see attractive opportunities.


INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

        We operate in a segment of the financial services industry that serves unbanked and underbanked consumers in need of convenient and immediate access to cash and other financial products and services, often referred to as "alternative financial services". Our industry provides services to an estimated 60 million unbanked and underbanked consumers in the United States. Products and services offered by this industry segment include various types of short-term loans (including payday loans, title loans, small installment loans, internet loans and pawn loans), check cashing, prepaid card products, rent-to-own products, bill payment services, tax preparation, money orders and money transfers. Consumers who use these services are often underserved by banks and other traditional financial institutions and referred to as "unbanked" or "underbanked" consumers.

        We believe that consumers seek our industry's services for numerous reasons, including because they often:

    prefer and trust the simplicity, transparency and convenience of our products;

    may have a dislike or distrust of banks due to confusing and complicated fee structures that are not uncommon for traditional bank products;

    require access to financial services outside of normal banking hours;

    have an immediate need for cash for sudden financial challenges and unexpected expenses;

    have been rejected for or are unable to access traditional banking or other credit services;

    seek an alternative to the high cost of bank overdraft fees, credit card and other late payment fees and utility reconnection fees; and

    wish to avoid potential negative credit consequences of missed payments with traditional creditors.

        Demand in our industry has been fueled by several demographic and socioeconomic trends, including an overall increase in the population and stagnant to declining growth in the household income for working-class individuals. In addition, many banks have reduced or eliminated services that working-class consumers require, due to the higher costs associated with serving these consumers and increased regulatory and compliance costs. The necessity for our products was highlighted by a recent paper from the National Bureau of Economic Research, or NBER, which found that half of the Americans surveyed reported that it is unlikely that they would be able to gather $2,000 to cover a financial emergency, even if given a month to obtain funds. As a result of these trends, a significant number of retailers in other industries have begun to offer financial services to these consumers. The providers of these services are fragmented and range from specialty finance stores to retail stores in other industries that offer ancillary financial services.

        We believe that the markets in which we operate are highly fragmented. Stephens Inc., or Stephens, estimates that short-term consumer lenders generated approximately $40.0 billion of domestic transaction volume in 2010 from approximately 19,200 storefronts and 150 online lenders. Financial Service Centers of America, Inc., or FiSCA, estimated that in 2007 there were approximately 13,000 check-cashing and other fee-based financial service locations in the United States that cashed approximately $58.0 billion in aggregate face amount of checks.

6


Table of Contents

        We anticipate consolidation within the industry will continue as a result of numerous factors, including:

    economies of scale available to larger operators;

    adoption of technology to better serve customers and control large store networks;

    increased licensing, zoning and other regulatory requirements; and

    the inability of smaller operators to form the alliances necessary to deliver new products and adapt to changes in the regulatory environment.

        The prepaid debit card space is one of the most rapidly growing segments of our industry. Mercator Advisory Group's, or Mercator's, analysis of the prepaid debit card industry indicates that $28.6 billion was loaded onto general-purpose reloadable cards during 2009, a 47% growth rate from 2008, and estimates that the total general-purpose reloadable card market will grow at a compound annual growth rate of 63% from 2007 to 2013, reaching an estimated $201.9 billion in load volume by 2013. A March 2011 study conducted by Bretton Woods, Inc., or Bretton Woods, concluded that the adoption of reloadable prepaid debit cards may surpass the opening of new checking accounts in the coming years as a result of the fact that prepaid debit cards, particularly when combined with direct deposit, will in many instances be less expensive for consumers than traditional checking accounts.

        We take an active leadership role in numerous trade organizations that represent our industry interests and promote best practices within the industry, including the Community Financial Services Association of America, FiSCA, the National Branded Prepaid Card Association and the American Association of Responsible Auto Lenders.


OUR STRENGTHS

        We believe the following strengths differentiate us from our competitors in the marketplace and will enable us to maintain our position as a leading retailer in the alternative financial services industry.

        Leading Market Position with Industry Leading Operating Metrics.    We are one of the largest operators in our industry. We operate 433 stores across 14 states, in an industry that remains highly fragmented. As a result of our focus on store selection and design and our efforts to provide consistent, high-quality customer service, we have achieved per store revenue and per store Adjusted EBITDA contribution levels that we believe substantially exceed all of our publicly traded competitors. For the year ended December 31, 2010, on a pro forma basis, we generated revenue per store of over $716,000, with each store contributing, on average, more than $235,000 to Adjusted EBITDA. We estimate that these figures are approximately 1.2 to 3.0 times and 1.2 to 5.5 times, respectively, those of our publicly-traded peers over the same period. For an explanation of how we calculate these figures, see "Certain Financial Measures and Other Information".

        Best-in-Class Customer Service.    We believe that our retailing competency and our focus on and reputation for superior customer service have been key drivers of our success. We seek to consistently deliver fast, professional service with courteous, personalized treatment designed to ensure that customers feel valued and respected. Our superior customer service culture is primarily the result of the following:

    Convenient store layout, locations and hours.  Our stores are generally designed to maximize customer traffic and privacy while minimizing customer wait time. Our stores typically have five to seven teller stations, which we believe is substantially more than our competitors typically offer and which allow us to serve multiple customers simultaneously and reduce customer wait time. We seek to place our stores in locations that are easily accessible, have ample parking and are in areas of high commercial traffic. We use highly visible signage to attract customers and reinforce brand recognition. Our management believes that our stores are typically open longer

7


Table of Contents

      hours than those of our competitors and that we have more 24-hour stores than any of our competitors. Stores are typically open from 8 a.m. to 8 p.m., Monday through Saturday, and 11 a.m. to 5 p.m. on Sunday. Twenty-seven of our stores are open 24 hours per day.

    Highly Trained and Long Tenured Employees.  We dedicate significant resources to training and retaining our employees, resulting in what we believe is meaningfully lower employee turnover compared to our peers. Our branch employees are trained and incentivized to be efficient and helpful in meeting customer needs. We believe our approach promotes customer trust and, ultimately, customer loyalty. All of our district and regional managers have experience working in our stores, having gained operational expertise and local market awareness, which we believe translates into the ability to make and implement appropriate strategic and operational decisions. We maintain an internal, centralized collections department that is staffed with personnel who specialize in collection activities. Our centralized collections model allows store-level employees to focus on customer service while leaving collections activities to dedicated and skilled professionals. We have designed an incentive-based compensation structure that we believe keeps our branch employees, managers and collections specialists properly motivated.

        Diversified Revenue Mix.    We operate a scalable business model with significant product and geographic diversification across our operating platform. Our diverse product offerings allow us to better serve our customers by providing a solution that fits their particular financial needs. We expect our product diversification to increase in 2011 and future years as a result of anticipated higher growth in prepaid debit card products, title loans and other newly released products. Our business is also geographically diverse, with operations in 14 states.

        Proven History of Successful Acquisition Integration.    We have successfully integrated a number of acquisitions, including acquisitions of both companies and selected stores, into our operations. We have invested significant resources in building a scalable company-wide platform in areas such as collections, call center operations, information technology, and legal and compliance, in order to successfully integrate acquired companies and stores into our business. This scalable infrastructure and proven acquisition platform has allowed us to successfully integrate and improve the operations of stores that we acquire while implementing our unique retail focus at those stores. For example, we have been able to integrate our existing product offerings and customer service oriented approach to significantly increase store-level revenues following the acquisition of 19 stores in Alabama and eight stores in Michigan, with both markets representing revenue growth in excess of 20% through the first half of 2011 as compared to the first half of 2010. In both California and Illinois, we have introduced our enhanced service offerings following those acquisitions and are driving our retail model to create revenue growth.

        Track Record of Flexible and Innovative Execution.    Historically, we have proactively and successfully responded to legislative developments in the jurisdictions in which we operate and have continued to offer innovative products that meet our customers' financial needs. In states where the market has been impacted by disruptive legislative developments, we have generally been able to utilize our execution capabilities to modify and introduce products that comply with the applicable legislative frameworks but preserve, to the greatest extent possible, our financial performance. We have not exited any markets as a result of regulatory changes. Despite recent changes in the regulatory regimes in a number of the states in which we operate, from 2008 to 2010, we grew revenue and Adjusted EBITDA at compound annual growth rates of 8.9% and 16.4%, respectively.

        Scalable IT Infrastructure and Compliance Focus.    We have committed significant resources to develop a scalable technology platform capable of supporting significant growth. Our point-of-sale systems and collections and accounting systems interface with each other, allowing close monitoring of store performance and collections while also providing real-time reporting capabilities. Our IT infrastructure enables us to centrally control and implement changes to consumer loan agreement terms

8


Table of Contents


or Truth-in-Lending disclosures required by statutory or regulatory developments. We utilize our scalable IT infrastructure with robust internal compliance systems and audit teams, which regularly evaluate each store to confirm strict adherence to applicable laws and regulations and test store-based systems that are in place to detect and prevent fraudulent activities. Our Chief Compliance and Technology Officer serves as an executive level officer and is actively involved in the process of developing new products and bringing them to market.

        Experienced and Innovative Management Team and Sponsor.    Our management team consists of individuals highly experienced in the short-term consumer loan, check cashing and prepaid debit card industries, as well as other financial and retail-based businesses. Ted Saunders, our Chief Executive Officer, who has been with us for five years and was promoted from Chief Financial Officer to Chief Executive Officer in 2008, has managed all areas of operations and finance during his tenure. Kyle Hanson, our President, has been with us for 13 years and was previously a District Manager, Regional Manager and then our Vice-President of Store Operations before assuming his current position. Our Chief Compliance and Technology Officer, Chad Streff, has been with us for ten years. Michael Durbin, our Chief Financial Officer, joined us in 2008. Additionally, since our Sponsor's initial investment in 2006, Diamond Castle and its board designees have provided us with valuable operational and strategic experience and insight. Our Chairman, Gene Lockhart, has substantial experience in retail financial services and card products and services, having previously served as President Global Retail Bank at Bank of America, President and Chief Executive Officer of MasterCard International and Chairman of NetSpend Corporation.


GROWTH STRATEGY

        Our goal is to be the provider of choice for short-term consumer loans, check cashing and related services in each of the markets in which we operate. Our strategy is to capitalize on our competitive strengths to increase our revenues, profitability and cash flow through (1) continuing to integrate CCCS into our operations, (2) expanding use of prepaid debit cards, (3) developing new products and services and (4) seeking additional opportunistic acquisitions.

        Integrate CheckSmart and CCCS Operations and Leverage Best Practices of Both Companies.    The combination of CCCS with CheckSmart provided us with a unique opportunity to expand our market presence in California through an established platform that shared many of CheckSmart's operating practices and philosophies, including a customer service-oriented retail business model, diverse product offerings, attractive and prominent real estate and comprehensive information technology infrastructure. We believe the California market offers a stable regulatory environment for our products and services, as California's enabling legislation has remained substantially unchanged since its passage 15 years ago. In combining CCCS's 114 Northern California stores with CheckSmart's existing 17 Northern California stores, we believe we are the alternative financial services market leader in Northern California by store count, with a combined population of approximately 14.3 million in the Northern California markets we serve. We believe CCCS's check cashing practices are among the best in the industry, as their centralized check verification service allows them to process the cashing of checks at a relatively high rate and volume with relatively low loss rates. We have now implemented these practices across our markets and have centralized certain aspects of our check-cashing approval practices in our facility in Dublin, Ohio, and we believe we will achieve improved check cashing efficiencies as a result. We have also begun introducing elements of CheckSmart's retail model within CCCS's operations. We have altered CCCS's product offerings and certain fee rates, moving from a corporate-driven business model. We have also instituted changes at the corporate office to better align with the store-support focus of our retail model. We have also altered employee incentives with respect to CCCS's operations to better align them with our retail model. The impact of these changes is beginning to appear in store level performance. In the two months since the close of the California Acquisition, we have leveraged our lending best practices and have grown short-term consumer loan

9


Table of Contents


revenue in our newly-acquired CCCS stores by 22.4% over the comparable period in 2010. We also anticipate introducing certain other of our best practices at existing CCCS stores in order to enhance further the CCCS store base, particularly in the areas of consumer lending and prepaid debit card products. We believe that we will be able to increase further store volume in CCCS stores, bringing store-level performance closer to the performance we have historically experienced across the rest of our store portfolio.

        Expanding Use of Prepaid Debit Cards.    The launch of prepaid debit card products in our stores has been highly successful to date and we anticipate positioning our card platform as a central strategy to address our customers' wide range of financial needs. We believe that the continuing emergence of prepaid debit cards as an attractive alternative to cash for unbanked and underbanked consumers presents an opportunity for continued growth of the products we market among our customer base, particularly for our check cashing customers. Through our flexible vendor relationship with Insight, we are able to provide customer service for card products directly to customers at our stores. Many of our customers have historically used cash as their primary payment vehicle but may benefit from the convenience, security and freedom associated with a widely accepted electronic payment instrument. We believe that having customers direct deposit all or a portion of their payroll checks onto cards, as well as the convenience and security of the enhanced feature cards that we offer in certain of our stores (including cards with overdraft protection options and the ability to receive loan proceeds from third-party lenders directly onto cards), increases customer loyalty and retention.

        Developing New Products and Services.    We provide a comprehensive suite of products and services in our stores and continually focus on developing new and complementary products and services to better serve our customers. For example, in 2006 we began offering title loans in Arizona and currently offer title loans in seven states. Similarly, in 2009, we began offering a reloadable prepaid debit card product in Ohio and we now offer card products in all of our markets. We intend to continue to evaluate and offer new products and services to meet the needs of our customers and to increase customer loyalty and our market share. We believe that our scalable infrastructure and our retailing expertise provide us with the ability to innovate in product development. We also believe that our ability to introduce new products or adapt and evolve our current products and services allows us to increase our store traffic and enhances our ability to address potential legislative or regulatory changes. In our 2011 media survey, our customers, when asked what other services they would be interested in receiving from us, voiced a desire for us to provide them with a broader range of product offerings, including car insurance, tax preparation and other services.

        Additional Opportunistic Acquisitions.    We intend to continue to expand our network of stores opportunistically through strategic acquisitions in our current markets as well as in new domestic and, possibly, international markets. We believe that our scalable infrastructure and acquisition platform enables us to successfully integrate and improve the operations of stores that we acquire. At the stores we acquired in Alabama and Michigan, we were able to substantially improve store level operating profit during the first year following each acquisition. For the period ended June 30, 2011, the trailing twelve-month revenues from the stores acquired through the Michigan and Alabama Acquisitions had increased 108% and 58% respectively since the time of each applicable acquisition. We intend to leverage our experience in implementing best practices and improving the financial performance of acquired stores. In the past, we have opportunistically acquired loan portfolios and customer lists from small competitors and will continue to evaluate these opportunities in the future as an efficient means by which to grow transaction volume in our existing stores and deliver our full suite of services to a broader customer base.

10


Table of Contents


OUR EQUITY SPONSOR

        Founded in 2004, Diamond Castle Holdings, LLC, or Diamond Castle or our Sponsor, is a leading private equity investment firm with over $1.85 billion of capital under management. The Diamond Castle partners have an established history of successful investing at DLJ Merchant Banking Partners dating back to the early 1990s. The firm invests across a range of industries, with particular focus on the financial services, energy and power, and healthcare sectors. The Community Choice Financial investment was led by Gene Lockhart, the Chairman of Financial Institutions at Diamond Castle, who was formerly President of the Global Retail Bank at Bank of America, CEO of MasterCard International and Chairman of NetSpend Corporation. In addition to Community Choice Financial, Diamond Castle's current portfolio of companies includes Alterra Capital, EverBank Financial, Beacon Health Strategies, Managed Health Care Associates, KDC Solar and Professional Directional. Upon completion of this offering, Diamond Castle will beneficially own approximately        % of our outstanding common shares, or approximately        % of our outstanding common shares if the underwriters fully exercise their overallotment option.


CORPORATE INFORMATION

        Community Choice Financial Inc. is a corporation formed in Ohio in April 2011. Our corporate offices are located at 7001 Post Road, Suite 200, Dublin, Ohio 43016. Our telephone number is (614) 798-5900 and our website is located at www.ccfi.com. Information appearing on our website is not part of this prospectus.

11


Table of Contents


THE OFFERING

Common shares offered

  By us:            common shares

 

By the selling shareholders:            common shares

Common shares to be outstanding after this offering

 

                        common shares

Option to purchase additional shares

 

The selling shareholders have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to an aggregate of an additional            common shares.

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate that the net proceeds to us of this offering, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses, will be approximately $             million. We intend to use the net proceeds for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions or the repayment of debt. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of common shares by the selling shareholders, including in connection with any exercise of the underwriters' overallotment option. See "Use of Proceeds".

Dividend policy

 

We do not expect to pay dividends on our common shares in the foreseeable future. Our future decisions concerning the payment of dividends on our common shares will depend upon our results of operations, financial condition, contractual obligations, business prospects and capital expenditure plans, as well as any other factors that our board of directors may consider relevant. See "Dividend Policy".

Proposed Nasdaq Global Market symbol

 

We have applied to list our common shares on The Nasdaq Global Market, under the symbol "CCFI".

Risk factors

 

See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 21 and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding whether to invest in our common shares.

        Unless otherwise indicated, this prospectus:

    assumes no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase up to an aggregate of            additional common shares from the selling shareholders;

    assumes an initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover of this prospectus;

    reflects a            -for-one share split with respect to our common shares;

    does not reflect a total of            common shares underlying outstanding employee equity grants; and

    does not reflect            common shares reserved for issuance under our equity compensation plan.

12


Table of Contents


SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following table sets forth CCFI's summary historical consolidated financial and other data, as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and as of and for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2010 and June 30, 2011. The summary historical financial and other data as of December 31, 2009 and 2010 and for each of the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 have been derived from, and should be read together with, CCFI's audited historical consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated financial and other data as of December 31, 2008 have been derived from CCFI's audited historical consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated financial data as of June 30, 2011 and for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2010 and June 30, 2011 were derived from, and should be read together with, our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated financial data as of June 30, 2010 have been derived from CCFI's unaudited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. The unaudited financial data includes, in our opinion, all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) that are necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations for these periods.

        You should read the following information in conjunction with "Capitalization" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and CCFI's consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
(In thousands)
  2008   2009   2010   2010   2011  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Statement of Operations Data:

                               

Finance receivable fees

  $ 152,732   $ 136,957   $ 146,059   $ 69,929   $ 81,471  

Check cashing fees

    25,634     53,049     55,930     27,746     32,814  

Card fees

    1,808     2,063     10,731     2,663     8,757  

Other

    8,845     10,614     11,560     5,921     8,218  
                       
 

Total revenues

    189,019     202,683     224,280     106,259     131,260  
                       

Branch expenses:

                               
 

Salaries and benefits

    33,738     34,343     38,759     19,869     24,129  
 

Provision for loan losses

    37,544     43,463     40,316     17,682     23,694  
 

Occupancy

    13,457     13,855     14,813     7,173     8,840  
 

Depreciation and amortization

    10,422     6,613     5,318     2,458     2,545  
 

Other

    21,420     22,652     27,994     12,666     15,728  
                       

Total branch expenses

    116,581     120,926     127,200     59,848     74,936  
                       

Branch gross profit

    72,438     81,757     97,080     46,411     56,324  
                       

Corporate expenses

    31,795     31,518     34,177     16,676 (1)   30,597 (1)

Depreciation and amortization

    1,063     568     1,222     652     1,012  

Interest expenses, net

    16,191     11,532     8,501     4,429     11,660  

Goodwill impairment

    53,263                  

Nonoperating income, management fees

    (260 )   (172 )   (46 )   (22 )   (22 )
                       
 

Income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes, discontinued operations, and extraordinary item

    (29,614 )   38,311     53,226     24,676     13,077  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

    (10,635 )   14,042     19,801     9,469     6,137  
                       

Income (loss) from continuing operations

    (18,979 )   24,269     33,425     15,207     6,940  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations(2)

    482     368     (2,196 )   (2,196 )    
                       

Income (loss) before extraordinary item

    (18,497 )   24,637     31,229     13,011     6,940  

Extraordinary item(3)

    3,913                  
                       
 

Net income (loss)

    (22,410 )   24,637     31,229     13,011     6,940  

Net loss attributable to non-controlling interests

            (252 )       (120 )
                       

Net income (loss) attributable to controlling interests

  $ (22,410 ) $ 24,637   $ 31,481   $ 13,011   $ 7,060  
                       

13


Table of Contents

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
(In thousands, except per share and share amounts)
  2008   2009   2010   2010   2011  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Earnings per share—basic

                               
 

Operating income (loss) available to controlling interests—per share

  $ (18.55 ) $ 23.72   $ 32.91   $ 14.86   $ 6.26  
   

Discontinued operations—per share

    0.47     0.36     (2.15 )   (2.15 )    
   

Extraordinary item—per share

    (3.82 )                
                       
 

Net income (loss) available to controlling interests—per share

  $ (21.90 ) $ 24.08   $ 30.76   $ 12.71   $ 6.26  
                       

Earnings per share—diluted

                               
 

Operating income (loss) available to controlling Interests—per share

  $ (18.55 ) $ 23.29   $ 32.00   $ 14.44   $ 5.99  
   

Discontinued operations—per share

    0.47     0.35     (2.09 )   (2.08 )    
   

Extraordinary item—per share

    (3.82 )                
                       
 

Net income (loss) available to controlling interests—per share

  $ (21.90 ) $ 23.64   $ 29.91   $ 12.36   $ 5.99  
                       

Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic

    1,023,256     1,023,256     1,023,256     1,023,256     1,128,329  
                       

Weighted average common shares outstanding—diluted

    1,023,256     1,041,886     1,052,393     1,052,974     1,178,622  
                       

 

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
(In thousands, except for stores data, averages,
percentages or unless otherwise specified)
  2008   2009   2010   2010   2011  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

                               

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 25,883   $ 27,959   $ 39,780   $ 32,422   $ 57,084  

Finance receivables, net

    51,954     66,035     81,337     64,412     96,997  

Total assets

    266,922     280,476     310,644     295,883     480,668  

Total debt

    195,800     193,365     188,934     191,455     395,000  

Total stockholders' equity

    50,768     77,791     109,791     90,967     51,348  

Other Operating Data (unaudited):

                               

Number of stores (at period end)

    252     264     282     283     433  

Short-term consumer loans data(4):

                               

Loan volume

  $ 1,116,869   $ 1,162,086   $ 1,237,163   $ 566,741   $ 624,567  

Number of loans

    2,919     2,816     2,956     1,336     1,487  

Average new loan size

  $ 382.63   $ 412.67   $ 418.53   $ 424.21   $ 420.02  

Average new loan fee

  $ 50.84   $ 42.79   $ 43.14   $ 45.74   $ 44.82  

Loan loss provision

  $ 33,849   $ 28,856   $ 29,991   $ 12,277   $ 14,783  

Loan loss provision as a percentage of volume

    3.0 %   2.5 %   2.4 %   2.2 %   2.4 %

Check cashing data:

                               

Face amount of checks cashed (in millions)

  $ 821   $ 1,309   $ 1,443   $ 712   $ 928  

Number of checks cashed

    1,857     3,029     3,292     1,558     2,009  

Face amount of average check

  $ 442.36   $ 432.08   $ 438.13   $ 457.10   $ 461.70  

Average fee per check

  $ 13.80   $ 17.51   $ 16.99   $ 17.80   $ 16.33  

Returned check expense

  $ 1,760   $ 3,058   $ 3,034   $ 1,280   $ 2,453  

Returned check expense as a percentage of face amount of checks cashed

    0.2 %   0.2 %   0.2 %   0.2 %   0.3 %

Other Financial Data (unaudited):

                               

EBITDA(5)

  $ 47,894   $ 57,392   $ 66,323   $ 30,019   $ 28,414  

Adjusted EBITDA(5)

    53,138     59,421     72,012     33,215     38,683  

Capital expenditures

    2,969     2,383     1,688     1,620     1,136  

(1)
Includes year-to-date transaction expenses of $0.2 million and $8.7 million for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

(2)
Discontinued operations is presented net of provision (benefit) for income tax of 38% for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and the six-month period ended June 30, 2010.

(3)
Represents costs incurred in connection with ballot initiatives in Ohio and Arizona in 2008.

(4)
Does not reflect line of credit loans offered in four stores in Virginia.

14


Table of Contents

(5)
EBITDA is defined as net income attributable to controlling interests plus provision for income taxes, net interest expense, and depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA represents EBITDA as adjusted for certain items described in the table below.


EBITDA is presented because we believe it is useful to investors as a widely accepted financial indicator of our operating performance. We utilize EBITDA frequently in our decision-making because we believe it provides meaningful information regarding our operating performance and facilitates comparisons to our historical operating results.



We also use, and we believe investors also benefit from the presentation of, Adjusted EBITDA to assess our operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA excludes certain expenses that we do not consider indicative of our ongoing performance, and therefore we believe that Adjusted EBITDA makes it easier for investors and others to evaluate our results on a normalized basis and to compare our operating results from period to period.



EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not defined under United States generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for measures of our performance prepared in accordance with GAAP and are not indicative of income from operations as determined under GAAP. Because not all companies use identical calculations, the presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies.

    The following table provides an unaudited reconciliation of net income (loss) attributable to controlling interest to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA:

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2008   2009   2010   2010   2011  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Net income (loss) attributable to controlling interest

  $ (22,410 ) $ 24,637   $ 31,481   $ 13,011   $ 7,060  

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

    (10,635 )   14,042     19,801     9,469     6,137  

Interest expense, net

    16,191     11,532     8,501     4,429     11,660  

Depreciation and amortization (Branch)

    10,422     6,613     5,318     2,458     2,545  

Depreciation and amortization (Corporate)(a)

    54,326     568     1,222     652     1,012  
                       
 

EBITDA

    47,894     57,392     66,323     30,019     28,414  
                       

Discontinued operations(b)

    (482 )   (368 )   2,196     2,196      

Sponsor management fee(c)

    797     833     1,184     653     498  

Sponsor collateral fee(d)

            400         107  

Transaction expenses(e)

            237     73     8,698  

Non-cash gain(f)

    383     361             19  

Non-cash compensation(g)

    529     1,057     338     169     52  

Ohio DIT tax(h)

    104     146     105     105     144  

Non-recurring legal settlement(i)

            900          

Latin Card consolidated loss(j)

            329         751  

Extraordinary item(k)

    3,913                  
                       
 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 53,138   $ 59,421   $ 72,012   $ 33,215   $ 38,683  
                       

(a)
Includes accelerated amortization due to impairment of goodwill in 2008. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies—Goodwill".

(b)
Reflects results, net of tax, of our discontinued Florida commercial check cashing business. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Discontinued Operations".

(c)
Represents fees paid by us to Diamond Castle. See "Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions".

(d)
Represents fees paid by us to Diamond Castle with respect to an arrangement of treasury management services.

(e)
Represents legal and due diligence expenses incurred in connection with acquisitions.

(f)
Represents non-cash (loss) gain on properties sold by us.

(g)
Represents non-cash compensation expense incurred in connection with employee equity grants.

(h)
Represents Ohio's dealer intangibles tax, which is a replacement for the franchise tax that is not accounted for as income tax in our consolidated financial statements.

(i)
Represents amounts reserved in connection with the anticipated settlement of litigation in California stemming from employee claims under California law and which is currently pending final court approval. See "Business—Legal Proceedings".

(j)
Represents results attributable to Latin Card Strategy, LLC, or Latin Card, an entity which we formerly consolidated for purposes of our financial statements prior to March 31, 2011. In May 2011, we decreased our ownership interest in Latin Card to 49% and no longer consolidate the results of this entity for purposes of our financial statements.

(k)
Represents costs incurred in connection with ballot initiatives in Ohio and Arizona.

15


Table of Contents

CCCS

        The following table sets forth CCCS's summary historical consolidated financial and other data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and as of and for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011. The summary historical financial and other data as of December 31, 2009 and 2010 and for each of the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 have been derived from, and should be read together with, CCCS's audited historical consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated financial data as of March 31, 2011 and for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011 were derived from, and should be read together with, CCCS's unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated financial data as of March 31, 2010 have been derived from CCCS's unaudited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. The unaudited financial data includes, in our opinion, all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) that are necessary for a fair presentation of CCCS's financial position and results of operations for these periods.

        You should read the following information in conjunction with "Capitalization" and CCCS's consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
(In thousands)
  2008   2009   2010   2010   2011  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Statement of Operations Data:

                               

Revenue:

                               
 

Short-term consumer loans fees, net

  $ 25,016   $ 25,799   $ 32,278   $ 7,479   $ 8,105  
 

Check cashing fees

    28,352     27,797     29,408     7,582     7,428  
 

Other revenue

    9,752     9,787     12,402     2,714     3,365  
                       
   

Total revenue

    63,120     63,383     74,088     17,775     18,898  
                       
 

Store expenses

    36,015     35,054     44,931     10,456     10,933  
                       
   

Stores gross profit

    27,105     28,329     29,157     7,319     7,965  
                       

Corporate and other expenses:

                               
 

Selling, general, and administrative expenses

    6,005     6,273     6,608     1,613     1,884  
 

Non-recurring class action settlement costs

        2,313              
 

Non-recurring debt acquisition costs

        107              
 

Interest expense and finance fees

    7,927     4,646     4,436     1,099     1,031  
 

Depreciation and amortization

    4,085     3,698     3,630     815     954  
 

Goodwill and other intangibles impairment

                    28,986  
                       
   

Total corporate and other expenses

    18,017     17,037     14,674     3,527     32,855  
                       
   

Income (loss) from continuing operations before provision for income taxes

    9,088     11,292     14,483     3,792     (24,890 )
 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

    2,575     2,864     4,716     1,691     (7,780 )
                       
   

Income (loss) from continuing operations

    6,513     8,428     9,767     2,101     (17,110 )
 

Loss from discontinued operations

            (457 )   (53 )    
                       
   

Net income (loss)

    6,513     8,428     9,310     2,048     (17,110 )
   

Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interest

    3,762     3,460     3,832     741     (3,750 )
                       
   

Net income (loss) attributable to CCCS Corporate Holdings Inc. 

  $ 2,751   $ 4,968   $ 5,478   $ 1,307   $ (13,360 )
                       

16


Table of Contents


 
   
   
   
  Three Months Ended March 31,  
 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(in thousands, except for stores data, averages, percentages or unless otherwise specified)
 
  2008   2009   2010   2010   2011  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

                               

Cash

  $ 37,845   $ 33,655   $ 26,125   $ 32,673   $ 25,260  

Advances and fees receivables, net

    9,002     12,230     14,416     10,401     12,148  

Total assets

    177,101     182,764     179,077     180,931     145,450  

Total debt

    91,515     88,023     80,023     86,023     73,923  

Total stockholders' equity

    56,936     63,676     70,992     64,888     53,769  

Other Operating Data (unaudited):

                               

Number of stores (at period end)

    104     119 *   141     141     141  

Company owned

    104     119 *   141     141     141  

Short-term consumer loans data:

                               

Loan volume

  $ 172,377   $ 178,865   $ 230,153   $ 46,170   $ 54,727  

Number of loans

    697     736     929     187     220  

Average new loan size

  $ 247   $ 243   $ 248   $ 246   $ 249  

Average new loan fee

  $ 35.89   $ 35.03   $ 34.74   $ 36.85   $ 36.58  

Loan loss provision

  $ 5,302   $ 4,450   $ 5,330   $ 1,448   $ 1,881  

Loan loss provision as a percentage of volume

    3.08 %   2.49 %   2.32 %   2.96 %   1.61 %

Check cashing data:

                               

Face amount of checks cashed (in millions)

  $ 1,160   $ 1,093   $ 1,188   $ 284   $ 307  

Number of checks cashed

    2,578     2,427     2,695     589     650  

Face amount of average check

  $ 450   $ 451   $ 441   $ 482   $ 472  

Average fee per check

  $ 11.00   $ 11.45   $ 10.91   $ 12.46   $ 11.43  

Returned check expense

  $ 1,475   $ 1,223   $ 1,451   $ 268   $ 275  

Returned check expense as a percent of face amount of checks cashed

    0.13 %   0.11 %   0.12 %   0.09 %   0.09 %

Other Financial Data (unaudited):

                               

Capital expenditures

  $ 2,720   $ 11,794   $ 4,866   $ 2,885   $ 946  

*
Includes 18 stores acquired on December 29, 2009, which had a minimal impact on 2009 results.

17


Table of Contents


SUMMARY UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

        The pro forma information set forth below gives effect to the California Acquisition, the Illinois Acquisition, the Alabama Acquisition, the senior notes offering, the establishment of our revolving credit facility and this offering, as if they had each occurred on January 1, 2010. We have derived the pro forma consolidated financial data for the year ended December 31, 2010 by calculating the historical consolidated financial data for the year ended December 31, 2010 for CCFI and for the year ended December 31, 2010 for CCCS, and then applying pro forma adjustments to give effect to such transactions. We have derived the pro forma consolidated financial data for the six-month period ended June 30, 2011 by calculating the historical consolidated financial data for the period ended June 30, 2011 for CCFI and for the period ended April 29, 2011 for CCCS, the date of the California Acquisition, and then applying pro forma adjustments to give effect to such transactions. The pro forma information is unaudited, is for informational purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of what our financial position or results of operations would have been had such transactions been completed as of the dates indicated and does not purport to represent what our results of operations might be for any future period.

        The following summary pro forma consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with "Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data", "Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information", "Use of Proceeds", "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations", and the consolidated financial statements of CCFI and CCCS and the accompanying notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

18


Table of Contents


 
  Pro Forma  
 
  Year Ended December 31, 2010   Six Months Ended June 30, 2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Statement of Operations Data:

             

Finance receivable fees

  $ 188,637   $ 93,411  

Check cashing fees

    86,798     42,286  

Card fees

    12,989     9,454  

Other

    21,933     11,902  
           
 

Total revenues

    310,357     157,053  
           

Branch expenses:

             
 

Salaries and benefits

    64,082     32,004  
 

Provision for loan losses

    48,620     25,025  
 

Occupancy

    23,981     11,831  
 

Depreciation and amortization

    6,995     2,688  
 

Other

    35,061     17,866  
           

Total branch expenses

    178,739     89,414  
           

Branch gross profit

    131,618     67,639  

Corporate expenses

    39,083     23,214  

Depreciation and amortization

    3,076     2,087  

Interest expense, net

    45,316     22,423  

Nonoperating income, management fees

    (46 )   (22 )
           

Income before income taxes

    44,189     19,937  
 

Provision for income taxes

    16,367     7,603  
           
 

Net income

    27,822     12,334  
 

Net loss attributable to non-controlling interests

    (252 )   (120 )
           
 

Adjusted net income

  $ 28,074   $ 12,454  
           

Other Financial Data (unaudited):

             

Pro Forma EBITDA

  $ 99,828   $ 47,255  
           

Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDA

    101,938     48,341  

Combined historical capital expenditures:

             
 

New stores

    171      
 

Acquisitions

    6,012     11,109  
 

Maintenance and other

    3,250     1,421  
 

Total capital expenditures

    9,433     12,530  

        Pro Forma EBITDA is defined as pro forma adjusted net income attributable to controlling interests plus provision for income taxes, net interest expense, and depreciation and amortization. Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDA represents Pro Forma EBITDA as adjusted for certain items described in the table below.

        EBITDA (including Pro Forma EBITDA) is presented because we believe it is useful to investors as a widely accepted financial indicator of our operating performance. We utilize EBITDA frequently in our decision-making because it provides meaningful information regarding our operating performance and facilitates comparisons to our historical operating results.

        We also use, and we believe investors also benefit from the presentation of, Adjusted EBITDA (including Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDA) to assess our operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA excludes certain expenses that we do not consider indicative of our ongoing performance, and therefore

19


Table of Contents


we believe that Adjusted EBITDA makes it easier for investors and others to evaluate our results on a normalized basis and to compare our operating results from period to period.

        Pro Forma EBITDA and Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDA are not defined under GAAP, should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for measures of our performance prepared in accordance with GAAP and are not indicative of income from operations as determined under GAAP. Because not all companies use identical calculations, the presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA (including such measures presented on a Pro Forma basis) may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies.

        The following table provides an unaudited reconciliation of pro forma adjusted net income to Pro Forma EBITDA and Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the six months ended June 30, 2011:

 
  Pro Forma  
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2010
  Six Months
Ended June 30,
2011
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Pro forma adjusted net income

  $ 28,074   $ 12,454  
           

Provision for income taxes

    16,367     7,603  

Interest expense, net

    45,316     22,423  

Depreciation and amortization (store-level)

    6,995     2,688  

Depreciation and amortization (corporate)

    3,076     2,087  
           
 

Pro Forma EBITDA

    99,828     47,255  
           

Latin Card(a)

    329     751  

Loss/Gain on Disposition of Assets(b)

        19  

Litigation Settlement(c)

    900      

Sponsor collateral fee(d)

    400     107  

Non-cash compensation

    376     65  

Ohio DIT tax(e)

    105     144  
           
 

Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 101,938   $ 48,341  

(a)
Represents results attributable to Latin Card Strategy, LLC, or Latin Card, an entity which we formerly consolidated for purposes of our financial statements prior to March 31, 2011. In May 2011, we decreased our ownership interest in Latin Card to 49% and no longer consolidate the results of this entity for purposes of our financial statements.

(b)
Represents non-cash (loss) gain on properties sold by us.

(c)
Represents amounts reserved in connection with the anticipated settlement of litigation in California stemming from employee claims under California law and which is currently pending final court approval. See "Business—Legal Proceedings".

(d)
Represents fees paid by us to Diamond Castle with respect to an arrangement of treasury management services.

(e)
Represents Ohio's dealer intangibles tax, which is replacement for the franchise tax that is not accounted for as income tax in our consolidated financial statements.

20


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

        An investment in our common shares involves a significant degree of risk. Prior to making an investment decision, you should carefully consider, along with other information set forth in this prospectus, the following risk factors. The following risks and uncertainties could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or operating results. In this event, the trading price of our common shares could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

We are subject to regulation at both the state and federal levels that is subject to varying interpretations, and our failure to comply with applicable regulations could result in significant liability to us as well as significant additional costs to bring our business practices into compliance.

        Our business and products are subject to extensive regulation by state, federal and local governments that may impose significant costs or limitations on the way we conduct or expand our business. In general, these regulations are intended to protect consumers and not our shareholders. See "Business—Regulation and Compliance" for a discussion of the regulatory environment in which we operate.

        These regulations include those relating to:

    usury, interest rates and fees;

    deferred presentment/small denomination lending, including terms of loans (such as maximum rates, fees and amounts and minimum durations); renewals and extensions; and disclosures;

    licensing and posting of fees;

    lending practices, such as Truth-in-Lending;

    unfair, deceptive and abusive acts and practices in consumer transactions;

    check cashing;

    money transmission;

    currency and suspicious activity recording and reporting;

    privacy of personal consumer information; and

    prompt remittance of excess proceeds for the sale of repossessed automobiles in certain states in which we operate as a title lender.

        Most state laws that specifically regulate our products and services establish allowable fees, interest rates and other financial terms. In addition, many states regulate the maximum amount, maturity, frequency and renewal or extension terms of the loans we provide, as well as the number of simultaneous or consecutive loans. The terms of our products and services vary from state to state in order to comply with the specific laws and regulations of those states.

        Our business is also regulated at the federal level. Our lending, like our other activities, is subject to routine oversight by the Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, and, effective July 2011 and as discussed in more detail below, is also subject to supervision by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, or CFPB. See "—The Dodd-Frank Act authorizes the newly created CFPB to adopt rules that could potentially have a serious impact on our ability to offer short-term consumer loans and it also empowers the CFPB and state officials to bring enforcement actions against companies that violate federal consumer financial laws."

        In addition, our lending activities are subject to disclosure and non-discrimination requirements, as well as requirements governing electronic payments and transactions. In 2007, the U.S. Congress effectively prohibited lenders from making certain short-term consumer loans to members of the U.S. military, active-duty reservists and National Guard, and their respective dependents. Our operations are

21


Table of Contents


also subject to the rules and oversight of the Internal Revenue Service and U.S. Treasury related to the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money laundering laws and regulations.

        Regulatory authorities and courts have considerable discretion in the way they interpret licensing and other statutes under their jurisdiction and may seek to interpret or enforce existing regulations in new ways. If we fail to observe, or are not able to comply with, applicable legal requirements (as such requirements may be interpreted by courts or regulatory authorities), we may be forced to modify or discontinue certain product service offerings or to invest additional amounts to bring our product service offerings into compliance, which could adversely impact our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, in some cases, violation of these laws and regulations could result in fines, penalties and other civil and/or criminal penalties. For example, state laws may require lenders that charge interest at rates considered to be usurious or that otherwise violate the law to pay a penalty equal to the principal and interest due for a given loan or loans or a multiple of the finance charges assessed. Depending on the nature and scope of a violation, fines and other penalties for non-compliance of applicable requirements could be significant and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation and financial condition.

Changes in applicable laws and regulations, including adoption of new laws and regulations, governing consumer protection, lending practices and other aspects of our business could have a significant adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition and ability to meet our obligations, or make the continuance of our current business impractical, unprofitable or impossible.

        We are subject to the risk that the laws and regulations governing our business are subject to change. State legislatures, the U.S. Congress, and various regulatory bodies may adopt legislation, regulations or rules that could negatively affect our results of operations or make the continuance of our current business impractical, unprofitable or impossible.

        For instance, at the federal level, bills were introduced in Congress in 2008 and 2009 that would have placed a federal cap of 36% on the APR applicable to all consumer loan transactions. Another bill directed at payday loans would have placed a 15-cent-per-dollar borrowed ($0.15/$1.00) cap on fees for cash advances, banned rollovers (which is a practice that allows consumers to pay a fee to extend the term of a payday or other short-term loan), and required us to offer an extended payment plan that would have severely restricted many of our payday lending products. Consumer advocacy groups and other opponents of payday and title lending are likely to continue their efforts before Congress, state legislatures and, now, the CFPB, to adopt laws or promulgate rules that would severely limit, if not eliminate, such loans.

        Various states have also enacted or considered laws and regulations that could affect our business. Since July 1, 2007, several states in which we operate, including Florida, Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, Ohio, and Virginia, have enacted laws (or in the case of Arizona, allowed the deferred presentment law to expire) that have impacted our short-term consumer loan business by adversely modifying or eliminating our ability to offer the loan products we previously offered in our stores in those jurisdictions. Recent state legislation has included the adoption of maximum APRs at rates well below a rate at which short-term consumer lending is profitable, the implementation of statewide consumer databases combined with the adoption of rules limiting the maximum number of payday or other short-term consumer loans any one customer can have outstanding at one time or in the course of a given period of time, the adoption of mandatory cooling-off periods for consumer borrowers and the implementation of mandatory and frequently cost-free installment repayment plan options for borrowers who request them, who default on their loans or who claim an inability to repay their loans.

        We cannot currently assess the likelihood of the enactment of any future unfavorable federal or state legislation or regulations. We cannot assure you that further legislative or regulatory initiatives will not be enacted that would severely restrict, prohibit or eliminate our ability to offer small denomination loan products to consumers. Future legislative or regulatory actions could entail reductions of the fees

22


Table of Contents


and interest that we are currently allowed to charge, limitations on loan amounts, lengthening of the minimum loan term and reductions in the number of loans a consumer may have outstanding at one time or over a stated period of time or could entail prohibitions against such lending transactions or other services we offer. Such changes could have a material adverse impact on our business prospects, result of operations, financial condition and cash flows or could make the continuance of our current business impractical or unprofitable and therefore could impair our ability to meet our obligations and to continue current operations. Moreover, similar actions by states or by foreign countries in which we do not currently operate could limit our opportunities to pursue our growth strategies. As we develop new services, we may become subject to additional federal and state regulations.

Short-term consumer lending, including payday lending, is highly controversial and has been criticized as being predatory by certain advocacy groups, legislators, regulators, media organizations and other parties.

        A significant portion of our revenue and net income comes from loan interest and fees on payday or similar short-term consumer loans and from services we provide our customers. The short-term consumer loans we make typically involve APRs exceeding 395%. Consumer advocacy groups and media reports often focus on the costs to a consumer for small denomination loans and claim that such loans can trap borrowers in a "cycle of debt" and claim further that they are predatory or abusive. While we believe that these loans provide substantial benefits when responsibly utilized, the controversy surrounding this activity may result in our and the industry being subject to the threat of adverse legislation, regulation or litigation motivated by such critics. Such legislation, regulation or litigation could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition or could make the continuance of our current business impractical or unprofitable. In addition, if this negative characterization of small consumer loans becomes increasingly accepted by consumers, demand for these loan products could significantly decrease, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The Dodd-Frank Act authorizes the newly created CFPB to adopt rules that could potentially have a serious impact on our ability to offer short-term consumer loans and it also empowers the CFPB and state officials to bring enforcement actions against companies that violate federal consumer financial laws.

        Title X of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, or Dodd-Frank or the Dodd-Frank Act, created the CFPB. The CFPB became operational in July 2011, although it may not currently have the ability to oversee non-depository institutions and write rules until a permanent director is installed. Once fully operational, the CFPB will have regulatory, supervisory and enforcement powers over providers of consumer financial products and services, including explicit supervisory authority to examine and require registration of payday lenders. Included in the powers afforded the CFPB is the authority to adopt rules describing specified acts and practices as being "unfair", "deceptive" or "abusive," and hence unlawful. Some consumer advocacy groups have suggested that payday and title lending should be a regulatory priority. Accordingly, it is possible that at some time in the future the CFPB could propose and adopt rules making such lending services materially less profitable or impractical, forcing us to modify or terminate certain product offerings, including payday and/or title loans. The CFPB could also adopt rules imposing new and potentially burdensome requirements and limitations with respect to our other lines of business. Any such rules could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation and financial condition or could make the continuance of our current business impractical or unprofitable.

        In addition to Dodd-Frank's grant of regulatory and supervisory powers to the CFPB, Dodd-Frank gives the CFPB authority to pursue administrative proceedings or litigation for violations of federal consumer financial laws (including the CFPB's own rules). In these proceedings, the CFPB can obtain cease and desist orders (which can include orders for restitution or rescission of contracts, as well as other kinds of affirmative relief) and monetary penalties ranging from $5,000 per day for ordinary violations of federal consumer financial laws to $25,000 per day for reckless violations and $1 million

23


Table of Contents


per day for knowing violations. Also, where a company has violated Title X of Dodd-Frank or CFPB regulations under Title X, Dodd-Frank empowers state attorneys general and state regulators to bring civil actions for the kind of cease and desist orders available to the CFPB (but not for civil penalties). If the CFPB or one or more state officials believe we have violated the foregoing laws or regulations, they could exercise their enforcement powers in ways that would have a material adverse effect on us.

Some of our (and our competitors') lending practices in certain states have become or may become the subject of regulatory scrutiny and/or litigation. An unfavorable outcome in ongoing or future litigation could force us to discontinue these business practices and/or make monetary payments. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        In most cases, our lending companies make short-term loans without any involvement of either affiliated or unaffiliated third parties. In Ohio and Arizona, however, our customers receive financial services through us from multiple parties. In Ohio, one of our companies makes loans at the highest rate permitted by applicable law and disburses loan proceeds in the form of money orders. One of our other companies, sharing the same office, at the borrower's election cashes these money orders for a fee. In Arizona (and to a limited extent in Ohio), we market prepaid debit cards and lines of credit offered by a licensed lender unaffiliated with us. If a customer obtains both a prepaid debit card and a line of credit, loan funds can be disbursed in multiple ways at the borrower's election, including: (1) a card load, if and when the borrower seeks to make a card purchase but has insufficient funds on the card; (2) a card load at the borrower's request in advance of a transaction; and (3) a check mailed to the borrower at his or her request. The lender charges the borrower the highest interest rate permitted by applicable law on their lines of credit and the card program manager charges cardholders separate monthly, transaction, load and other fees charged for their cards.

        While we believe that these multiple-party programs are lawful, they entail heightened legal risk when compared to our single-party loan programs. In an effort to prohibit programs similar to our Ohio program, in 2010 the Ohio Department of Commerce, Division of Financial Institutions, or the Ohio Division, adopted a rule (which was declared invalid in ongoing litigation) and entered an order against another lender in regulatory enforcement proceedings (which order has been vacated by the same judge that overturned the Ohio Division rule). If either of these favorable decisions is appealed and the ultimate resolution on appeal is unfavorable, we could be forced to discontinue charging fees for cashing money orders or checks that disburse the proceeds of loans we make and we could also become subject to private class action litigation with respect to fees collected under the current version of the program. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. See "Business—Legal Proceedings—Ohio Third-Party Litigation". Additionally, in the event of class action litigation and/or regulatory action in Arizona, a similar material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations could result.

Judicial decisions, CFPB rule-making or amendments to the Federal Arbitration Act could render the arbitration agreements we use illegal or unenforceable.

        We include pre-dispute arbitration provisions in our loan agreements. These provisions are designed to allow us to resolve any customer disputes through individual arbitration rather than in court. Our arbitration agreements contain certain consumer-friendly features, including terms that require in-person arbitration to take place in locations convenient for the consumer and provide consumers the option to pursue a claim in small claims court. However, our arbitration provisions explicitly provide that all arbitrations will be conducted on an individual and not on a class basis. Thus, our arbitration agreements, if enforced, have the effect of shielding us from class action liability. They do not generally have any impact on regulatory enforcement proceedings.

        We take the position that the Federal Arbitration Act requires the enforcement in accordance with the terms of arbitration agreements containing class action waivers of the type we use. While many courts, particularly federal courts, have agreed with this argument in cases involving other parties, an

24


Table of Contents


increasing number of courts, including courts in California, Missouri, Washington, New Jersey, and a number of other states, have concluded that arbitration agreements with class action waivers are "unconscionable" and hence unenforceable, particularly where a small dollar amount is in controversy on an individual basis.

        While the U.S. Supreme Court recently ruled in the AT&T Mobility v. Concepcion case that consumer arbitration agreements meeting certain specifications are enforceable, our arbitration agreements differ in several respects from the agreement at issue in that case, thereby potentially limiting the precedential effect of the decision on our business. In addition, Congress has considered legislation that would generally limit or prohibit mandatory pre-dispute arbitration in consumer contracts and has adopted such a prohibition with respect to certain mortgage loans and also certain consumer loans to members of the military on active duty and their dependents. Further, Dodd-Frank directs the CFPB to study consumer arbitration and report to Congress, and it authorizes the CFPB to adopt rules limiting or prohibiting consumer arbitration, consistent with the results of its study. Any such rule would apply to arbitration agreements entered into more than six months after the final rule becomes effective (and not to prior arbitration agreements).

        Any judicial decisions, legislation or other rules or regulations that impair our ability to enter into and enforce pre-dispute consumer arbitration agreements could significantly increase our exposure to class action litigation as well as litigation in plaintiff-friendly jurisdictions. Such litigation could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Provisions of Dodd-Frank limiting interchange fees on debit cards could reduce the appeal of debit cards we distribute and/or limit revenues we receive from our debit card activities.

        Dodd-Frank contains provisions that require the Federal Reserve Board to adopt rules that would sharply limit the interchange fees that large depository institutions (those that, together with their affiliates, have at least $10 billion of assets) can charge retailers who accept debit cards they issue. On June 29, 2011, the Federal Reserve Board set the interchange fee applicable to debit card transactions at 21 cents per transaction. While the statute does not apply to smaller entities, it is possible, and perhaps likely, that Visa, MasterCard and other debit card networks will continue their current practice of establishing the same interchange fees for all issuers or will establish interchange fees for exempt entities at levels significantly below current levels. If this happens, we would expect the issuer and processor of our debit cards to attempt to recover lost interchange revenues by imposing new or higher charges on cardholders and by seeking to capture a greater percentage of card revenues from us. Additional charges on debit cardholders could discourage use of debit cards for consumer transactions, and in either event, our revenues from prepaid debit card distribution would likely decline, perhaps materially.

Changes in local rules and regulations such as local zoning ordinances could negatively impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.

        In addition to state and federal laws and regulations, our business is subject to various local rules and regulations, such as local zoning regulations and permit licensing. Local jurisdictions' efforts to restrict the business of alternative financial services providers through the use of local zoning and permit laws have been on the rise. Any actions taken in the future by local zoning boards or other local governing bodies to require special use permits for, or impose other restrictions on, our ability to provide products and services could adversely affect our ability to expand our operations or force us to attempt to relocate existing stores.

25


Table of Contents


Potential litigation and regulatory proceedings could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition in future periods.

        We could become subject to lawsuits, regulatory proceedings or class actions challenging the legality of our lending practices. An adverse ruling in any proceeding of this type could force us to refund fees and/or interest collected, refund the principal amount of advances, pay triple or other multiple damages, pay monetary penalties and/or modify or terminate operations in particular states or nationwide. Defense of any lawsuit, even if successful, could require substantial time and attention of our senior management that would otherwise be spent on other aspects of our business and could require the expenditure of significant amounts for legal fees and other related costs. Settlement of lawsuits may also result in significant payments and modifications to our operations. For example, in December 2010, we reserved $0.9 million in connection with the pending settlements of lawsuits alleging violations of the California wage laws related to meal periods and rest breaks. See "Business—Legal Proceedings—Pending Settlement". Adverse interpretations of the law in proceedings in which we are not currently a party, such as the ongoing Ohio litigation, could also have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. To protect us from potential legal and regulatory liability, we rely, in part, on the maintenance of the legal separation, or corporate veil, of our operating subsidiaries. If a court or regulatory body were to determine that such corporate veil is invalid, our business could be materially affected. For a more detailed description of the lawsuits, regulatory proceedings and potential settlements we are currently subject to, see "Business—Legal Proceedings".

A significant portion of our revenue is generated by our stores in Ohio and California and a limited number of other states.

        Approximately 35.8% of our stores are located in California, 22.6% of our stores are located in Ohio, 9.9% of our stores are located in Arizona and 5.1% of our stores are located in Virginia. As a result, if any of the events noted in this "Risk Factors" section were to occur with respect to our stores in these states, including changes in the regulatory environment, or if the economic conditions in either of these states were to worsen, any such event could significantly reduce our revenue and cash flow and materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our revenue and net income from check cashing services may be materially adversely affected if the number of consumer check cashing transactions decreases as a result of technological development or in response to changes in the tax preparation industry.

        For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, approximately 13.6%, 26.2% and 24.9% of our revenues and approximately 44.9%, 43.9% and 39.7% of CCCS's revenues were generated from the check cashing business, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2011, on a pro forma basis, approximately 26.9% of our revenues were generated from the check cashing business. Recently, there has been increasing penetration of electronic banking services into the check cashing and money transfer industry, including the increasing adoption of prepaid debit cards, direct deposit of payroll checks, electronic payroll payments, electronic transfers of government benefits, electronic transfers using on-line banking and other payment platforms. A recent study by the Federal Reserve Board suggests that payments through electronic transfers are displacing a portion of the paper checks traditionally cashed in our stores by our customers. Employers are increasingly making payroll payments available through direct deposit or onto prepaid debit cards. In addition, state and federal assistance programs are increasingly delivering benefits either through direct deposit programs or prepaid debit cards, and the federal government has announced initiatives to transition the disbursement of some federal tax refunds to prepaid debit cards. Moreover, the rise of on-line payment systems that allow for electronic check and credit card payments to be made directly to individuals has further contributed to the decline in this market. To the extent that checks received by our customer base are replaced with such electronic transfers or electronic transfer systems developed in the future,

26


Table of Contents


both the demand for our check cashing services and our revenues from our check cashing business could decrease. In addition, a significant part of our business involves the cashing of tax refund checks. Recent changes in the tax preparation industry, including tax preparers offering prepaid debit cards as an alternative to tax refund checks and a decrease in the number of tax preparers offering refund anticipation loans (which are typically disbursed by checks at the offices of the tax preparer) could cause the number of tax refund checks we cash to decline, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

If our estimates of our loan losses are not adequate to absorb known or probable losses, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

        We utilize a variety of underwriting criteria, actively monitor the performance of our loan portfolio and maintain an allowance for losses on loans we underwrite (including fees and interest) at a level estimated to be adequate to absorb credit losses inherent in our loan receivables portfolio. To estimate the appropriate level of loan loss reserves, we consider known and relevant internal and external factors that affect loan collectability, including the total amount of loans outstanding, historical loans charge-offs, our current collection patterns and current economic trends. Our methodology for establishing our allowance for doubtful accounts and our provision for loan losses is based in large part on our historic loss experience. If customer behavior changes as a result of economic conditions and if we are unable to predict how the widespread loss of jobs, housing foreclosures and general economic uncertainty may affect our loan loss allowance, our provision may be inadequate. At December 31, 2010, our loan loss allowance was $3.4 million, and in 2010, we had a net charge off of $38.4 million related to losses on our loans. At December 31, 2010, CCCS's loan loss allowance was $0.7 million, and in 2010, CCCS had a net charge off of $6.9 million related to losses on its loans. As of June 30, 2011, our loan loss allowance was $4.0 million. Our loan loss allowance, however, is an estimate, and if actual loan losses are materially greater than our loan loss allowance, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

The failure of third parties who provide products, services or support to us to maintain their products, services or support could disrupt our operations or result in a loss of revenue.

        We are reliant on third parties to provide certain products, services and support that is material to our business. In the event such parties become unwilling or unable to continue to provide such products, services or support to us, our business operations could be disrupted and our revenue could be materially and adversely affected. For example:

    In select markets, an optional feature available to customers who purchase prepaid debit cards is the ability to have a third-party lender direct loan proceeds onto the cards. In the event that this lender terminates this relationship or becomes unwilling or unable to fund short-term consumer loans to our customers, and there is not an alternative third-party lender willing to make short-term consumer loans to our customers on substantially similar terms, our revenue related to the sale and usage of prepaid debit cards could be materially and adversely affected.

    Our prepaid debit card business depends on our agreements for related services with Insight. If any disruption in this relationship occurs, our revenue generated as an agent for Insight's product offerings and one of the central focuses for our future growth strategy may be adversely affected.

    Our money transfer and money order business depends on our agreements for such services with Western Union and MoneyGram. If any disruption in these relationships occurs, our revenue generated from our money order and money transfer product offerings may be adversely affected. Approximately $1.3 million in 2010 and $1.5 million in 2009, or 0.6% and 0.8%, respectively, of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2010, was related to our money transfer and money order services, respectively.

27


Table of Contents

    We also have product and support agreements with various other third-party vendors and suppliers. If a third-party provider fails to provide its product or service or to maintain its quality and consistency, we could lose customers and related revenue from those products or services, or we could experience a disruption in our operations, any of which may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our current and future business growth strategy involves new store acquisitions, and our failure to manage our growth or integrate or manage newly acquired stores may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

        Our growth strategy provides for our continued expansion through the acquisition of new stores. The acquisition of additional stores may impose costs on us and subject us to numerous risks, including:

    costs associated with identification of stores to be acquired and negotiation of acceptable lease terms;

    exposure to new or unexpected changes to existing regulations as we enter new geographic markets;

    costs associated with, and consequences related to our failure to obtain, necessary regulatory approvals, including state licensing approvals for change-of-control;

    integration of acquired operations or businesses, including the transition to our information technology systems;

    the loss of key employees from acquired businesses;

    diversion of management's attention from our core business;

    incurrence of additional indebtedness (if necessary to finance acquisitions);

    assumption of contingent liabilities;

    the potential impairment of acquired assets;

    the possibility that tax authorities may challenge the tax treatment of future and past acquisitions; and

    incurrence of significant immediate write-offs.

        We opened or acquired 21 stores in 2010 and acquired 10 stores in Illinois in connection with the Illinois Acquisition and 141 stores in connection with the California Acquisition. Our continued growth is dependent upon a number of factors, including the availability of adequate financing and suitable store locations, acquisition opportunities and experienced management employees, the ability to obtain any required government permits and licenses and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. We cannot assure you that we will be able to expand our business successfully through additional store acquisitions. Our failure to successfully expand, manage or complete the integration of new stores or acquired businesses may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We may not realize the expected benefits of the California Acquisition because of integration difficulties and other challenges.

        The success of the California Acquisition will depend, in part, on our ability to integrate CCCS's business with our business and our ability to increase CCCS's store-level performance in line with our historical store-level performance. The integration process may be complex, costly and time-consuming and may not result in the anticipated improvements to CCCS store-level performance. The difficulties of integrating the operation of CCCS's business may include, among others:

    failure to implement our business plan for the combined business;

28


Table of Contents

    failure to achieve expected synergies or cost savings;

    unanticipated issues in integrating information, technology and other systems;

    unanticipated challenges in implementing our short-term consumer lending practices in CCCS's stores or in marketing loan products to CCCS's existing customers;

    unanticipated changes in applicable laws and regulations; and

    unanticipated issues, expenses and liabilities.

        We may not accomplish the integration of CCCS's business smoothly, successfully or with the anticipated costs or time frame. The diversion of the attention of management from our operations to the integration effort and any difficulties encountered in combining operations could prevent us from realizing the full benefits anticipated to result from the California Acquisition and could adversely affect our business.

We may not be successful at entering new businesses or broadening the scope of our existing product and service offerings.

        We may enter into new businesses that are adjacent or complementary to our existing businesses and that broaden the scope of our existing product and service offerings. We may not achieve our expected growth if we are not successful in entering these new businesses or in broadening the scope of our existing product and service offerings. In addition, entering new businesses and broadening the scope of our existing product and service offerings may require significant upfront expenditures that we may not be able to recoup in the future. These efforts may also divert management's attention and expose us to new risks and regulations. As a result, entering businesses and broadening the scope of our existing product and service offerings may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry, expose us to interest rate risk to the extent of our variable rate debt and prevent us from meeting our obligations under our senior notes or other indebtedness.

        We have a significant amount of indebtedness. As of June 30, 2011, our outstanding senior indebtedness was approximately $395 million, all of which was secured indebtedness, and we had availability of $40 million under our revolving credit facility, and our Alabama subsidiary's borrowing availability under its secured credit facility was approximately $7 million.

        Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences to you. For example, it could:

    make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our senior notes and our other indebtedness;

    require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments of principal and interest on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, business development, acquisitions, general corporate or other purposes;

    increase our vulnerability to and limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;

    increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

    restrict us from making strategic acquisitions or cause us to make non-strategic divestitures;

    place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt; and

29


Table of Contents

    limit our ability to refinance our indebtedness, including our senior notes, or to obtain additional debt or equity financing for working capital, capital expenditures, business development, debt service requirements, acquisitions and general corporate or other purposes.

        We expect to use cash flow from operations and borrowings under our revolving credit facilities to meet our current and future financial obligations, including funding our operations, debt service requirements, small acquisitions and capital expenditures. Our ability to make these payments depends on our future performance, which will be affected by financial, business, economic and other factors, many of which we cannot control. Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations in the future, which could result in our being unable to repay indebtedness or to fund other liquidity needs.

Despite our current level of indebtedness, we may still be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness. This could exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial indebtedness.

        We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. The terms of the indenture governing our senior notes and the agreement governing our revolving credit facility limit, but do not prohibit, us or our subsidiaries from incurring additional indebtedness. If we incur any additional indebtedness the holders of that indebtedness will be entitled to share ratably with our other secured and unsecured creditors in any proceeds distributed in connection with any insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or other winding-up of our business prior to any recovery by our shareholders. This may have the effect of reducing the amount of proceeds paid to you in such an event. If new indebtedness, including under our revolving credit facilities, is added to our current debt levels, the related risks that we and our subsidiaries now face could intensify, especially with respect to the demands on our liquidity as a result of increased interest commitments.

Covenants in our debt agreements restrict our business in many ways.

        The indenture governing our senior notes and the agreement governing our revolving credit facility contain various covenants that limit our ability and our subsidiaries' ability to, among other things:

    incur or assume liens or additional debt or provide guarantees in respect of obligations of other persons;

    issue redeemable stock and preferred stock;

    pay dividends or distributions or redeem or repurchase capital stock;

    prepay, redeem or repurchase debt;

    make loans and investments;

    enter into agreements that restrict distributions from our subsidiaries;

    sell assets and capital stock of our subsidiaries;

    engage in certain transactions with affiliates; and

    consolidate or merge with or into, or sell substantially all of our assets to, another person.

        As of the end of any fiscal quarter for which we have borrowings outstanding under our revolving credit facility, we must have a leverage ratio, defined as consolidated total indebtedness less excess cash, divided by pro forma adjusted EBITDA equal to or less than 5.0 to 1. A breach of any of these covenants would limit our ability to borrow funds under our revolving credit facility and could result in a default under the revolving credit facility and/or the senior notes. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under our revolving credit facility or our senior notes, the lenders or the holders of our senior notes, as the case may be, could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under the applicable indebtedness to be immediately due and payable and the lenders could terminate all commitments to extend further credit under our revolving credit facility. If we were unable to repay those amounts, the

30


Table of Contents

lenders and holders of our senior notes could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness. We have pledged substantially all of our assets as collateral under the revolving credit facility and as security for our senior notes. If the lenders under our revolving credit facility accelerate the repayment of borrowings or the holders of our senior notes accelerate repayment of our senior notes, we may not have sufficient assets to repay the amounts outstanding under our indebtedness. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness".

Changes in credit ratings issued by statistical rating organizations could adversely affect our costs of financing.

        Credit rating agencies rate our indebtedness based on factors that include our operating results, actions that we take, their view of the general outlook for our industry and their view of the general outlook for the economy. Actions taken by the rating agencies can include maintaining, upgrading or downgrading the current rating or placing us on a watch list for possible future downgrading. Downgrading the credit rating of our indebtedness or placing us on a watch list for possible future downgrading could limit our ability to access the capital markets to meet liquidity needs and refinance maturing liabilities or, increase the interest rates and our cost of financing.

If we lose key management or are unable to attract and retain the talent required for our business, our operating results and growth could suffer.

        Our future success depends to a significant degree upon the members of our senior management. The loss of the services of members of senior management could harm our business and prospects for future development. Our continued growth also will depend upon our ability to attract and retain additional skilled management personnel. If we are unable to attract and retain the requisite personnel, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

We are dependent on hiring an adequate number of hourly employees to run our business and are subject to government regulations concerning these and our other employees, including minimum wage laws.

        Our workforce is comprised primarily of employees who work on an hourly basis. In certain areas where we operate, there is significant competition for employees. Our ability to continue to expand our operations depends on our ability to attract, train and retain a large and growing number of qualified employees. The lack of availability of an adequate number of hourly employees or increase in wages and benefits to current employees could adversely affect our operations. We are subject to applicable rules and regulations relating to our relationship with our employees, including the U.S. Fair Labor Standards Act, the U.S. Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 and various federal and state laws governing various matters including minimum wage and break requirements, exempt status classification, health benefits, unemployment and employment taxes and overtime and working conditions. Legislative increases in the federal minimum wage, as well as increases in additional labor cost components, such as employee benefit costs, workers' compensation insurance rates, compliance costs and fines, as well as the cost of litigation in connection with these regulations, would increase our labor costs. Furthermore, if we are unable to locate, attract, train or retain qualified personnel, or if our costs of labor increase significantly, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

Competition in the retail financial services industry is intense and could cause us to lose market share and revenue.

        The industry in which we operate has low barriers to entry and is highly fragmented and very competitive. In addition, we believe that the market will become more competitive as the industry continues to consolidate. We compete with other check cashing stores, short-term consumer lenders, internet lenders, mass merchandisers, grocery stores, banks, savings and loan institutions, other financial services entities and other retail businesses that cash checks, offer short-term consumer loans, sell

31


Table of Contents


money orders, provide money transfer services or offer similar products and services. Some of our competitors have larger and more established customer bases, and substantially greater financial, marketing and other resources, than we do. For example, Walmart offers a general-purpose reloadable prepaid debit card and also offers check cashing services, money transfers and bill payments through its "Money Centers" in select locations. Our stores also face competition from automated check cashing machines deployed in supermarkets, convenience stores and other venues by large financial services organizations. We cannot assure you that we will be able to compete successfully against any or all of our current or future competitors. As a result, we could lose market share and our revenue could decline, thereby affecting our ability to generate sufficient cash flow to service our indebtedness and fund our operations.

A reduction in demand for our products and services and failure by us to adapt to such reduction could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

        The demand for a particular product or service we offer may be reduced due to a variety of factors, such as regulatory restrictions that decrease customer access to particular products, the availability of competing products or changes in customers' preferences or financial conditions. Should we fail to adapt to significant changes in our customers' demand for, or access to, our products or services, our revenues could decrease significantly and our operations could be harmed. Even if we do make changes to existing products or services or introduce new products or services to fulfill customer demand, customers may resist or may reject such products or services. Moreover, the effect of any product change on the results of our business may not be fully ascertainable until the change has been in effect for some time and by that time it may be too late to make further modifications to such product or service without causing further harm to our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Demand for our products and services is sensitive to the level of transactions effected by our customers, and accordingly, our revenues could be affected negatively by a general economic slowdown.

        A significant portion of our revenue is derived from cashing checks and consumer lending. Revenues from check cashing and consumer lending accounted for 24.9% and 65.2%, respectively, of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 25.0% and 62.0%, respectively, of our total revenue for the six-month period ended June 30, 2011. An economic slowdown could cause deterioration in the performance of our loan portfolio and in consumer demand for our financial products and services. For example, a significant portion of our check cashing business is generated by cashing payroll checks and any prolonged economic downturn or increase in unemployment could have a material adverse effect on such business. In addition, reduced consumer confidence and spending may decrease the demand for our other products and services. Also, any changes in economic factors that adversely affect consumer transactions and employment could reduce the volume of transactions that we process and have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our future growth and financial success will be harmed if there is a decline in the use of prepaid debit cards as a payment mechanism or if there are adverse developments with respect to the prepaid debit card services industry in general.

        Our business strategy is dependent, in part, upon the general growth in demand for prepaid debit cards. As the market for prepaid debit card services matures, consumers may find prepaid debit cards to be less attractive than traditional bank solutions. Further, other alternatives to prepaid debit cards may develop and limit the growth of, or cause a decline in the demand for, prepaid debit cards. In addition, negative publicity surrounding other prepaid debit card services providers could impact our business and prospects for growth to the extent it adversely impacts the perception of prepaid debit card services industry among consumers. If consumers do not continue to increase their usage of prepaid debit card services, our operating revenues may remain at current levels or decline. Predictions

32


Table of Contents


by industry analysts and others concerning the growth of prepaid debit card services as an electronic payment mechanism, including those in this prospectus, may overstate the growth of an industry, segment or category, and you should not place undue reliance upon them. The projected growth may not occur or may occur more slowly than estimated. If consumer acceptance of prepaid debit card services does not continue to develop or develops more slowly than expected or if there is a shift in the mix of payment forms, such as cash, credit cards, traditional debit cards and prepaid debit cards, away from our products and services, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The pro forma financial information in this prospectus may not be reflective of our operating results and financial condition following the Transactions.

        The pro forma financial information included in this prospectus is derived from our and CCCS's separate historical audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements, as well as from certain internal, unaudited financial statements relating to our acquired stores in Alabama and Illinois that were provided by the sellers in connection with those acquisitions. The preparation of this pro forma information is based upon available information and certain assumptions and estimates that we believe are reasonable. This pro forma information may not necessarily reflect what our results of operations and financial position would have been had the Transactions, the Alabama Acquisition and the Illinois Acquisition occurred during the periods presented or what our results of operations and financial position will be in the future. Additionally, the pro forma information reflects financial information for our Alabama and Illinois acquired stores for the periods prior to when we acquired them, and we cannot assure you that this financial information is accurate.

Disruptions in the credit markets may negatively impact the availability and cost of our short-term borrowings, which could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

        If our cash flow from operations is not sufficient to fund our working capital and other liquidity needs, we may need to rely on the banking and credit markets to meet our financial commitments and short-term liquidity needs. Disruptions in the capital and credit markets, as have been experienced since 2008, could adversely affect our ability to draw on our revolving credit facility. Our access to funds under that credit facility is dependent on the ability of the banks that are parties to the facility to meet their funding commitments. Those banks may not be able to meet their funding commitments to us if they experience shortages of capital and liquidity or if they experience excessive volumes of borrowing requests from us and other borrowers within a short period of time. In addition, the effects of the global recession and its effects on our operations could cause us to have difficulties in complying with the terms of our revolving credit facility.

        Longer-term disruptions in the capital and credit markets as a result of uncertainty, changing or increased regulation, reduced alternatives, or failures of significant financial institutions could adversely affect our ability to refinance our outstanding indebtedness on favorable terms, if at all. The lack of availability under, and the inability to subsequently refinance, our indebtedness could require us to take measures to conserve cash until the markets stabilize or until alternative credit arrangements or other funding for our business needs can be arranged. Such measures could include deferring capital expenditures, including acquisitions, and reducing or eliminating other discretionary uses of cash.

Our revenue and net income from check cashing services may be materially adversely affected if the number and amount of checks we cash that go uncollected significantly increases.

        When we cash a check, we assume the risk that we will be unable to collect from the check payor. We may not be able to collect from check payors as a result of a payor having insufficient funds in the account on which a check was drawn, stop payment orders issued by a payor or check fraud. If the number or amount of checks we cash that are uncollected increases significantly, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be materially adversely affected.

33


Table of Contents

Any disruption in the availability of our information systems or the security of those systems could adversely affect operations at our stores or subject us to significant liability.

        We depend on our information technology infrastructure to achieve our business objectives. Our information systems include point-of-sale systems in our stores and a management information system. Our personal computer-based point-of-sale systems are fully operational in all stores. The management information system is designed to provide summary and detailed information to our regional and corporate managers at any time through the Internet. In addition, this system is designed to manage our credit risk and to permit us to maintain adequate cash inventory, reconcile cash balances on a daily basis and report revenues and expenses to our headquarters. Any disruption in the availability of our information systems could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

        Furthermore, a security breach of our information systems could also interrupt or damage our operations or harm our reputation, and could subject to us to significant liability if confidential customer information is misappropriated. Despite the implementation of significant security measures, our information systems may still be vulnerable to physical break-ins, computer viruses, programming errors, telecommunications failure or lost connectivity, attacks by third parties or similar disruptive problems. Any breach of our security measures could damage our reputation and cause us to lose customers and revenue, result in the unintentional disclosure of company and customer information, and require us to incur significant expense to eliminate these problems, address related data security concerns and pay damages to third parties including customers.

Our business may suffer if our trademarks or service marks are infringed.

        We rely on trademarks and service marks to protect our various brand names in our markets. Many of these trademarks and service marks have been a key part of establishing our business in the communities in which we operate. We believe these trademarks and service marks have significant value and are important to the marketing of our services. We cannot assure you that the steps we have taken or will take to protect our proprietary rights will be adequate to prevent misappropriation of our rights or the use by others of features based upon, or otherwise similar to, ours. In addition, although we believe we have the right to use our trademarks and service marks, we cannot assure you that our trademarks and service marks do not or will not violate the proprietary rights of others, that our trademarks and service marks will be upheld if challenged, or that we will not be prevented from using our trademarks and service marks, any of which occurrences could harm our business.

Part of our business is seasonal, which causes our revenue to fluctuate and may adversely affect our ability to service our debt.

        Our business is seasonal due to the impact of our customers cashing their tax refund checks with us and using the related proceeds in connection with our other products and services, such as prepaid debit cards. Also, our consumer loan business declines slightly in the first calendar quarter as a result of customers' receipt of tax refund checks. If our revenue were to fall substantially below what we would normally expect during certain periods, our annual financial results would be adversely impacted, as would our ability to service our debt.

Because we maintain a significant supply of cash in our stores, we may be subject to cash shortages due to robbery, employee errors and theft.

        Since our business requires us to maintain a significant supply of cash in each of our stores, we are subject to the risk of cash shortages resulting from robberies, as well as employee errors and theft. Although we have implemented various procedures and programs to reduce these risks, provide security, systems and processes for our employees and facilities, we cannot assure you that robberies, employee errors and theft will not occur. The extent of these cash shortages could increase as we

34


Table of Contents


expand the nature and scope of our products and services. Any such cash shortages could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

If our insurance coverage limits are inadequate to cover our liabilities, or increases in our insurance costs continue to increase or we suffer losses due to one or more of our insurance carriers defaulting on their obligations, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

        As a result of the liability risks inherent in our lines of business we maintain liability insurance intended to cover various types of property, casualty and other risks. The types and amounts of insurance that we obtain vary from time to time, depending on availability, cost and our decisions with respect to risk retention. The policies are subject to deductibles and exclusions that result in our retention of a level of risk on a self-insured basis. Our insurance policies are subject to annual renewal. The coverage limits of our insurance policies may not be adequate, and we may not be able to obtain liability insurance in the future on acceptable terms or at all. In addition, our insurance premiums may be subject to increases in the future, which increases may be material. Furthermore, the losses that are insured through commercial insurance are subject to the credit risk of those insurance companies. While we believe our commercial insurance providers are currently credit worthy, we cannot assure you that such insurance companies will remain so in the future. Inadequate insurance coverage limits, increases in our insurance costs or losses suffered due to one or more of our insurance carriers defaulting on their obligations, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our operations could be subject to natural disasters and other business disruptions, which could adversely impact our future revenue and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses.

        Our operations could be subject to natural disasters and other business disruptions, which could adversely impact our future revenue and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses. For example, the occurrence and threat of terrorist attacks may directly or indirectly affect economic conditions, which could in turn adversely affect demand for our services. In the event of a major natural or man-made disaster, such as hurricanes, floods, fires or earthquakes, we could experience loss of life of our employees, destruction of facilities or business interruptions, any of which could materially adversely affect us. More generally, any of these events could cause consumer confidence and spending to decrease or result in increased volatility in the U.S. economy and worldwide financial markets. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Adverse real estate market fluctuations could affect our profits.

        We lease all of our store locations. A significant rise in overall lease costs may result in an increase in our store occupancy costs as we open new locations and renew leases for existing locations.

Risks Related to this Offering, the Securities Markets and Ownership of our Common Shares

There is no existing market for our common shares, and a trading market that will provide our shareholders with adequate liquidity may not develop.

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common shares. An active trading market for our common shares may never develop or be sustained, which could depress the market price of our common shares and could affect your ability to sell your common shares. In the event that the number of common shares to be sold in this offering is decreased, liquidity could be adversely affected even further. Shareholders may not be able to resell their shares at or above the initial public offering price. Additionally, the lack of liquidity may result in wide bid-ask spreads, contribute to

35


Table of Contents


significant fluctuations in the market price of our common shares and limit the number of investors who are able to buy our common shares.

The price of our common shares may fluctuate significantly, and shareholders could lose all or part of their investment.

        The initial public offering price for our common shares will be determined by negotiations between us and the representative of the underwriters and may bear no relationship to the price at which our common shares will trade following the completion of this offering. The market price of our common shares may decline below the initial public offering price. The market price of our common shares following this offering is likely to be highly volatile and may be influenced by many factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:

    our quarterly or annual earnings or those of other companies in our industry;

    changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;

    general economic conditions;

    the failure of securities analysts to cover our shares after this offering or changes in financial estimates by analysts;

    future sales of our common shares; and

    other factors described in this "Risk Factors" section.

After this offering, the Sponsor will continue to have substantial control over us, and their interests in our business may be different from yours.

        Upon completion of this offering, the Sponsor will beneficially own approximately        % of our outstanding common shares, or approximately        % of our outstanding common shares if the underwriters fully exercise their overallotment option. The Sponsor will, for the foreseeable future, have significant influence over our reporting and corporate management and affairs, and virtually all matters requiring shareholder approval. In particular, the Sponsor will be able to exert a significant degree of influence over the election of directors and control actions to be taken by us and our board of directors, including amendments to our articles of incorporation and code of regulations and approval of significant corporate transactions, including mergers and sales of substantially all of our assets. The directors so elected will have the authority, subject to the terms of our indebtedness and Ohio law, to issue additional shares, implement share repurchase programs, declare dividends and make other decisions. It is possible that the interests of the Sponsor may in some circumstances conflict with our interests and the interests of our other shareholders, including you. For example, the Sponsor may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures, financings or other transactions that, in its judgment, could enhance the value of its investment, even through such transactions might involve risks to you as a holder of our common shares or that could depress our share price. See "Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions" and "Principal and Selling Shareholders".

Reports published by securities or industry analysts, including projected results contained in those reports that exceed our actual results, could adversely affect our share price and trading volume.

        We currently expect securities research analysts, including those affiliated with our underwriters, to establish and publish their own quarterly projections regarding our operating results. These projections may vary widely from one another and may not accurately predict the results we actually achieve. Our share price may decline if we fail to meet securities research analysts' projections. Similarly, if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our shares or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our share price could decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases

36


Table of Contents


coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, our share price or trading volume could decline. Additionally, while we expect securities research analyst coverage, if no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price of our shares and the trading volume could decline.

Future sales of common shares by existing shareholders could depress the market price of our common shares.

        If our existing shareholders sell, or indicate an intent to sell, substantial amounts of our common shares in the public market after the 180-day contractual lock-up period and other legal restrictions on resale discussed in this prospectus lapse, the trading price of our common shares could decline significantly and could decline below the initial public offering price. Upon completion of this offering, we will have approximately                        common shares outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' overallotment option. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC may, in its sole discretion, permit our executive officers, directors, employees and current shareholders to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements.

        After the lock-up agreements pertaining to this offering expire, an additional                        shares will be eligible for sale in the public market,                        of which are held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates and will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act and                        of which will be subject to registration rights. In addition, the                        shares underlying outstanding employee equity awards and the                        shares reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plan will become eligible for sale in the public market in the future, subject to certain legal and contractual limitations. If these additional shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our common shares could decline substantially.

The availability of our common shares for sale in the future could reduce the market price of our common shares.

        In the future, we may issue additional securities to raise capital. We may also acquire interests in other companies by using a combination of cash and our common shares or just our common shares. We may also issue securities convertible into our common shares. Any of these events may dilute your ownership interest in our company and have an adverse impact on the price of our common shares. In addition, sales of a substantial amount of our common shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales may occur, could reduce the market price of our common shares. This could also impair our ability to raise additional capital through the sale of our securities.

We do not intend to pay dividends in the foreseeable future.

        For the foreseeable future, we intend to retain any earnings to finance the development of our business, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common shares. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will be dependent upon then-existing conditions, including our operating results and financial condition, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, business prospects and other factors that our board of directors considers relevant. Accordingly, investors must rely on sales of their common shares after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize a return on their investment.

Anti-takeover provisions contained in our articles of incorporation and code of regulations, as well as provisions of Ohio law, could impair a takeover attempt.

        Our articles of incorporation and code of regulations provisions may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging a prospective acquiror from making a tender offer for our shares or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us. To the extent that these provisions discourage takeover attempts,

37


Table of Contents


they could deprive shareholders of opportunities to realize takeover premiums for their shares. Moreover, these provisions could discourage accumulations of large blocks of common shares, thus depriving shareholders of any advantages which large accumulations of shares might provide.

        As an Ohio corporation, we will also be subject to provisions of Ohio law, including Chapter 1704 of the Ohio Revised Code. Chapter 1704 of the Ohio Revised Code prevents shareholders holding more than 10% of the voting power of our outstanding common shares from engaging in certain business combinations unless the business combination was approved in advance by our board of directors, is approved by the holders of at least 662/3% of our outstanding common shares, including shares representing at least a majority of voting shares that are not beneficially owned by the shareholder engaging in the transaction, or satisfies statutory conditions relating to the fairness of the consideration to be received by our shareholders.

        Any provision of our articles of incorporation or our code of regulations or Ohio law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our shareholders to receive a premium for their common shares and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common shares.

Our board of directors can issue, without shareholder approval, preferred shares with voting and conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power of the holders of common shares.

        Our board of directors can issue, without shareholder approval, preferred shares with voting and conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power of the holders of common shares and reduce the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments or payments upon liquidation. Such issuance could have the effect of decreasing the market price of the common shares. The issuance of preferred shares or even the ability to issue preferred shares could also have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change of control or other corporate action.

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

        The initial public offering price will be substantially higher than the net tangible book value of each outstanding common share immediately after this offering. If you purchase common shares in this offering, you will suffer immediate and substantial dilution. The dilution will be $            per share in the net tangible book value of the common shares from the expected initial public offering price. In addition, if outstanding options to purchase our common shares are exercised, there could be further dilution.

Our board of directors and management will have broad discretion over the use of the proceeds we receive in this offering and might not apply the proceeds in ways that increase the value of your investment.

        Our board of directors and management will have broad discretion to use the net proceeds from this offering, and you will be relying on their judgment regarding the application of these proceeds. Our board of directors and management might not apply the net proceeds of this offering in ways that increase the value of your investment. We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions or the repayment of debt. Until we use the net proceeds from this offering, we plan to invest them, and these investments may not yield a favorable rate of return. If we do not invest or apply the net proceeds from this offering in ways that enhance shareholder value, we may fail to achieve expected financial results, which could cause our share price to decline.

38


Table of Contents


As a result of becoming a public company, we will be obligated to develop and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting. We may not complete our analysis of our internal controls over financial reporting in a timely manner, or these internal controls may not be determined to be effective, which may adversely affect investor confidence in our company and, as a result, the value of our common shares.

        We will be required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the first fiscal year beginning after the effective date of this offering. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting, as well as a statement that our auditors have issued an attestation report on our management's assessment of our internal controls.

        We are in the very early stages of the costly and challenging process of compiling the system and processing documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. Both we and our independent registered public accounting firm will be testing our internal controls in connection with the Section 404 requirements and could, as part of that documentation and testing, identify material weaknesses, significant deficiencies or other areas for further attention or improvement. Implementing any appropriate changes to our internal controls may require specific compliance training for our directors, officers and employees, require the hiring of additional finance, accounting and other personnel, entail substantial costs to modify our existing accounting systems, and take a significant period of time to complete. Such changes may not, however, be effective in maintaining the adequacy of our internal controls, and any failure to maintain that adequacy, or consequent inability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis, could increase our operating costs and could materially impair our ability to operate our business. Moreover, effective internal controls are necessary for us to produce reliable financial reports and are important to help prevent fraud.

        If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our auditors are unable to express an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal controls, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which would cause the price of our common shares to decline.

We will incur increased costs as a result of being a publicly traded corporation.

        We have no history operating as a publicly traded corporation. As a publicly traded corporation, we will incur additional legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. This increase will be due to the increased accounting support services, filing annual, quarterly and other reports with the SEC, increased audit fees, investor relations costs, directors' fees, directors' and officers' insurance, legal fees, stock exchange listing fees and registrar and transfer agent fees, which we expect to incur after the completion of this offering. In addition, we expect that complying with the rules and regulations implemented by the SEC and Nasdaq will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and make activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, as a result of becoming a publicly traded corporation, we are required to have a board containing a majority of independent directors, create additional board committees and adopt policies regarding internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures, including the preparation of reports on internal control over financial reporting. In addition, we will incur additional costs associated with our publicly traded corporation reporting requirements.

39


Table of Contents


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus contains forward-looking statements, which reflect management's expectations regarding our future growth, results of operations, operational and financial performance and business prospects and opportunities. All statements, other than statements of historical fact, are forward-looking statements. You can identify such statements because they contain words such as "plans", "expects" or "does not expect", "forecasts", "anticipates" or "does not anticipate", "believes", "intends" and similar expressions or statements that certain actions, events or results "may", "could", "would", "might" or "will" be taken, occur or be achieved. Although the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus reflect management's current beliefs based upon information currently available to management and upon assumptions which management believes to be reasonable, actual results may differ materially from those stated in or implied by these forward-looking statements.

        A number of factors could cause actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially from the results expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements, including those listed in the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus. These factors should be considered carefully and readers should not place undue reliance on the forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements necessarily involve significant known and unknown risks, assumptions and uncertainties that may cause our actual results, performance and opportunities in future periods to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, among other things:

    our ability to successfully integrate newly acquired businesses and stores into our current operations;

    changes in customer demand for our products and services;

    the actions of third parties who offer products and services to or for us;

    regulatory matters affecting our products and services;

    the duration and impact of any economic downturn;

    our ability to effectively compete in the financial services industry and maintain our share of the market;

    the effects of any current or future litigation or regulatory proceedings against us;

    our ability to offer new products and services;

    our ability to compete in light of technological advances;

    our ability to safeguard against employee error and theft;

    our dependence upon key management personnel and executives;

    issues relating to our information systems; and

    the influence of our equity sponsor, Diamond Castle, over our business.

        Although we have attempted to identify important risks and factors that could cause actual actions, events or results to differ materially from those described in or implied by our forward-looking statements, other factors and risks may cause actions, events or results to differ materially from those anticipated, estimated or intended. We cannot assure you that forward-looking statements will prove to be accurate, as actual actions, results and future events could differ materially from those anticipated or implied by such statements. Accordingly, as noted above, readers should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are made as of the date of this prospectus and, except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update or revise them to reflect new events or circumstances.

40


Table of Contents


INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA AND PERFORMANCE DATA

        This prospectus includes information regarding the retail financial services industry and various markets in which we compete. When we refer to our position in the industry, such market position is based on the number of retail stores we operate and not on our revenues or volumes. Where possible, this information is derived from third-party sources that we believe are reliable, including the FDIC, Mercator, Stephens, Federal Reserve Bank of New York, NBER, Bretton Woods and FiSCA. In other cases, this information is based on estimates made by our management, based on their industry and market knowledge and information from third-party sources. However, this data is subject to change and cannot be verified with complete certainty due to limits on the availability and reliability of raw data, the voluntary nature of the data gathering process and other limitations and uncertainties inherent in any statistical survey. As a result, you should be aware that market share, ranking and other similar data set forth herein, and estimates and beliefs based on such data, may not be reliable.

        Certain of the industry and market data contained in this prospectus has been derived from research reports produced by Stephens. Stephens is an underwriter in this offering. Research attributed to Stephens in this prospectus has been separately prepared and reviewed by Stephens's independent research analysts.

41


Table of Contents


CERTAIN FINANCIAL MEASURES AND OTHER INFORMATION

        Our short-term consumer loan product offerings vary state-by-state, depending on the applicable statutes in each jurisdiction. In those states in which we do business that have enacted enabling statutes for deferred deposit / deferred presentment or "payday" loans, we offer those products. In Ohio, single-installment, small-denomination, unsecured loans are offered under the Ohio Mortgage Loan Act, and in Virginia, in addition to statutorily permitted payday loans, certain of our retail stores offer open-ended lines of credit under a statutory framework that is unique to Virginia. Throughout this prospectus, we refer to deferred deposit / deferred presentment loans, payday loans and loans made pursuant to Ohio's Mortgage Loan Act and Virginia's Open-end Credit Plan statute, collectively, as "short-term consumer loans" and have aggregated data for such loan products for purposes of the revenue, net revenue and other financial data presented herein. Because of the revolving nature of line-of-credit products, however, operational data presented herein for short-term consumer loans, including short-term consumer loan volume, the number of short-term consumer loans we made, average new loan size, average new loan fees and our average loan loss provision as a percentage of loan volume, is presented exclusive of line-of-credit products.

        We calculate per store revenue by dividing our total revenue over the applicable period by the average number of stores we operated during a period. We calculate each store's contribution to Adjusted EBITDA by dividing Adjusted EBITDA over the applicable period by the average number of stores we operated during such period. We calculate the average number of stores we operated during a period by adding the number of stores operated at the beginning of such period to the number of stores operated at the end of such period and dividing that number by two. Where these metrics are compared to those of our publicly traded competitors, we have calculated them for our competitors using the same method. In calculating Adjusted EBITDA for our competitors we add back to their net income the following, based on the following publicly available financial information: provision for taxes, depreciation and amortization expense, net interest expense and, where applicable, non-cash compensation expense, charges related to one-time legal settlements and losses realized in connection with discontinued operations.

        We calculate our net revenue by subtracting provision for credit losses from our total revenue.

        Revenue and other financial information for our acquired businesses for periods prior to our acquisition of such businesses has been derived from unaudited internal financial information that was provided to us by the sellers in each acquisition. Thus, this information was not subject to our accounting controls and has not been reviewed by our independent accountants, and we cannot assure you that it is accurate.

42


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

        We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering with respect to the shares to be sold by us will be $             million, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated expenses payable by us in connection with this offering and assuming a public offering price of $            per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus). We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling shareholders, including in connection with any exercise of the underwriters' overallotment option.

        We intend to use the net proceeds received by us for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions or the repayment of debt. We have discussions on an ongoing basis regarding possible acquisitions of businesses complementary to our business. Although we may use a portion of the net proceeds received by us for these kinds of possible acquisitions, no agreements or commitments in this regard currently exist.

        A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. In addition, an increase or decrease in the number of shares of our common shares sold by us in this offering by 10% would cause the net proceeds received by us from this offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses, to increase or decrease by approximately $            .

43


Table of Contents


DIVIDEND POLICY

        We do not expect to pay dividends on our common shares for the foreseeable future. Our future decisions concerning the payment of dividends on our common shares will depend upon our results of operations, financial condition, contractual obligations, business prospects and capital expenditure plans, as well as any other factors that our board of directors may consider relevant. Our ability to pay dividends is subject to covenants contained in the agreement governing our revolving credit facility and the indenture governing our senior notes.

44


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

        The table below shows our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of June 30, 2011. The table also shows our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as adjusted to give effect to this offering, assuming a public offering price of $        per share, and our receipt of the estimated net proceeds of shares sold by us in this offering. You should read the table in conjunction with the information set forth under "Use of Proceeds", "Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  As of June 30, 2011  
 
  Actual   As adjusted(1)  

(dollars in thousands)

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 57,084   $    
           

Current debt:

             
 

Current portion of long-term debt

           
 

Notes payable

           
           
     

Total current debt

           

Long-term debt:

             
 

Revolving credit facility

           
 

Alabama revolving credit facility

           
 

Senior notes

    395,000        
           
   

Total long-term debt

    395,000        
     

Total debt

    395,000        

Shareholders' equity:

             
 

Preferred shares,         shares authorized,         issued and outstanding

           
 

Common shares, $0.01 par value;         shares authorized,          shares issued and outstanding actual as adjusted

    13        
 

Additional paid-in capital

    113,264        
 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

           
 

Retained earnings (deficit)

    (61,929 )      
           
   

Total shareholders' equity

    51,348        
           
     

Total capitalization

  $ 446,348   $    
           

(1)
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price per share would increase (decrease) each of as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, total shareholders' equity and total capitalization by $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

45


Table of Contents


DILUTION

        Dilution is the amount by which the portion of the offering price paid by the investors purchasing common shares to be sold in this offering exceeds the net tangible book value per common share after the offering. Net tangible book value per common share is determined at any date by subtracting total liabilities from our total assets less our intangible assets and dividing the difference by the number of common shares outstanding at that date.

        Our net tangible book value as of            was approximately $             million, or $            per common share. After giving effect to our receipt of approximately $             million of estimated net proceeds (after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us) from our sale of common shares in this offering based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            per common share, which is the midpoint of the estimated range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, our adjusted net tangible book value as of            would have been approximately $             million, or $            per common share. This amount represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $            per common share to existing shareholders and an immediate dilution of $            per common share to investors purchasing common shares in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price.

        The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

Assumed initial public offering price per share

  $  
 

Net tangible book value per share as of

  $  
 

Increase per share attributable to new investors

  $  

As adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

  $  
 

Dilution in as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors

  $  

        A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price per common share would increase (decrease) our as adjusted net tangible book value by $         million, our as adjusted net tangible book value per share by $        per share and the dilution in as adjusted net tangible book value to new investors in this offering by $        per share, assuming the number of common shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.

        The following table summarizes on an as adjusted basis as of                        , 2011, the number of common shares purchased from us, the total contribution paid to us, and the average price per share paid to us by our existing shareholders and to be paid by new investors purchasing common shares from us in this offering. The table is based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share before deduction of the underwriting discount and estimated expenses payable by us in connection with this offering:

 
  Shares Purchased   Total Consideration    
 
 
  Average Price
per Share
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percent  
 
  (in thousands)
   
  (in thousands)
   
   
 

Existing investors

            % $         % $    

New investors

                               
                         

Total

            % $         %      
                         

        The above discussion and tables assume no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase up to an aggregate of                    additional common shares from the selling shareholders.

        If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full:

    the percentage of our common shares held by our existing shareholders will decrease to approximately        % of the total outstanding amount of our common shares after this offering;

    the common shares held by new investors will represent approximately        % of the total outstanding amount of our common shares after this offering; and

    there will be an immediate dilution of $            per common share to new investors.

46


Table of Contents


SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following table sets forth selected historical consolidated financial data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and as of and for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2010 and June 30, 2011. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2009 and 2010 and for each of the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 have been derived from, and should be read together with, our audited historical consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 and for each of the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007 have been derived from CCFI's audited historical consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. Our Sponsor acquired CheckSmart on April 30, 2006. Prior to our Sponsor's acquisition of CheckSmart, CheckSmart maintained separate accounting books and records and statement of operations data. We therefore show statement of operations and other operations data for 2006 separately for the period from January 1, 2006 through April 29, 2006 and for the period from April 30, 2006 through December 31, 2006. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of June 30, 2011 and for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2010 and June 30, 2011 were derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of June 30, 2010 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. The unaudited financial data includes, in our opinion, all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) that are necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations for these periods.

        The results of operations for the periods presented below are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period. The selected historical financial data should be read together with the section captioned "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and CCFI's and CCCS's consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

47


Table of Contents

 
  Period from    
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  January 1
through
April 29,
  April 30
through
December 31,
  Year Ended December 31,   Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
(In thousands)
  2006(3)   2006   2007   2008   2009   2010   2010   2011  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Statement of Operations Data:

                                                 

Finance receivable fees

  $ 32,529   $ 83,061   $ 138,736   $ 152,732   $ 136,957   $ 146,059   $ 69,929   $ 81,471  

Check cashing fees

    7,484     12,798     23,822     25,634     53,049     55,930     27,746     32,814  

Card Fees

                1,808     2,063     10,731     2,663     8,757  

Other

    2,477     5,416     11,298     8,845     10,614     11,560     5,921     8,218  
                                   
 

Total revenues

    42,490     101,275     173,856     189,019     202,683     224,280     106,259     131,260  
                                   

Branch expenses:

                                                 
 

Salaries and benefits

    7,403     17,093     30,891     33,738     34,343     38,759     19,869     24,129  
 

Provision for loan losses

    3,944     19,821     37,026     37,544     43,463     40,316     17,682     23,694  
 

Occupancy

    2,818     5,928     11,413     13,457     13,855     14,813     7,173     8,840  
 

Depreciation and amortization

    1,264     2,356     5,920     10,422     6,613     5,318     2,458     2,545  
 

Other

    5,308     11,451     21,339     21,420     22,652     27,994     12,666     15,728  
                                   

Total branch expenses

    20,737     56,649     106,589     116,581     120,926     127,200     59,848     74,936  
                                   

Branch gross profit

    21,753     44,626     67,267     72,438     81,757     97,080     46,411     56,324  
                                   

Corporate expenses

    9,756     21,147     29,518     31,795     31,518     34,177     16,676     30,597  

Depreciation and amortization

    92     1,507     1,513     1,063     568     1,222     652     1,012  

Interest expenses, net

    976     10,893     18,421     16,191     11,532     8,501     4,429     11,660  

Goodwill impairment

                53,263                  

Nonoperating income, management fees

        (125 )   (104 )   (260 )   (172 )   (46 )   (22 )   (22 )
                                   
 

Income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes, discontinued operations, and extraordinary item

    10,929     11,204     17,919     (29,614 )   38,311     53,226     24,676     13,077  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

        4,260     7,237     (10,635 )   14,042     19,801     9,469     6,137  
                                   
 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

    10,929     6,944     10,682     (18,979 )   24,269     33,425     15,207     6,940  
 

Discontinued operations(1)

            243     482     368     (2,196 )   (2,196 )    
 

Minority Interest

    167                              
                                   
 

Income (loss) before extraordinary item

    10,762     6,944     10,925     (18,497 )   24,637     31,229     13,011     6,940  

Extraordinary Item(2)

                3,913                  
                                   
 

Net income (loss)

    10,762     6,944     10,925     (22,410 )   24,637     31,229     13,011     6,940  

Net loss attributable to non-controlling interests

                        (252 )       (120 )
                                   

Net income (loss) attributable to controlling interests

  $ 10,792   $ 6,944   $ 10,925   $ (22,410 ) $ 24,637   $ 31,481   $ 13,011   $ 7,060  
                                   

48


Table of Contents

 

 
   
   
   
   
   
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  April 30
through
December 31,
2006
   
   
   
   
 
(In thousands, except per share
and share amounts)
  2007   2008   2009   2010   2010   2011  
 
   
   
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Earnings per share—basic

                                           
 

Operating income (loss) available to controlling interests—per share

  $ 6.79   $ 10.44   $ (18.55 ) $ 23.72   $ 32.91   $ 14.86   $ 6.26  
   

Discontinued operations—per share

        0.24     0.47     0.36     (2.15 )   (2.15 )    
   

Extraordinary item—per share

            (3.82 )                
                               
 

Net income (loss) available to controlling interests—per share

  $ 6.79   $ 10.68   $ (21.90 ) $ 24.08   $ 30.76   $ 12.71   $ 6.26  
                               

Earnings per share—diluted

                                           
 

Operating income (loss) available to controlling interests—per share

  $ 6.71   $ 10.26   $ (18.55 ) $ 23.29   $ 32.00   $ 14.44   $ 5.99  
   

Discontinued operations—per share

        0.23     0.47     0.35     (2.09 )   (2.08 )    
   

Extraordinary item—per share

            (3.82 )                
                               
 

Net income (loss) available to controlling interests—per share

  $ 6.71   $ 10.49   $ (21.90 ) $ 23.64   $ 29.91   $ 12.36   $ 5.99  
                               

Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic

    1,023,256     1,023,256     1,023,256     1,023,256     1,023,256     1,023,256     1,128,329  
                               

Weighted average common shares outstanding—diluted

    1,035,479     1,041,561     1,023,256     1,041,886     1,052,393     1,052,974     1,178,622  
                               

(1)
Discontinued operations is presented net of provision (benefit) for income tax of 38% for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

(2)
Represents cost of ballot initiatives in Ohio and Arizona in 2008.

(3)
Earnings per share data not available for this period due to change in ownership and equity structure.

 
  Period from    
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  January 1
through
April 29,
  April 30
through
December 31,
  Year Ended December 31,   Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
(In thousands, except for store count)
  2006   2006   2007   2008   2009   2010   2010   2011  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

                                                 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 18,834   $ 31,190   $ 25,020   $ 25,883   $ 27,959   $ 39,780   $ 32,422   $ 57,084  

Finance receivables, net

    29,412     38,289     48,620     51,954     66,035     81,337     64,412     96,997  

Total assets

    257,455     268,712     301,412     266,922     280,476     310,644     295,883     480,668  

Total debt

    180,198     185,950     201,714     195,800     193,365     188,934     191,455     395,000  

Total stockholders' equity

    52,539     62,265     72,040     50,768     77,791     109,791     90,967     51,348  

Other Operating Data (unaudited):

                                                 
 

Stores in operation:

                                                 
   

Beginning of period

    179     191     211     256     252     264     264     282  
   

Acquired

            17         8     19     19     151  
   

Opened

    12     22     28     2     4     2          
   

Closed

        2         6         3          
                                   
   

End of period

    191     211     256     252     264     282     283     433  

Capital Expenditures (unaudited):

                                                 

Purchases of property and equipment, net

  $ 2,938   $ 8,037   $ 12,298   $ 2,969   $ 2,383   $ 1,686   $ 1,620   $ 1,136  
 

Store acquisition costs:

                                                 
   

Property and equipment

        18,871     957             1,144     1,144     7,235  
   

Intangible assets

        2,880     440             1,737     1,654     3,213  
                                   
   

Total capital expenditures

  $ 2,938   $ 29,788   $ 13,695   $ 2,969   $ 2,383   $ 4,567   $ 4,418   $ 11,584  
                                   

49


Table of Contents

 
  Period from    
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  January 1
through
April 30th,
  May 1
through
December 31,
   
   
   
   
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(In thousands, except for averages, percentages or unless otherwise specified)
 
  2006   2006   2007   2008   2009   2010   2010   2011  

Check Cashing Data (unaudited):

                                                 
 

Face amount of checks cashed (in millions)

  $ 85   $ 390   $ 709   $ 821   $ 1,309   $ 1,443   $ 712   $ 928  
 

Face amount of average check

  $ 474.69   $ 386.86   $ 418.01   $ 442.36   $ 432.08   $ 438.13   $ 457.10   $ 461.70  
 

Average fee per check

  $ 18.01   $ 12.68   $ 13.76   $ 13.80   $ 17.51   $ 16.99   $ 17.80   $ 16.33  
 

Number of checks cashed

    180     1,009     1,698     1,857     3,029     3,292     1,558     2,009  

Returned Check Data (unaudited):

                                                 
 

Returned check expense

  $ 140   $ 1,008   $ 2,006   $ 1,760   $ 3,058   $ 3,034   $ 1,280   $ 2,453  
 

Returned check expense as a percentage of face amount of checks cashed

    0.2 %   0.3 %   0.3 %   0.2 %   0.2 %   0.2 %   0.2 %   0.3 %

Loan Operating Data (unaudited)(1):

                                                 
 

Loan volume (originations and refinancings)

  $ 139,611   $ 654,133   $ 1,081,865   $ 1,116,869   $ 1,162,086   $ 1,237,163   $ 566,741   $ 624,567  
 

Average new loan size

    421.34     395.01     385.55     382.62     412.67     418.53     424.21     420.02  
 

Average new loan fee

    54.82     50.82     50.24     50.84     42.79     43.14     45.74     44.82  
 

Loan loss provision

    1,997     20,379     34,817     33,849     28,856     29,991     12,277     14,783  
 

Loan loss provision as a percentage of loan volume

    1.4 %   3.1 %   3.2 %   3.0 %   2.5 %   2.4 %   2.2 %   2.4 %

(1)
Excludes 12-month line of credit product offered at four locations in Virginia.

CCCS

        The following table sets forth selected historical consolidated financial data of CCCS as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and as of and for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2009 and 2010 and for each of the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 have been derived from, and should be read together with, CCCS's audited historical consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2008 have been derived from CCCS's audited historical consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of March 31, 2011 and for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011 were derived from CCCS's unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of March 31, 2010 have been derived from CCCS's unaudited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. The unaudited financial data includes, in our opinion, all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) that are necessary for a fair presentation of CCCS's financial position and results of operations for these periods.

        The results of operations for the periods presented below are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period. The selected historical financial data should be read together with the section captioned "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and

50


Table of Contents


Results of Operations" and CCCS's consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Year Ending December 31,   Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
(In thousands, except for averages, percentages or unless otherwise specified)
  2008   2009   2010   2010   2011  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Statement of Operations Data:

                               
 

Revenue:

                               
   

Payroll advance fees, net

  $ 25,016   $ 25,799   $ 32,278   $ 7,479   $ 8,105  
   

Check cashing fees

    28,352     27,797     29,408     7,582     7,428  
   

Other revenue

    9,752     9,787     12,402     2,714     3,365  
                       

Total revenue

    63,120     63,383     74,088     17,775     18,898  
                       
 

Store expenses:

                               
   

Salaries and fringe benefits

    17,928     18,325     23,156     5,467     5,941  
   

Occupancy costs

    5,856     5,932     8,470     1,807     2,213  
   

Provision for losses from returned checks

    6,777     5,704     6,943     1,741     1,202  
   

Other store expenses

    5,454     5,093     6,362     1,441     1,577  
                       
     

Total Store Expenses

    36,015     35,054     44,931     10,456     10,933  
                       
     

Store Gross Profit

    27,105     28,329     29,157     7,319     7,965  
                       
 

Corporate and other expenses:

                               
   

Selling, general, and administrative expenses

    6,005     6,273     6,608     1,613     1,884  
   

Non-recurring class action settlement costs

        2,313              
   

Non-recurring debt acquisition costs

        107              
   

Interest expense and finance fees

    7,927     4,646     4,436     1,099     1,031  
   

Depreciation and amortization

    4,085     3,698     3,630     815     954  
   

Goodwill and other intangibles impairment

                    28,986  
                       

Total corporate and other expenses

    18,017     17,037     14,674     3,527     32,855  
                       
   

Income (loss) from continuing operations before provision for income taxes

    9,088     11,292     14,483     3,792     (24,890 )
   

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

    2,575     2,864     4,716     1,691     (7,780 )
                       
   

Income (loss) from continuing operations

    6,513     8,428     9,767     2,101     (17,110 )
   

Loss from discontinued operations

            (457 )   (53 )    
                       
   

Net income (loss)

    6,513     8,428     9,310     2,048     (17,110 )
   

Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interest

    3,762     3,460     3,832     741     (3,750 )
                       
   

Net income (loss) attributable to CCCS Corporate Holdings Inc. 

  $ 2,751   $ 4,968   $ 5,478   $ 1,307   $ (13,360 )
                       

51


Table of Contents


 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
(In thousands, except for store count)
  2008   2009   2010   2010   2011  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

                               

Cash

  $ 37,845   $ 33,655   $ 26,125   $ 32,673   $ 25,260  

Advances and fees receivables, net

    9,002     12,230     14,416     10,401     12,148  

Total assets

    177,101     182,764     179,077     180,931     145,450  

Total debt

    91,515     88,023     80,023     86,023     73,923  

Total stockholders' equity

    56,936     63,676     70,992     64,888     53,769  

Other Operating Data (unaudited):

                               
 

Stores in operation:

                               
   

Beginning of period

    95     104     119     119     141  
   

Acquired

    12     20 *   26     24      
   

Opened

    2     2     3          
   

Closed

    5     7     7     2      
   

End of period

    104     119     141     141     141  
 

Capital Expenditures (unaudited):

                               
   

New stores

  $ 396   $ 288   $ 171   $   $  
   

Acquisitions

    1,730     11,073     3,131     2,500     661  
   

Maintenance and other

    594     433     1,564     385     285  
                       
   

Total capital expenditures

  $ 2,720   $ 11,794   $ 4,866   $ 2,885   $ 946  

*
Includes 18 stores acquired on December 29, 2009, which had a minimal impact on 2009 results.

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
(In thousands, except for averages, percentages or unless otherwise specified)
  2008   2009   2010   2010   2011  

Check Cashing Data (unaudited):

                               

Face amount of checks cashed (in millions)

  $ 1,160   $ 1,093   $ 1,188   $ 284   $ 307  

Face amount of average check

  $ 450   $ 451   $ 441   $ 482   $ 472  

Average fee per check

  $ 11.00   $ 11.45   $ 10.91   $ 12.46   $ 11.43  

Fee as a percentage of average check

    2.44 %   2.54 %   2.47 %   2.57 %   2.42 %

Number of checks cashed

    2,578     2,427     2,695     589     650  

Returned Check Data (unaudited):

                               

Returned check expense

  $ 1,475   $ 1,223   $ 1,451   $ 268   $ 275  

Returned check expense as a percent of face amount of checks cashed

    0.13 %   0.11 %   0.12 %   0.09 %   0.09 %

Loan Operating Data (unaudited):

                               

Loan volume (originations and refinancings)

  $ 172,377   $ 178,865   $ 230,153   $ 46,170   $ 54,727  

Number of loan transactions

    697     736     929     187     220  

Average new loan size

  $ 247   $ 243   $ 248   $ 246   $ 249  

Average new loan fee

    35.89     35.03     34.74     36.85     36.58  

Loan fees and interest

    25,016     25,799     32,278     7,272     8,048  

Loan loss provision

    5,302     4,450     5,330     1,448     1,881  

Loan loss provision as a percentage of loan volume

    3.08 %   2.49 %   2.32 %   2.96 %   1.61 %

Gross margin on loans

  $ 19,715   $ 21,349   $ 26,948   $ 5,824   $ 7,167  

Gross margin % on loans

    11.4 %   11.9 %   11.7 %   11.9 %   13.1 %

52


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

        The following unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information is based on the historical financial statements of CCFI, and CCCS, each included elsewhere in this prospectus, adjusted to give pro forma effect to the California Acquisition, the Illinois Acquisition, the Alabama Acquisition, the senior notes offering, the establishment of our revolving credit facility and this offering. The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the six-month period ended June 30, 2011 gives effect to the California Acquisition, the Illinois Acquisition, the Alabama Acquisition, the senior notes offering, the establishment of our revolving credit facility and this offering as if they were each consummated on January 1, 2010, the first day of our most recently completed fiscal year.

        Assumptions underlying the pro forma adjustments are described in the accompanying notes, which should be read in conjunction with this unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information. The pro forma adjustments described in the accompanying notes have been made based on available information and, in the opinion of management, are reasonable. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information should not be considered indicative of actual results that would have been achieved had these transactions occurred on the date indicated and do not purport to indicate results of operations as of any future date or for any future period. We cannot assure you that the assumptions used in the preparation of the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information will prove to be correct. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information should be read together with the information set forth under the headings "Prospectus Summary—Overview", "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations", "Business", the historical financial statements of CCFI and CCCS and the notes thereto, and the other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        The acquisition of CCCS by CCFI has been accounted for as a purchase in conformity with Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") No. 805, Business Combinations, with intangible assets recorded in accordance with ASC No. 350, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other. The excess of the purchase price over the historical basis of the net assets to be acquired has been allocated in the accompanying pro forma condensed consolidated financial information based on management's best estimates of the fair values and certain assumptions that management believes are reasonable.

        The pro forma adjustments related to the Illinois Acquisition and the Alabama Acquisition were derived from unaudited internal financial information that was provided to us by the sellers in each Acquisition. Thus, this information was not subject to our accounting controls and has not been reviewed by our independent accountants, and we cannot assure you that it is accurate.

53


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc.
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Income
for the Year ended December 31, 2010

 
  Year Ended December 31, 2010  
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
  CCFI
Jan 10 – Dec 10
  California
Acquisition
Jan 10 – Dec 10
  Illinois
Acquisition
Jan 10 – Dec 10
  Alabama
Acquisition
Jan 10 – Feb 10
  Acquisition
Adjustments
  Adjustments
for Senior
Notes
Offering
  Adjustments
Relating to
This
Offering
  Total
2010
 

Adjusted Income

                                                 

Finance Receivable Fees

  $ 146,059   $ 32,278   $ 7,797   $ 2,503   $   $   $   $ 188,637  

Check Cashing Fees

    55,930     29,408         1,460                 86,798  

Card Fees

    10,731     2,258                         12,989  

Other

    11,560     10,144     79     150                 21,933  
                                   
 

Total Revenue

    224,280     74,088     7,876     4,113                 310,357  
                                   

Salaries and Benefits

    38,759     23,156     1,239     928                 64,082  

Provision for Loan Losses

    40,316     6,943     982     379                 48,620  

Occupancy

    14,813     8,470     372     326                 23,981  

Depreciation and Amortization

    5,318     1,610     56     11                 6,995  

Other

    27,994     6,362     649     56                 35,061  
                                   
 

Total Branch Expenses

    127,200     46,541     3,298     1,700                 178,739  
                                   
 

Branch Gross Profit

    97,080     27,547     4,578     2,413                 131,618  

Corporate Expenses

    34,177     6,608     110     1,109     (937 )(a)       (1,984 )(f)   39,083  

Depreciation and Amortization

    1,222     2,020         11     (177 )(b)           3,076  

Interest Expense, net

    8,501     4,436         246         32,133 (d)       45,316  

Non-operating Income, mgt fees

    (46 )                           (46 )
                                   

Income before taxes and disc. ops. 

    53,226     14,483     4,468     1,047     1,114     (32,133 )   1,984     44,189  

Provision for Income Taxes

    19,801     4,716     1,698     398     1,211 (c)   (12,211 )(e)   754 (g)   16,367  

Non-Controlling Interest

    (252 )                           (252 )
                                   

Total Adjusted Net Income

  $ 33,677   $ 9,767   $ 2,770   $ 649   $ (97 ) $ (19,922 ) $ 1,230   $ 28,074  
                                   

Basic earnings per share

  $ 32.91                                            
                                                 

Diluted earnings per share

  $ 32.00                                            
                                                 

Pro forma basic earnings per share

                                            $    
                                                 

Pro forma diluted earnings per share

                                            $    
                                                 

Weighted average basic shares outstanding

    1,023,256                                            
                                                 

Weighted average diluted shares outstanding

    1,052,393                                            
                                                 

Pro forma weighted average basic shares outstanding

                                                 
                                                 

Pro forma weighted average diluted shares outstanding

                                                 
                                                 

54


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc.
Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated
Statement of Income for the Year Ended
December 31, 2010

(a)
Amount represents the elimination of expenses incurred during 2010 in the amount of $0.1 million for CCCS and $0.2 for CCFI, including finders fees, related to acquisition activities and transaction fees. Also included in the adjustment is $0.6 million for expenses of the prior owner of Insight Capital LLC related to a potential acquisition.

(b)
Reflects a decrease to depreciation and amortization based upon the estimate of the portion of the purchase price for the California Acquisition to be allocated to the fair value of identifiable intangibles of $0.3 million. This is a result of the estimated identifiable intangibles acquired in connection with the California Acquisition being lowered to an amount less than the amount historically recorded by CCCS as of December 31, 2010. Also reflects a charge to depreciation and amortization based upon the estimate of the portion of the purchase price for the Illinois Acquisition to be allocated to the fair value of identifiable intangibles of $0.1 million.

(c)
Reflects federal income tax provision estimated at 38% related to the pro forma adjustments for the California Acquisition and the Illinois Acquisition for the year ended December 31, 2010. Also reflects the income tax provision estimated at 38% to adjust the historical provisions for the California Acquisition, the Illinois Acquisition and the Alabama Acquisition.

(d)
Reflects the additional interest expense in connection with our senior notes and our revolving credit facility at annual interest rates of 10.75% and 5.31% (LIBOR plus a 5% margin), respectively, plus amortization of deferred financing fees of $2.1 million and commitment fees related to our revolving credit facility and our Alabama revolving credit facility. Please see the schedule below for further detail:

 
  Interest
Adjustment
 

Senior Notes Principal

  $ 395,000  

Annual Interest Payment (10.75%)

    42,463  

Revolving Credit Facilities

       
 

Main Revolving Credit Facility

    40,000  
   

Amount Drawn

    10,000  
   

Annual Interest Payment (5.31%)

    531  
   

Commitment Fees (0.75% on undrawn amount)

    225  
 

Alabama Revolving Credit Facility

    7,000  
   

Amount Drawn

     
   

Annual Interest Payment (5.0%)

     
   

Commitment Fees ($.02 million per year)

    20  

Annual Deferred Financing Costs

    2,077  
       

Total Annual Interest Payment Calculation

  $ 45,316  

CCFI 2010 Actual Interest Expense

   
8,501
 

CCCS 2010 Actual Interest Expense

    4,436  

Alabama 2010 Actual Interest Expense

    246  
       

Total 2010 Actual Interest Paid

  $ 13,183  
       

Pro Forma Interest Adjustment

  $ 32,133  
       
(e)
Adjustment represents the tax effect of the additional interest expenses at the estimated effective tax rate of 38%.

(f)
Reflects the elimination of management fees paid by us to Diamond Castle of $1.2 million. Also reflects the elimination of management fees paid by CCCS to Golden Gate Capital of $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.

(g)
Reflects the income tax provision estimated at 38% related to the elimination of management fees paid by us and CCCS to the respective financial sponsors during 2010.

55


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc.
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Income
for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2011

Six months ended June 30, 2011
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
  CCFI
Jan 11 – June 11
  California Acquisition
Jan 11 – April 11
  Illinois Acquisition
Jan 11 – March 11
  Acquisition
Adjustments
  Adjustments
for Senior
Notes Offering
  Adjustments
Relating
to This
Offering
  Total
YTD 2011
 

Adjusted Income

                                           

Finance Receivable Fees

  $ 81,471   $ 10,498   $ 1,442   $   $   $   $ 93,411  

Check Cashing Fees

    32,814     9,472                     42,286  

Card Fees

    8,757     697                     9,454  

Other

    8,218     3,667     17                 11,902  
                               
 

Total Revenue

    131,260     24,334     1,459                 157,053  
                               

Salaries and Benefits

    24,129     7,567     308                 32,004  

Provision for Loan Losses

    23,694     2,468     13     (1,150 )(a)           25,025  

Occupancy

    8,840     2,907     84                 11,831  

Depreciation and Amortization

    2,545     131     12                 2,688  

Other

    15,728     1,953     185                 17,866  
                               
 

Total Branch Expenses

    74,936     15,026     602     (1,150 )           89,414  
                               

Branch Gross Profit

    56,324     9,308     857     1,150             67,639  

Corporate Expenses

    30,597     10,146         (16,764 )(b)       (765 )(h)   23,214  

Depreciation and Amortization

    1,012     1,119         (44 )(c)           2,087  

Interest Expense, net

    11,660     2,248             8,515 (f)       22,423  

Goodwill Impairment

        28,986         (28,986 )(d)            

Non-operating Income, mgt fees

    (22 )                       (22 )
                               

Income before taxes and disc. ops. 

    13,077     (33,191 )   857     46,944     (8,515 )   765     19,937  

Provision for Income Taxes

    6,137     (10,935 )   326     14,992 (e)   (3,208 )(g)   291 (i)   7,603  

Non-Controlling Interest

    (120 )                       (120 )
                               

Total Adjusted Net Income

  $ 7,060   $ (22,256 ) $ 531   $ 31,952   $ (5,307 ) $ 474   $ 12,454  
                               

Basic earnings per share

  $ 6.26                                      
                                           

Diluted earnings per share

  $ 5.99                                      
                                           

Pro forma basic earnings per share

                                      $    
                                           

Pro forma diluted earnings per share

                                      $    
                                           

Weighted average basic shares outstanding

    1,128,329                                      
                                           

Weighted average diluted shares outstanding

    1,178,622                                      
                                           

Pro forma weighted average basic shares outstanding

                                           
                                           

Pro forma weighted average diluted shares outstanding

                                           
                                           

56


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc.
Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated
Statement of Income for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2011

(a)
Amount reflects the one-time adjustment in connection with the California Acquisition to expense returned checks and loans past due, in each case for CCCS, in order to conform with our accounting policies.

(b)
Represents transaction fees of $16.5 million associated with the California Acquisition, Illinois Acquisition, and the establishment of our revolving credit facility. Also represents the elimination of a CCCS severance accrual for $0.3 million recorded in connection with the California Acquisition during the period between January 1, 2011 and April 29, 2011.

(c)
Reflects a decrease to depreciation and amortization based upon the estimate of the portion of the purchase price for the California Acquisition to be allocated to the fair value of identifiable intangibles of $0.3 million. This is a result of the estimated identifiable intangibles acquired in connection with the California Acquisition being lowered to an amount less than the amount historically recorded by CCCS as of December 31, 2010. Also reflects a charge to depreciation and amortization based upon the estimate of the portion of the purchase price for the Illinois Acquisition to be allocated to the fair value of identifiable intangibles of $0.1 million.

(d)
Reflects impairments of intangible assets associated with CCCS as of March 31, 2011, comprising a $24.0 million impairment of goodwill and a $4.9 million impairment of trademarks. These impairments were determined using cash flow analysis and other relevant factors and were tested when the California Acquisition value indicated potential impairment.

(e)
Reflects federal income tax provision estimated at 38% related to the pro forma adjustments for the California Acquisition and the Illinois Acquisition for the six months ended June 30, 2011.

(f)
Reflects, for the first six months of 2011, the additional interest expense in connection with our senior notes and our revolving credit facility at annual interest rates of 10.75% and 5.31% (LIBOR plus a 5% margin), respectively, in addition to the amortization of deferred financing fees of $1.0 million and commitment fees related to our revolving credit facility and our Alabama revolving credit facility. The below table assumes that we paid down the $10 million borrowed under the revolving credit facility as of April 30, 2011.

 
  Interest Adjustment  

Senior Notes Principal

  $ 395,000  

Six-Month Interest Payment (10.75%)

    21,057  

Revolving Credit Facilities

       
 

Main Revolving Credit Facility

    40,000  
   

Amount Drawn (through April 2011)

    10,000  
   

Interest Payments Through April (5.31%)

    172  
   

Commitment Fees Through April (0.75% on undrawn amount)

    72  
   

Commitment Fees After April (0.75% on undrawn amount)

    74  
 

Alabama Revolving Credit Facility

    7,000  
   

Amount Drawn

     
   

YTD Interest Payments (5.0%)

     
   

Commitment Fees ($.02 million per year)

    10  

Annual Deferred Financing Costs

    1,038  
       

Total Annual Interest Payment Calculation

  $ 22,423  

CCFI 2010 Actual Interest Expense

    11,660  

CCCS 2010 Actual Interest Expense

    2,248  
       

Total 2010 Actual Interest Paid

  $ 13,908  
       

Pro Forma Interest Adjustment

  $ 8,515  
       

57


Table of Contents

(g)
Adjustment reflects the tax effect of the additional interest expenses at the estimated effective tax rate of 38%.

(h)
Reflects the elimination of management fees paid by us to Diamond Castle of $0.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011. Also reflects the elimination of management fees paid by CCCS to Golden Gate Capital of $0.3 million for the period from January 1, 2011 through April 29, 2011.

(i)
Reflects the income tax provision estimated at 38% related to the elimination of management fees paid by us and CCCS to the respective financial sponsors during 2011.

58


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        The following discussion contains management's discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements and involves numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, those described in the "Special Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements" and "Risk Factors" sections of this prospectus. Actual results may differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.

Overview

        We are a leading retail provider of alternative financial services to unbanked and underbanked consumers. Through our network of retail stores, we provide our customers a variety of financial products and services, including short-term consumer loans, check cashing, prepaid debit cards, title loans and other services that address the specific needs of our individual customers. Through our retail-focused business model, which we refer to as our retail model, we strive to provide our customers with high-quality customer service and immediate access to retail financial services at competitive rates during convenient operating hours. As of June 30, 2011, we operated 433 retail storefront locations across 14 states.

        Over each of the past three years, we increased revenue and Adjusted EBITDA, driven by both organic growth and acquisitions. We have also increased revenue and Adjusted EBITDA during the six months ended June 30, 2011 as compared to the same period ended June 30, 2010. Our retail business model consists of, among other things, a focus on customer service, incentive-based compensation structures, strategies to increase customer traffic, and an expanding product set to address a larger share of our customers' financial needs. Our overall revenue has expanded as we have executed on our retail model, which has increased incremental revenue from our existing store base, and added store count. Adjusted EBITDA and net income margins have expanded as we have achieved economies of scale from our investments in stores and infrastructure. We have limited capital expenditure requirements, and our primary store-level operating expenses are occupancy and labor. As part of our retail model, we strive to invest in premier locations and to develop a highly trained and motivated workforce, all with the aim of enhancing the customer's experience in our stores, generating increased store traffic and introducing our customers to our diversified set of products. We have achieved organic growth through increased market share and by expanding our customer relationships through our additional product offerings. For the six-month period ended June 30, 2011, comparable store sales growth was 9.8%, excluding stores in Arizona, a market impacted by legislation. Our acquisitions during the first half of 2011 included the addition of 10 stores in Illinois and 141 stores in California and Oregon. Our net income during the first six months ended June 30, 2011, declined as compared to the same period ended June 30, 2010, as a result of incremental interest expense and transaction expenses associated with our acquisitions and our recapitalization discussed below under "—Recapitalization".

Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations

Expansion of our Retail Platform

        We believe that our ability to execute on our retail model generates higher per store revenue and contribution to Adjusted EBITDA as compared to our publicly traded peer companies. Our results of operations are heavily impacted by the number of stores we operate and the degree to which we have integrated acquired stores into our operations. We have recently added stores primarily through acquisitions. The results of our internal customer surveys suggest that over 30% of our customers learn about our products and services and come to our stores as a result of a referral. Acquisitions allow us to leverage an established customer base, who continue to use the acquired stores and generate word-

59


Table of Contents


of-mouth marketing as we implement our retail model at the stores, as a source of referrals. Acquisitions have also provided us an existing market presence which we have been able to build upon through expanding the acquired stores' product offerings. We have had success in deploying this model, as we were able to increase revenue for the twelve-month period ended June 30, 2011 for our Michigan and Alabama acquired stores, which were acquired in August 2009 and March 2010, respectively, by 108% and 58%, respectively, since the time of each applicable acquisition.

        We have also grown through de novo store openings, which we have undertaken from time to time to increase our market penetration. Specifically, in 2010, following the Alabama Acquisition, we opened two de novo stores in that market to expand our brand presence and capture additional market share.

        Our recent acquisitions include:

    California Acquisition.  On April 29, 2011, we acquired CCCS and its chain of 141 retail stores in California and Oregon. We undertook the California Acquisition as a means of gaining access to several key markets in California, thereby increasing our geographic diversity, and as a means of gaining additional product expertise, specifically related to CCCS's core check cashing competency. We plan to create additional value through the California Acquisition by increasing store profitability throughout CCCS's existing store chain through the execution of our retail model, the introduction of a superior prepaid debit card offering through our Insight program and a focus on growing title lending, as well as by achieving additional economies of scale through our existing corporate infrastructure.

      We have fully integrated several aspects of CCCS's business and expect to complete the integration during the fourth quarter of 2011. All integration efforts related to the California Acquisition were performed by CCFI employees and were expensed as incurred. We made investments in information technology to bring CCCS's information security, compliance and operational functionality in line with CCFI standards. We capitalized approximately $0.1 million in relation to these investments during the first six months of 2011. Our results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2011 include the results of the stores acquired in the California Acquisition for the period beginning on April 29, 2011.

    Illinois Acquisition.  On March 21, 2011, we acquired 10 stores in the Chicago metro area for a purchase price of up to $19.7 million, with the final purchase price for the acquisition to be determined based on the post-closing performance of these stores. At the time of their acquisition, these stores offered only lending products. Since the Illinois Acquisition, we have fully integrated their operations and have expanded the products and services offered in these stores to include our Insight prepaid card offering, money orders, bill payment services and title lending, thereby further addressing the financial needs of our customers in the Chicago market.

    Alabama Acquisition.  In March 2010, we completed the acquisition of a 19-store chain in Alabama for a purchase price of $15.9 million. Since the time of the acquisition we have enhanced store productivity and profitability through focusing on customer traffic and branch cost containment. The per store contribution to our operating income from our Alabama stores has increased dramatically since the time of the acquisition.

    Michigan Acquisition.  In August 2009, we completed the acquisition of eight stores in Michigan for a purchase price of $0.5 million. These stores were underperforming at the time of their acquisition and represented an opportunity for us to benefit from our existing Michigan infrastructure to increase revenues and profitability at the acquired stores. Through implementing our retail model and focusing employees on customer service and revenue growth, the per store contribution to our operating income from our acquired Michigan stores has grown substantially since the time of acquisition.

60


Table of Contents

        In total, our store count has increased by 151 stores since December 31, 2010 as a result of the California and Illinois Acquisitions. We have not closed any stores during the first half of 2011. The chart below sets forth certain information regarding our stores for each of the past three years and the first six months of 2011.

 
  2008   2009   2010   June 30,
2011
 

# of Locations

                         

Beginning of Period

    256     252     264     282  
 

Acquired

        8     19     151  
 

Opened

    2     4     2      
 

Closed

    6         3      
                   

End of Period

    252     264     282     433  

        The following table provides the geographic composition of our locations as of December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2011:

 
  December 31,
2010
  June 30,
2011
 

Alabama

    21     21  

Arizona

    43     43  

California

    17     155  

Florida

    10     10  

Indiana

    21     21  

Illinois

        10  

Kansas

    6     6  

Kentucky

    13     13  

Michigan

    14     14  

Missouri

    7     7  

Ohio

    98     98  

Oregon

        3  

Utah

    10     10  

Virginia

    22     22  
           

Total Locations

    282     433  
           

Overall Trends in Consumer Credit

        Our revenues are influenced by trends in the overall market for consumer financial products and services. We believe, as a result of these current trends, our addressable market is growing. A study conducted by the FDIC published in 2009 indicates that 25.6% of U.S. households are either unbanked or underbanked, representing approximately 60 million adults. As traditional financial institutions increase fees for consumer services, such as checking accounts and debit cards, and as traditional credit sources tighten credit standards as a result of economic and other market driven developments, consumers have looked elsewhere for less expensive and more convenient alternatives to meet their financial needs. According to a recent Federal Reserve Bank of New York report, total consumer credit outstanding has declined over $1.0 trillion since its peak in the third quarter of 2008. Since the adoption of the CARD Act, we believe that traditional credit card issuers have tightened their underwriting standards. This contraction in the supply of consumer credit has resulted in significant unmet demand for consumer loan products. We believe this shift has resulted in increased demand for our loan products, as consumers have had their traditional sources of consumer credit reduced or terminated.

61


Table of Contents

Changes in Legislation

        During the last few years, legislation that has required us to alter the manner in which we offer certain products and services has been introduced or adopted in a number of states and at the federal level. See "Business—Regulation and Compliance" for a discussion of the various regulatory regimes applicable to our business and certain recent legislative developments affecting our industry. Some of these legislative and regulatory changes may result in the discontinuation of certain operations, while others may result in less significant short-term or long-term changes, interruptions in revenues and lower operating margins. In order to address market, legislative and regulatory developments, we regularly refine our product offerings and develop new products and services to better serve our customers.

        Recent developments include:

        Ohio.    Following a change in law in Ohio at the end of 2008, we began offering short-term consumer loans under the Ohio Mortgage Loan Act, or OMLA. As a result, loan proceeds are delivered in the form of a money order, which customers have the option of cashing in one of our stores with an affiliate of the lender of record for the OMLA loan. The fees charged for OMLA loans are lower than fees charged for the short-term consumer loans we previously offered in Ohio, and have therefore led to decreased short-term consumer loan revenues. We have, however, seen an increase in check cashing fees as a result of this shift in our product offering.

        Virginia.    In Virginia, as a result of changes in legislation in early 2009, we transitioned a significant portion of our customers from cash advance products to an open-ended line of credit.

        Arizona.    As a result of the expiration of the enabling statute for deferred presentment loans in Arizona in mid-2010, we transitioned customers from short-term consumer loans to other loan products, such as title loans and loans from third-party lending offerings, which may be delivered via prepaid debit cards.

        Illinois.    In Illinois, House Bill 537, which created an installment payday loan product with a term of not less than 112 days and not more than 180 days, went into effect on March 21, 2011. We believe the new statute provides legislative stability in the state and that our retail-oriented business model will prove successful with this product.

        We believe that our ability to develop legal and financially viable products and services, as the regulatory environment evolves, is one of our competitive strengths.

New Product Expansion and Trends

        We constantly seek to develop and offer new products in order to address the full range of our customers' financial needs. From 2008 to 2010, revenue from our title loan products has grown 72% on a compound annual basis. During the first six months of 2011, title loan revenues increased 37% over the comparable period in 2010. In 2010, we introduced a new prepaid card offering to our customers. Through the first six months of 2011 prepaid debit card fees have increased 229% over the comparable period of 2010. Importantly, we believe the prepaid card solution we offer, specifically when coupled with direct deposit, can serve as a catalyst to a longer-term customer relationship.

        In the first quarter of 2011, we piloted a new tax preparation offering. Its impact on our 2011 financial results was not material, but the offering was well received by our customers, and we believe it represents an example of available avenues for growth in future years via new products. Internal surveys support our belief that our customers are interested in additional product offerings. Introducing new products into our markets has historically created profitable revenue expansion. In executing on our retail model, we expect to continue to expand our offerings to meet our customers financial service needs.

62


Table of Contents

Loan Characteristics and Portfolio Mix

        As we introduce new products throughout our markets and expand our product offerings to meet our customers' needs, the characteristics of our overall loan portfolio shift to reflect the terms of these new products. Our various lending products have different terms, depending on the underlying type of loan product that is offered. Our title loan offerings tend to have longer maturities than our short-term consumer loan offerings, and though loans to a single customer may generate lower finance charges as a result of there being fewer origination events, their increased maturity can result in comparable overall revenue generation over the life of an individual loan. Recently, as we have emphasized our Insight prepaid debit card program, we have increased card fees from individual card purchases, load fees, and commissions related to card activity. We believe that our prepaid debit card revenue, together with the prepaid debit card direct deposit offering, have reduced some of our check cashing fees. We believe, however, that establishing our Insight prepaid debit card as a hub for our customers' financial service needs will lengthen the customer relationship and increase associated revenue over time.

Expenses

        Historically, our operating expenses have primarily related to the operation of our stores, including salaries and benefits for employees, store occupancy costs, loan loss provisions, returns and cash shortages and depreciation of assets. We also incur corporate and other expenses on a company-wide basis, including interest expense and other financing costs related to our indebtedness, advertising, insurance, salaries, benefits, occupancy costs, professional expenses and management fees paid by us to our Sponsor, which fees will be eliminated upon completion of this offering. Our organization is equipped with acquisition and integration capabilities. Most integration tasks are managed by CCFI employees, the cost of which is expensed as incurred. Acquisitions and integrations often result in moderate temporary increases in expenses related to travel, training and incremental pay for hourly employees involved in integration activities.

        We view our compliance, collections and information technology groups as core competencies. We have invested in each of these areas and believe we will continue to benefit from increased economies of scale as we grow our business with additional future acquisitions. Our efficient corporate cost structure is evident as revenue has grown at a compound annual rate of 8.9% from 2008 to 2010 while corporate expenses have grown at a compound annual growth rate of 3.7% over the same periods and have decreased as a percentage of revenue from 16.8% in 2008 to 15.2% in 2010.

Recapitalization

        Concurrent with the California Acquisition, we issued $395.0 million in senior notes, entered into a new four-year, $40 million revolving credit facility and amended our existing $7.0 million credit facility for our Alabama subsidiary. The proceeds from the senior notes offering, together with $10.0 million of proceeds from our new revolving credit facility and $27.7 million of cash on hand were used to complete the California Acquisition, to retire our and CCCS's outstanding credit facility debt and to pay a dividend to our shareholders and pay bonuses to our management. We incurred $24.2 million in related fees and expenses in completing the California Acquisition and the financing related to our recapitalization, of which $15.6 million was directly attributable to discounts and other expenses incurred in connection with the financing and was capitalized accordingly. As a result of the increase in the amount of debt in our capital structure following the recapitalization, our interest expense has risen, impacting our results of operations and liquidity. See "Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information", "—Liquidity and Capital Resources", "—Contractual Obligations and Commitments" and "Description of Certain Indebtedness" for further detail.

63


Table of Contents

Discontinued Operations

        In December 2010, we discontinued our commercial check cashing business in Florida. The commercial check cashing business, which provided check cashing services to high-volume check cashers, required significant capital commitments and the underwriting of commercial customer risk. In 2010, we had a significant write-off of a customer receivable and discontinued these operations due to operational considerations. As a result of discontinuing these operations, we recorded a one-time after tax charge of approximately $2.2 million during 2010. This was an isolated business unit, and its closure had no impact on the rest of our Florida operations.

        In August 2010, CCCS decided to close four stores in the state of Washington due primarily to a change in law in Washington that made the business unprofitable. As a result of the closures, CCCS incurred an after tax loss from discontinued operations of $0.5 million.

Critical Accounting Policies

        Consistent with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, our management makes certain estimates and assumptions to determine the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses in the process of preparing our financial statements. These estimates and assumptions are based on the best information available to management at the time the estimates or assumptions are made. The most significant estimates made by our management, which management considers critical, include valuation of our net finance receivables and goodwill and our determination for recording the amount of deferred income tax assets and liabilities, because these estimates and assumptions could change materially as a result of conditions both within and beyond management's control.

        Management believes that among our significant accounting policies, the following involve a higher degree of judgment:

Finance Receivables, Net

        Provisions for loan losses are charged to income in amounts sufficient to cover estimated losses in our loan portfolio. All finance receivables are evaluated collectively for impairment. Historical loan loss experience, overall portfolio quality, current economic conditions that may affect our borrowers' ability to pay and management's judgment are factors used in assessing the overall adequacy of the allowance and the resulting provision for loan losses. While management uses the best information available to make its evaluation, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary if there are significant changes in economic conditions or other factors, which would in turn impact our results of operations.

        We maintain a charge-off policy in which short-term consumer loans are charged off once they become past due. Generally, if the customer has not paid off the loan by the due date, we will deposit the borrower's held check or draft the borrower's bank account for the amount due. If the check or draft is returned as uncollected, all accrued fees and outstanding principal are charged-off as uncollectible. We will then attempt to collect on the account. Recoveries are recorded in the period in which they are received.

        Our charge-off policy related to open-end credit loans and title loans generally requires that balances be charged off when accounts are 30 days past due.

        In some instances we maintain debt-purchasing arrangements with third-party lenders. We accrue for this obligation through management's estimation of anticipated purchases based on expected losses in the third-party lender's portfolio. This obligation is recorded as a current liability on our balance sheet.

64


Table of Contents

        Finance receivables, net, on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 were approximately $52.0 million, $66.0 million and $81.3 million, respectively. The allowance for loan losses of $2.4 million, $5.4 million, and $3.4 million as of December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 represented 4.5%, 7.6% and 4.0% of finance receivables, net of unearned advance fees, respectively. Finance receivables, net as of December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 are as follows (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2009   2010  

Finance Receivables, net of unearned advance fees

  $ 54,404   $ 71,441   $ 84,694  
 

Less: Allowance for loan losses

    2,451     5,406     3,357  
               

Finance Receivables, Net

  $ 51,953   $ 66,035   $ 81,337  
               

        Net loan charge-offs for the three years ended December 31, 2008, 2009, and 2010 were $36.9 million, $40.4 million and $40.5 million, respectively. The total changes to the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009, and 2010 were as follows (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2009   2010  

Allowance for Loan Losses

                   
 

Beginning of Year

  $ 1,779   $ 2,451   $ 5,406  
   

Provisions for Loan Losses

    35,784     40,255     36,324  
   

Charge-offs, net

    (35,112 )   (37,300 )   (38,373 )
               
 

End of Year

  $ 2,451   $ 5,406   $ 3,357  
               

Allowance as Percentage of Finance Receivables, net of unearned advance fees

    4.5 %   7.6 %   4.0 %
               

        The provision for loan losses for the years December 31, 2008 and 2009 also includes losses from returned items from check cashing of $1.8 million and $3.1 million, respectively. The provision for loan loss for the year ended December 31, 2010 also includes losses from returned items from check cashing of $3.0 million and card losses of $0.2 million.

        Finance receivables, net, on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2011 were approximately $81.3 million and $97.0 million, respectively. The allowance for loan losses of $3.4 million and $4.0 million as of December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2011 represented 4.0% and 4.0% of finance receivable net of unearned advance fees, respectively. Finance receivables, net as of December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2011 were as follows (in thousands):

 
  December 31, 2010   June 30, 2011  

Finance Receivable, net of unearned advance fees

  $ 84,694   $ 101,007  

Less: Allowance for loan losses

    3,357     4,010  
           

Finance Receivable, Net

  $ 81,337   $ 96,997  
           

        Net loan charge-offs for the six month period ended June 30, 2010 and June 30, 2011 were $15.2 million and $19.5 million, respectively. Provisions for loan losses for the same periods were $17.7 million and $23.7 million, respectively. Provisions for loan losses increased due to overall growth in the size of our loan portfolio as a result of the Illinois and California Acquisitions as well as organic growth. However, as a percent of revenue, provisions for loan losses increased from 16.6% for the six months ended June 30, 2010 to 18.1% for the six months ended June 30, 2011. The allowance for loan loss decline, from 2010 to 2011, is largely attributable to provisions taken in anticipation of the Arizona

65


Table of Contents


product transition in 2010. The total changes to the allowance for loan losses for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2011 were as follows (in thousands):

 
  Six Months Ended June 30,  
 
  2010   2011  

Allowance for Losses on Finance Receivable

             

Allowance at beginning of the period

  $ 4,324   $ 3,357  

Provisions for loans losses

    16,075     20,176  

Charge-offs

    (15,197 )   (19,523 )
           

Allowance as of period end

  $ 5,202   $ 4,010  
           

Allowance as a Percent of Finance Receivable, net of unearned advance fees

    7.2 %   4.0 %
           

        The provision for loan losses for the six months ended June 30, 2010 also includes losses from returned items from check cashing of $1.3 million. The provision for loan losses for the six months ended June 30, 2011 also includes losses from returned items from check cashing of $2.5 million and card losses of $0.4 million.

Goodwill

        Management evaluates all long-lived assets, including goodwill, for impairment annually as of December 31, or whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate an asset might be impaired. Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net assets at the date of the acquisition and the excess of purchase price over identified net assets acquired.

        One of the methods that management employs in the review uses estimates of future cash flows from acquired assets. If the carrying value of goodwill or other intangible assets is considered impaired, an impairment charge is recorded for the amount by which the carrying value of the goodwill or intangible assets exceeds its fair value. Management believes that its estimates of future cash flows and fair value are reasonable. Changes in estimates of such cash flows and fair value, however, could impact the estimated value of goodwill.

        There was no impairment loss charged to operations for goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009. During the year ended December 31, 2008, we recorded $53.3 million of goodwill impairment as a result of our annual fair value analysis. The fair value and resulting impairment was based upon a combination of quoted market prices, prices of comparable businesses, discounted estimated cash flows and other valuation techniques. The significant downturn in the equity markets during 2008, along with the enactment of House Bill 545 in Ohio and the anticipated law changes in Arizona exacerbated the decreased valuations calculated using these methodologies. See "Business—Regulation and Compliance—U.S. State Regulation" for a discussion of House Bill 545.

        During the first six months of 2011, goodwill increased by $116.5 million, due to the California and Illinois Acquisitions.

Income Taxes

        We record income taxes as applicable under generally accepted accounting principles. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce the deferred tax asset if it is more likely than not that some portion of the asset will not be realized.

66


Table of Contents

        Primarily as a result of the Sponsor's acquisition of CheckSmart and Golden Gate Capital's acquisition of CCCS, both in 2006, we are the beneficiary of a goodwill amortization deduction of $22.1 million for the purposes of our federal income taxes. This deduction will be recognized over a 15-year period from the date of the acquisitions. Under GAAP, our income tax expense for accounting purposes, however, does not reflect the impact of this deduction for the amortization of goodwill. This difference between our cash tax expense and our accrued income tax expense results in the creation of deferred income tax items on our balance sheet.

Results of Operations

Six Months Ended June 30, 2010 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2011

        The following table sets forth key operating data for our operations for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2011 (dollars in thousands):

 
  Six Months Ended June 30,  
 
  2010   2011   Increase (Decrease)   2010   2011  
 
   
   
   
  (Percent)
  (Percent of Revenue)
 

Total Revenue

  $ 106,259   $ 131,260   $ 25,001     23.5 %   100 %   100 %

Operating Expenses

                                     
 

Salaries and Benefits

    19,869     24,129     4,260     21.4     18.7     18.4  
 

Provision for Loan Losses

    17,682     23,694     6,012     34.0     16.6     18.1  
 

Occupancy

    7,173     8,840     1,667     23.2     6.8     6.7  
 

Depreciation & Amortization (Store-level)

    2,458     2,545     87     3.5     2.3     1.9  
 

Other Operating Expenses

    12,666     15,728     3,062     24.2     11.9     12.0  
                           

Total Operating Expenses

    59,848     74,936     15,088     25.2     56.3     57.1  
                           

Income from Operations

    46,411     56,324     9,913     21.4     43.7     42.9  
                           

Corporate and Other Expenses

                                     
 

Corporate Expenses

    15,764     21,379     5,615     35.6     14.8     16.3  
 

Transaction Expenses

    237     8,698     8,461     3570.0     0.2     6.6  
 

Depreciation & Amortization (Corporate)

    652     1,012     360     55.2     0.6     0.8  
 

Interest

    4,429     11,660     7,231     163.3     4.2     8.9  
 

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

    9,469     6,137     (3,332 )   (35.2 )   8.9     4.7  
                           

Total Corporate and Other Expenses

    30,551     48,886     18,335     60.0     28.8     37.2  
                           

Net Income before Mgmt. Fee, Disc. Operations, Impairment

    15,860     7,438     (8,422 )   (53.1 )   14.9     5.7  

Sponsor Management Fee

    653     498     (155 )   (23.7 )   0.6     0.4  

Discontinued Operations

    2,196         (2,196 )   (100.0 )   2.1     0.0  

Non-controlling Interest

        (120 )   (120 )   NA     0.0     0.1  
                           

Net Income

  $ 13,011   $ 7,060   $ (5,951 )   (45.7 )%   12.2 %   5.4 %
                           

67


Table of Contents

Operating Metrics

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2010   2011  

Location Information

             

Beginning of Period

    264     282  
 

Acquired

    19     151  
 

Opened

         
 

Closed

         
           

End of Period

    283     433  

Average number of branches open during period

    274     358  

Short-term Loan Operating Data:(i)

             
 

Loan volume (originations and refinancings) (in thousands)

  $ 566,741   $ 624,567  
 

Number of loan transactions (in thousands)

    1,336     1,487  
 

Average new loan size

  $ 424.21   $ 420.02  
 

Average fee per new loan

  $ 45.74   $ 44.82  
 

Loan loss provision as a percentage of loan volume

    2.2 %   2.4 %

Check Cashing Data:

             
 

Face amount of checks cashed (in thousands)

  $ 712,159   $ 927,566  
 

Number of checks cashed (in thousands)

    1,558     2,009  
 

Face amount of average check

  $ 457.10   $ 461.70  
 

Average fee per check

  $ 17.80   $ 16.33  
 

Returned check expense as a percent of face amount of checks cashed

    0.2 %   0.3 %

(i)
Does not include line of credit loans offered in four stores in Virginia.

Revenue

 
  Six Months Ended June 30,  
 
  2010   2011   Increase (Decrease)   2010   2011  
 
   
   
   
  (Percent)
  (Percent of Revenue)
 

Short-term Consumer Loan Fees and Interest

  $ 64,431   $ 73,938   $ 9,507     14.8 %   60.6 %   56.3 %

Check Cashing Fees

    27,746     32,814     5,068     18.3 %   26.1 %   25.0 %

Prepaid Debit Card Services

    2,663     8,757     6,094     228.8 %   2.5 %   6.7 %

Title Loan Fees

    5,498     7,533     2,035     37.0 %   5.2 %   5.7 %

Other Income

    5,921     8,218     2,297     38.8 %   5.6 %   6.3 %
                           

Total Revenue

  $ 106,259   $ 131,260   $ 25,001     23.5 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
                           

        For the six months ended June 30, 2011, total revenue increased by $25.0 million, or 23.5%, compared to the same period for 2010. The two months of revenue from the California Acquisition increased our overall revenue during the first six months of 2011 by $13.1 million, or 10%, versus the first six months of 2010. The Illinois Acquisition, which closed March 21, 2011, contributed $1.3 million in revenue during the first six months of 2011. In addition to significant organic growth in the Alabama market, our results of operations for the period ended June 30, 2011 reflect six full months of Alabama revenue, equal to $14.6 million, while our results of operations for the period ended June 30, 2010 reflect only four months of Alabama revenue, equal to $6.4 million. Of the difference between these results, $5.4 million reflects the revenue from January and February of 2011 and is mostly attributable

68


Table of Contents


to the timing of the close of the Alabama Acquisition. The remaining $2.6 million is attributable to our organic growth in that market.

        We also experienced revenue growth in all of the states in which we operated during the first six months of 2011, compared with the same period in 2010, with the exception of Arizona, where we adjusted our product mix beginning in May 2010. Arizona revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2011 decreased by $4.3 million as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2010. We grew revenue across our remaining stores by $14.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 as compared to the same period for 2010. We owned and operated 433 retail service locations as of June 30, 2011, compared to 282 stores as of December 31, 2010.

        Revenue generated from short-term consumer loan fees and interest for the first six months of 2011 increased $9.5 million, or 14.8%, compared to the same period in 2010. We were able to grow consumer loan revenue as we integrated the California and Illinois Acquisitions and focused on growing our short-term consumer loan products organically within each of our other markets through continued focus on increasing the penetration of our products and services in the markets we serve. The California Acquisition contributed $6.6 million to short-term consumer loan revenue from the close of the acquisition on April 29, 2011, through June 30, 2011. The Illinois Acquisition also contributed to the overall growth in revenue by $1.2 million during the period between closing on March 21, 2011 and June 30, 2011. While the first six months of 2011 benefited on a comparable basis due to the timing of the closing of the Alabama Acquisition at the beginning of March 2010, we also achieved organic, short-term consumer loan revenue growth within each of our markets where we offered the product during the first six months of 2011 compared to the first six months of 2010.

        Revenue generated from check cashing for the first six months of 2011 increased $5.1 million, or 18.3%, compared to the first six months of 2010. The increase was driven by the contribution to check cashing revenues from the California Acquisition and a full six months of check cashing revenue recognition from the Alabama Acquisition and was partially offset by a decline in check cashing in some of our legacy markets.

        Revenue generated from prepaid debit card services during the six months ended June 30, 2011 increased by $6.1 million, or 228.8%, as compared to the same period ended June 30, 2010, as customer demand for the prepaid debit card product offerings grew dramatically. We actively promoted prepaid debit cards to our customer base, and grew revenue by increasing the number of active card accounts (defined as accounts with activity within the previous 90 days) from 25,914 in April 2010, at the launch of the Insight prepaid card program, to 95,068 in June 2011. We have bolstered our marketing efforts in support of Insight's product, in turn expanding customer awareness and penetration.

        Following the Alabama Acquisition in 2010, we were able to successfully integrate our title loan product into the stores within that market. This successful integration led to significant title loan volume growth during the first six months of 2011 compared to the first six months in 2010. Additionally, the transition of customers in Arizona to title loans, following the regulatory change in May 2010, grew revenue significantly in that market as well. We also showed strong organic title loan revenue growth from all our other markets during the first six months of 2011 versus the same period in 2010. Management believes that there is significant opportunity to leverage our expertise in title loans in the newly acquired stores in the California and Illinois markets, substantially expanding this product offering to customers within those markets.

69


Table of Contents

Operations-Level Expenses

 
  Six Months Ended June 30,  
(dollars in thousands)
  2010   2011   Increase (Decrease)   2010   2011  
 
   
   
   
  (Percent)
  (Percent of Revenue)
 

Salaries and Benefits

  $ 19,869   $ 24,129   $ 4,260     21.4 %   18.7 %   18.4 %

Provision for Loan Losses

    17,682     23,694     6,012     34.0     16.6     18.1  

Occupancy

    7,173     8,840     1,667     23.2     6.8     6.7  

Depreciation & Amortization (Store-level)

    2,458     2,545     87     3.5     2.3     1.9  

Advertising and Marketing

    2,088     1,981     (107 )   (5.1 )   2.0     1.5  

Bank Charges

    1,188     1,249     61     5.1     1.1     1.0  

Store Supplies

    954     1,134     180     18.9     0.9     0.9  

Collection Expenses

    1,293     1,388     95     7.3     1.2     1.1  

Telecommunications

    1,035     1,283     248     24.0     1.0     1.0  

Security

    487     709     222     45.6     0.5     0.5  

License & Other Taxes

    339     877     538     158.7     0.3     0.7  

Other Operating Expenses

    5,282     7,107     1,825     34.6     5.0     5.4  
                           

Total Operating Expenses

    59,848     74,936     15,088     25.2     56.3     57.1  
                           

Income from Operations

  $ 46,411   $ 56,324   $ 9,913     21.4 %   43.7 %   42.9 %
                           

        Total operating expenses, which consist primarily of store-related expenses, increased by $15.1 million, or 25.2%, in the first six months of 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010. Salaries and benefits increased due to the additional employees who joined us through the California and Illinois Acquisitions. Occupancy expenses for the first six months of 2011 increased from the same period in 2010 due to an increase in the number of stores in operation as a result of the California and Illinois Acquisitions. These expenses also increased on a comparable basis due to the timing of the Alabama Acquisition. Provision for loan losses increased during the first six months of 2011 compared to the same period in 2010, due primarily to the increased size of our loan portfolio. Our provision for loan losses, as a percentage of revenues for the first six months of 2010, benefited on a comparative basis, due to the benefit of reserves established in prior periods in anticipation of regulatory changes expected to go into effect in 2010. Our provision for loan losses for the six-month period ending June 30, 2011 is generally in line with historical levels.

        Branch-level advertising and marketing expenses decreased during the six months ended June 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010 due to a reduction in television and radio advertisement spending in several markets. The reduction in television and radio advertising spending was partially offset by promotional spending, specifically focused on our title loan and Insight prepaid debit card offerings. The increase in licenses and other taxes was related to the impact of the full six months of expenses in Alabama as compared to the comparable period in 2010 and expenses incurred in conjunction with the Illinois Acquisition.

        Other operating expenses were impacted by an increase in merchant processing charges as a result of the increased frequency with which our customers use debit and credit cards as a form of electronic payment for our products and services. Additionally, the 53% increase in store count as compared to our store count as of June 30, 2010, resulted in higher other operating expenses.

70


Table of Contents

Corporate and Other Expenses

 
  Six Months Ended June 30,  
(dollars in thousands)
  2010   2011   Increase (Decrease)   2010   2011  
 
   
   
   
  (Percent)   (Percent of Revenue)  

Corporate Expenses

  $ 15,764   $ 21,379   $ 5,615     35.6 %   14.8 %   16.3 %

Transaction Expenses

    237     8,698     8,461     3,570     0.2     6.6  

Depreciation & Amortization (Corporate)

    652     1,012     360     55.2     0.6     0.8  

Sponsor Management Fee

    653     498     (155 )   (23.7 )   0.6     0.4  

Interest

    4,429     11,660     7,231     163.3     4.2     8.9  

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

    9,469     6,137     (3,332 )   (35.2 )   8.9     4.7  
                               

Total Corporate and Other Expenses

  $ 31,204   $ 49,384   $ 18,180     58.3 %   29.4 %   37.6 %
                           

Corporate Expenses

        Corporate expenses increased $5.6 million during the first six months of 2011, or 35.6%, compared to the same period in 2010 as a result of the need for an expanded corporate infrastructure to support our increased retail footprint following the Illinois and California Acquisitions. CCFI is actively eliminating redundancies created through acquisitions to realize benefits of scale. Human resources, benefits, payroll, information technology, collections, accounting, and executive management represent opportunities for cost synergies. Management expects to realize cost synergies related to these acquisitions, beginning in the second half of 2011.

        The increase in corporate expenses was also impacted by the growth in prepaid debit cards and expenses related to promotional programs, additional long-distance telephone expenses for collections and increased payroll to build out our customer care center in support of the growing number of prepaid debit card customers. Corporate expenses associated with advertising and professional services also increased due to expenses incurred by Latin Card, our subsidiary engaged in targeted, direct-to-consumer marketing of prepaid debit cards. We consolidated Latin Card's operations with ours through March 31, 2011, following which in May 2011, we decreased our ownership interest in Latin Card to 49% and no longer consolidate the results of this entity for purposes of our financial statements. Additionally, corporate expenses increased due to an increased level of participation in legislative affairs.

Interest Expense, Net

        Interest expense, net, increased to $11.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 compared to $4.4 million for the same period in 2010, or an increase of 163.3%, due to the issuance of our senior notes, concurrent with the California Acquisition. See "—Contractual Obligations and Commitments" for further detail on the senior notes.

Income Taxes

        Income taxes during the first six months of 2011 were $6.2 million, as compared to $9.5 million for the same period in 2010. Our annual effective income tax rates for the first six months of 2010 and 2011 were 38.4% and 46.9%, respectively. The difference in effective tax rates over these periods is attributable to the non-deductibility of certain acquisition related expenses during the first half of 2011.

71


Table of Contents

Full-Year Results of Operations

        The following table sets forth key operating data for our operations for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 (dollars in thousands):

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   Revenue %   2009   Revenue %   2010   Revenue %  

Total Revenue

  $ 189,019     100 % $ 202,683     100 % $ 224,280     100 %

Operating Expenses

                                     
 

Provision for Loan Losses

    37,544     19.9     43,463     21.4     40,316     18.0  
 

Salaries and Benefits

    33,738     17.8     34,343     16.9     38,759     17.3  
 

Occupancy

    13,457     7.1     13,855     6.8     14,813     6.6  
 

Depreciation & Amortization

    10,422     5.5     6,613     3.3     5,318     2.4  
 

Other Operating Expenses

    21,420     11.3     22,652     11.2     27,994     12.5  
                           

Total Operating Expenses

    116,581     61.7     120,926     59.7     127,200     56.7  
                           

Income from Operations

    72,438     38.3     81,757     40.3     97,080     43.3  
                           

Other Expenses

                                     
 

Administrative Expenses

    30,738     16.3     30,513     15.1     32,947     14.7  
 

Depreciation & Amortization

    1,063     0.6     568     0.3     1,222     0.5  
 

Interest

    16,191     8.6     11,532     5.7     8,501     3.8  
 

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

    (10,635 )   (5.6 )   14,042     6.9     19,801     8.8  
 

Extraordinary Item

    3,913     2.1         0.0         0.0  
                           

Total Other Expenses

    41,270     21.8     56,655     28.0     62,471     27.9  
                           

Net Income before Mgmt. Fee, Disc. Operations, Impairment

    31,168     16.5     25,102     12.4     34,609     15.4  

Management Fee

    797     0.4     833     0.4     1,184     0.5  

Discontinued Operations

    (482 )   (0.3 )   (368 )   (0.2 )   2,196     1.0  

Impairment Charges

    53,263     28.2         0.0         0.0  
                           

Net Income (loss)

  $ (22,410 )   (11.9 )% $ 24,637     12.2 % $ 31,229     14.0 %
                           

Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2009

Revenue

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)
  2009   2010   Increase   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
  (Percent)
  (Percentage of Revenue)
 

Short-term Consumer Loan Fees and Interest

  $ 129,817   $ 132,678   $ 2,861     2.2 %   64.0 %   59.2 %

Check Cashing Fees

    53,049     55,930     2,881     5.4     26.2     24.9  

Title Loan Fees

    7,140     13,381     6,241     87.4     3.5     6.0  

Prepaid Debit Card Services

    2,063     10,731     8,668     420.2     1.0     4.8  

Other Income

    10,614     11,560     946     8.9     5.3     5.2  
                           

Total Revenue

  $ 202,683   $ 224,280   $ 21,597     10.7 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
                           

72


Table of Contents

        In 2010, total revenue increased by $21.6 million, or 10.7%, compared to 2009. The increase in total revenue was due to both the Alabama Acquisition during the first quarter of 2010, and the follow-on opening of two additional stores in that market. We also achieved organic revenue growth in each state in which we operated in 2010, with the exceptions of Virginia and Arizona, where we adjusted our product mix during the year to conform to new regulatory requirements. We attribute our organic revenue growth in 2010 to favorable demographic trends that increased our target market as well as our successful penetration of our target market. We owned and operated 282 retail service locations as of December 31, 2010, compared to 264 stores as of December 31, 2009.

        Revenue generated from short-term consumer loan fees and interest for 2010 increased $2.9 million, or 2.2%, compared to 2009. Revenue growth across most of our markets was offset by a decrease in lending revenue in Arizona as customers transitioned from short-term consumer loans to other products, such as title loans and prepaid debit cards, and in Virginia, where consumers were adapting to our line of credit offering. Overall, revenue growth was driven by greater transaction volumes, attributable to successful market penetration, with the average fee per loan made remaining flat.

        The development and introduction of title loans provided our customers with an alternative product to short-term consumer loans as we modified our product offering in Arizona and Virginia. The increase in title loan fees of $6.2 million was primarily due to the migration of customers to this product within the Arizona and Virginia markets as well as a result of the Alabama Acquisition, where our acquired stores also offered title loans.

        Revenue generated from check cashing for 2010 increased $2.9 million, or 5.4%, compared to 2009. The growth in check cashing from the Alabama Acquisition has been offset by the negative impact of macroeconomic weakness and high unemployment in certain markets. Transaction volume growth in 2010 offset a slightly lower average check size, and the average fee per check cashed remained constant. Check cashing has also been impacted by consumers' migration towards electronic payment options such as direct deposit. We are seeking to address this consumer need through our Insight prepaid debit card offering.

        Revenue from prepaid debit card services in 2010 increased by $8.7 million, or 420%, compared to 2009. Consumers have grown increasingly accepting of the use of prepaid debit cards. We have been an active participant in educating customers on the benefits of a prepaid debit card offering. Our penetration into the expanding market with Insight's prepaid debit card products, introduced in May 2010, has been the primary driver of this revenue growth. In 2010, we actively promoted the benefits of the Insight prepaid debit card offering to our customer base, increasing the number of active card accounts (defined as accounts with activity within the previous 90 days) from the beginning of our agreement with Insight in April 2010 to 64,782 in December 2010. We bolstered our marketing efforts in support of Insight's product, in turn expanding customer awareness and penetration.

73


Table of Contents

Operations Expenses

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)
  2009   2010   Increase (Decrease)   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
  (Percent)
  (Percentage of Revenue)
 

Provision for loan losses

  $ 43,463   $ 40,316   $ (3,147 )   (7.2 )%   21.4 %   18.0 %

Salaries and Benefits

    34,343     38,759     4,416     12.9     16.9     17.3  

Occupancy

    13,855     14,813     958     6.9     6.8     6.6  

Depreciation & Amortization

    6,613     5,318     (1,295 )   (19.6 )   3.3     2.4  

Advertising and Marketing

    4,437     4,463     26     0.6     2.2     2.0  

Bank Charges

    2,166     2,360     194     9.0     1.1     1.1  

Store Supplies

    1,756     2,188     432     24.6     0.9     1.0  

Collection Expenses

    1,709     2,334     625     36.6     0.8     1.0  

Telecommunications

    1,888     2,232     344     18.2     0.9     1.0  

Security

    846     996     150     17.7     0.4     0.4  

License & Other Taxes

    678     793     115     17.0     0.3     0.4  

Other Operating Expenses

    9,172     12,628     3,456     37.7     4.5     5.6  
                           

Total Operating Expenses

    120,926     127,200     6,274     5.2     59.7     56.7  
                           

Income from Operations

  $ 81,757   $ 97,080   $ 15,323     18.7 %   40.3 %   43.3 %
                           

        Total operating expenses, which consist primarily of store-related expenses, increased by $6.3 million, or 5.2%, in 2010 from 2009, but decreased as a percentage of revenue from 59.7% in 2009 to 56.7% in 2010, primarily as a result of a decrease in our provision for loan losses in 2010 as compared to 2009. Expenses for loan loss provisions declined as we benefitted from a restructuring of our Virginia line of credit product to better align with customer needs.

        Salaries and benefits and occupancy expenses for 2010 increased from 2009 due to an increase in the number of stores in operation.

        Security expense increased as a result of the greater number of stores in operation. Bank charges increased due to increased transaction volume. The increase in licenses and other taxes were primarily related to our new products. The increase in collections and other operating expenses reflected the incremental costs associated with new product development and implementation as we adapted to different regulatory requirements, the increase in number of stores under operation through the Alabama Acquisition and expansion in the products and services we offered our customers. Other operating expenses were impacted by an increase in merchant processing charges as a result of the increased frequency with which our customers use debit and credit cards as a form of electronic payment for our products and services. Operating margin expanded in 2010 to 43.3% versus 40.3% in 2009.

74


Table of Contents

Other Expenses

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)
  2009   2010   Increase (Decrease)   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
  (Percent)
  (Percentage of Revenue)
 

Administrative Expenses

  $ 30,513   $ 32,947   $ 2,434     8.0 %   15.1 %   14.7 %

Non-controlling interest

        (252 )   (252 )           (0.1 )

Depreciation and Amortization (Corporate)

    568     1,222     654     115.1     0.3     0.5  

Sponsor Management Fee

    833     1,184     351     42.1     0.4     0.5  

Discontinued Operations

    (368 )   2,196     2,564     (696.1 )   (0.2 )   1.0  

Interest

    11,532     8,501     (3,031 )   (26.3 )   5.7     3.8  

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

    14,042     19,801     5,759     41.0     6.9     8.8  
                           

Total Other Expenses

  $ 57,120   $ 65,599   $ 8,479     14.8 %   28.2 %   29.2 %
                           

Administrative Expenses

        Administrative expenses increased $2.4 million in 2010, or 8.0%, compared to 2009, primarily due to increased expense related to compliance, technology and additional personnel associated with new product introductions and an increased number of store locations. We also paid a management fee of $1.2 million to our Sponsor in 2010, an increase of $0.4 million compared to 2009 as a result of the Alabama Acquisition and the associated increase in company-wide EBITDA. In 2010, we exited our commercial check cashing business in Florida and recognized a one-time discontinued operations expense of $2.2 million, net of tax benefits.

Interest Expense, Net

        Interest expense, net, decreased to $8.5 million in 2010 compared to $11.5 million in 2009, or a decrease of 26.3%, due to reductions in the variable interest rates under our existing term loan facilities.

Income Taxes

        A tax provision of $19.8 million was recorded for income taxes for 2010, as compared to $14.0 million for 2009. Our annual effective income tax rate for 2010 was 38.8%, net of provisions for discontinued operations. The annual effective income tax rate for 2009 was 36.3%.

Year Ended December 31, 2009 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2008

Revenue

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)
  2008   2009   Increase
(Decrease)
   
  2008   2009  
 
   
   
   
  (Percent)
  (Percentage of Revenue)
 

Short-term Consumer Loan Fees

  $ 148,210   $ 129,817   $ (18,393 )   (12.4 )%   78.4 %   64.0 %

Check Cashing Fees

    25,634     53,049     27,415     106.9     13.6     26.2  

Title Loan Fees

    4,522     7,140     2,618     57.9     2.4     3.5  

Prepaid Debit Card Services

    1,808     2,063     255     14.1     1.0     1.0  

Other Income

    8,845     10,614     1,769     20.0     4.7     5.2  
                           

Total Revenue

  $ 189,019   $ 202,683   $ 13,664     7.2 %   100 %   100 %
                           

75


Table of Contents

        In 2009, total revenue increased by $13.7 million, or 7.2%, compared to 2008, as a result of increased check cashing revenue offset by decreased short-term consumer loan fees, with the shift attributable to the changes in our product offerings in Ohio. The number of company-owned stores increased by 12 to 264 stores open as of December 31, 2009 from 252 stores open as of December 31, 2008, contributing to the overall growth in total revenue.

        Short-term consumer loan volume increased in 2009 as compared to 2008. The overall increase in volume was offset by a decrease in the average fee charged per loan, particularly in Ohio. Line of credit fees experienced significant growth, particularly in the first half of 2009, in response to a shift in Virginia product mix toward the line of credit product. This was, in part, offset by a higher loan loss provision associated with the introduction of this new product.

        Title loan fees and prepaid card fees increased through 2009 due to general expansion of these programs to address customer demand.

Operating Expenses

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)
  2008   2009   Increase
(Decrease)
   
  2008   2009  
 
   
   
   
  (Percent)
  (Percentage of Revenue)
 

Provisions for Loan Losses

  $ 37,544   $ 43,463   $ 5,919     15.8 %   19.9 %   21.4 %

Salaries and Benefits

    33,738     34,343     605     1.8     17.8     16.9  

Occupancy

    13,457     13,855     398     3.0     7.1     6.8  

Depreciation & Amortization

    10,422     6,613     (3,809 )   (36.5 )   5.5     3.3  

Advertising and Marketing

    3,658     4,437     779     21.3     1.9     2.2  

Bank Charges

    2,242     2,166     (76 )   (3.4 )   1.2     1.1  

Store Supplies

    1,787     1,756     (31 )   (1.7 )   0.9     0.9  

Collection Expenses

    1,808     1,709     (99 )   (5.5 )   1.0     0.8  

Telecommunications

    1,829     1,888     59     3.2     1.0     0.9  

Security

    758     846     88     11.6     0.4     0.4  

License & Other Taxes

    664     678     14     2.1     0.4     0.3  

Other Operating Expenses

    8,674     9,172     498     5.7     4.6     4.5  
                           

Total Operating Expenses

    116,581     120,926     4,345     3.7     61.7     59.7  
                           

Income from Operations

  $ 72,438   $ 81,757   $ 9,319     12.9 %   38.3 %   40.3 %
                           

        Total operating expenses increased $4.3 million, or 3.7%, in 2009 as compared to 2008, but decreased as a percentage of revenue from 61.7% in 2008 to 59.7% in 2009, as our corporate expense increased at a lower rate as compared to the additional revenue from new stores and our related store-level expense.

        The increase in the provision for loan losses from 2008 to 2009 of $5.9 million, or 15.8%, was related to an increase in loan volume and the adoption of the line of credit product in the Virginia market, which resulted in slightly higher provisioning for loan losses over the period. Salaries and benefits for 2009 increased $0.6 million, or 1.8%, from 2008 due to higher average store count in 2009.

        The decrease in depreciation and amortization is related to decreased de novo store openings in prior periods. Store build-outs require significant capital expenditures in the form of leasehold improvements which are depreciated over the minimum lease term of the new store. Therefore, the rate of amortization resulted in a decline in depreciation following the expiration of minimum lease terms.

76


Table of Contents

Other Expenses

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(dollars in thousands)
  2008   2009   Increase
(Decrease)
   
  2008   2009  
 
   
   
   
  (Percent)
  (Percentage of Revenue)
 

Administrative Expenses

  $ 30,738   $ 30,513   $ (225 )   (0.7 )%   16.3 %   15.1 %

Depreciation & Amortization

    1,063     568     (495 )   (46.6 )   0.6     0.3  

Sponsor Management Fee

    797     833     36     4.5     0.4     0.4  

Discontinued Operations

    (482 )   (368 )   114     (23.7 )   (0.3 )   (0.2 )

Interest

    16,191     11,532     (4,659 )   (28.8 )   8.6     5.7  

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

    (10,635 )   14,042     24,677     232.0     (5.6 )   6.9  

Goodwill Impairment

    53,263         (53,263 )   (100.0 )   28.2     0.0  

Extraordinary Item

    3,913         (3,913 )   (100.0 )   2.1     0.0  
                           

Total Other Expenses

  $ 94,848   $ 57,120   $ (37,728 )   (39.8 )%   50.2 %   28.2 %
                           

Administrative Expenses

        Administrative expenses decreased $0.2 million, or 0.7%, as a result of cost reductions implemented in mid-2008 and fully realized in 2009, which was partially offset by an increase in collection department staffing.

Interest Expense, Net

        Interest expense, net, decreased $4.7 million, or 28.8%, primarily due to lower interest rates in 2009 compared to 2008, as an interest rate swap agreement which we previously used to hedge a portion of the variable interest rate exposure on our term loans, was not renewed, allowing us to benefit from a lower interest rate environment in 2009.

Goodwill Impairment

        During the year ended December 31, 2008, we recorded $53.3 million of goodwill impairment as a result of our annual fair value analysis. The fair value and resulting impairment was based upon a combination of quoted market prices, prices of comparable businesses, discounted estimated cash flows and other valuation techniques. The significant downturn in the equity markets during 2008, along with the enactment of House Bill 545 in Ohio and the anticipated law changes in Arizona exacerbated the decreased valuations calculated using these methodologies. See "Business—Regulation and Compliance—U.S. State Regulation" for a discussion of House Bill 545.

Income Taxes

        A provision for income taxes of $14.0 million was recorded for income taxes for 2009 compared to a benefit of $10.6 million for 2008. The 2008 tax benefit was primarily as a result of the deduction for our $53.3 million, one-time, non-cash goodwill impairment recognized in 2008. The provision for income taxes in 2009 was calculated based on a statutory federal income tax rate of 35%, plus a provision for state income taxes adjusted for permanent differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities. Our annual effective income tax rate was 36.3% and 36.5% for 2009 and 2008, respectively.

77


Table of Contents

Extraordinary Item

        In 2008, we recognized a one-time expense of $3.9 million, which resulted from the cost of ballot initiatives made on our behalf in Arizona and Ohio.

CCCS Results of Operations

        The following table sets forth key operating data for CCCS's operations for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010.

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2009   2010  
 
  Amount   % of
Revenue
  Amount   % of
Revenue
  Amount   % of
Revenue
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Revenues:

  $ 63,120     100.0 % $ 63,383     100.0 % $ 74,088     100.0 %

Operations expenses:

                                     
 

Salaries and benefits

    17,928     28.4     18,325     28.9     23,156     31.3  
 

Occupancy

    5,856     9.3     5,932     9.4     8,470     11.4  
 

Provision for loan losses and doubtful accounts

    6,777     10.7     5,704     9.0     6,943     9.4  
 

Other store expenses

    5,454     8.6     5,093     8.0     6,362     8.6  
                                 

Total operations expense

    36,015     57.1     35,054     55.3     44,931     60.6  
                                 

Gross margin

    27,105     42.9     28,329     44.7     29,157     39.4  

Selling, general, and administrative expense

    6,005     9.5     6,273     9.9     6,608     8.9  

Non-recurring settlement and acquisition expenses

            2,420     3.8          

Interest expense and finance fees

    7,927     12.6     4,646     7.3     4,436     6.0  

Depreciation and amortization

    4,085     6.5     3,698     5.8     3,630     4.9  
                                 

Income before income taxes

    9,088     14.4     11,292     17.8     14,483     19.5  

Provision for income taxes

    2,575     4.1     2,864     4.5     4,716     6.3  
                                 

Income from continuing operations

    6,513     10.3     8,428     13.3     9,767     13.2  

Loss from discontinued operations

                    (457 )   (0.6 )
                                 

Net income

  $ 6,513     10.3 % $ 8,428     13.3 % $ 9,310     12.6 %
                                 

Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2009

Revenue

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2009   2010   Increase (Decrease)   2009   2010  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
   
  (Percent)
  (Percentage of revenue)
 

Payroll advance fees

  $ 25,799   $ 32,278   $ 6,479     25.1 %   40.7 %   43.6 %

Check cashing fees

    27,797     29,408     1,611     5.8     43.9     39.7  

Prepaid debit card services

    2,053     2,258     205     10.0     3.2     3.0  

Money transfer services

    2,321     3,151     830     35.8     3.7     4.3  

Title and signature loans

    41     833     792     1,931.7     0.1     1.1  

Money order fees

    956     1,081     125     13.1     1.5     1.5  

Other services

    4,416     5,079     663     15.0     7.0     6.9  
                           

Total revenues

  $ 63,383   $ 74,088   $ 10,705     16.9 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
                           

78


Table of Contents

        In 2010, total revenue increased $10.7 million, or 16.9%, primarily from an increase in revenue generated by newly acquired stores, including 18 locations purchased from First Cash Financial Services on December 29, 2009 and an additional 20 locations purchased from Papa Cash on March 24, 2010. During 2010, CCCS acquired 26 stores, opened three newly constructed stores, and closed seven stores. Comparable same-store revenues increased slightly during 2010.

        Revenue generated from short-term consumer loans fees for 2010 increased $6.5 million from 2009 primarily due to growth from acquisitions, as well as the expanded need for the product by consumers as other sources of credit tightened their lending standards. Same store payroll advance fees increased slightly, as result of this increased need and the continued maturation of CCCS's more recently acquired stores. Check cashing fees in 2010 increased by 5.8% from 2009 as a result of acquisitions, although same store sales decreased from 2009 as a result of declining economic conditions, lack of activity in the construction and housing sectors, and the growing unemployment rate in California. Revenue from prepaid debit card services in 2010 increased 10% as a result of the introduction of certain products and services into recently acquired First Cash locations, an existing revenue stream from the Papa Cash acquired stores, and increased demand for these products and services. The increase in money transfer revenue of nearly 36% in 2010 was a result of multiple factors, including the two recent acquisitions, enhanced visibility of the CCCS brand, and increased Western Union send volumes in light of competitive price reductions in the domestic and international marketplace for money transfers. The increase in title and signature loan fees was the result of the introduction of CCCS's own product, creating a competing product in the marketplace at deeply discounted rates.

Store Expenses

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2009   2010   Increase (Decrease)   2009   2010  
 
  (In thousands)
   
  (Percent)
  (Percentage of revenue)
 

Salaries and benefits

  $ 18,325   $ 23,156   $ 4,831     26.4 %   28.9 %   31.3 %

Occupancy

    5,932     8,470     2,538     42.8     9.4     11.4  

Provision for losses from returned checks

    5,704     6,943     1,239     21.7     9.0     9.4  

Other:

                                     

Supplies, postage, and shipping

    1,041     1,401     360     34.6     1.6     1.9  

Bank charges

    908     1,028     120     13.2     1.4     1.4  

Telecommunications

    751     989     238     31.7     1.2     1.3  

Direct product costs

    411     701     290     70.6     0.6     0.9  

Armored courier

    616     664     48     7.8     1.0     0.9  

Other insurance

    483     398     (85 )   (17.6 )   0.8     0.5  

License, permits and other taxes

    337     385     48     14.2     0.5     0.5  

Cash shorts

    222     294     72     32.4     0.4     0.4  

Other

    324     502     178     54.9     0.5     0.7  
                           

Total store expense

  $ 35,054   $ 44,931   $ 9,877     28.2 %   55.3 %   60.6 %
                           

        Total store expense increased $9.9 million, or 28.2%, in 2010 compared to 2009, primarily as a result of the First Cash and Papa Cash acquired locations.

79


Table of Contents

Other Expenses

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2009   2010   Increase (Decrease)   2009   2010  
 
  (In thousands)
   
  (Percent)
  (Percentage of revenue)
 

Headquarters expenses

  $ 3,297   $ 3,885   $ 588     17.8 %   5.2 %   5.2 %

Advertising and marketing

    1,044     1,254     210     20.1     1.6     1.7  

Depreciation and amortization

    3,698     3,630     (68 )   (1.8 )   5.8     4.9  

Interest expense, net

    4,646     4,436     (210 )   (4.5 )   7.3     6.0  

Other expenses, net

    1,932     1,469     (463 )   (23.9 )   3.0     2.0  

One-time non-recurring costs

    2,420         (2,420 )   (100.0 )   3.8      

Loss from discontinued operations

        457     457             0.9  

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

    2,864     4,716     1,852     64.7     4.5     6.4  
                           

Total other expenses

  $ 19,901   $ 19,847   $ (54 )   (0.3 )%   31.4 %   26.8 %
                           

Headquarters Expenses

        Headquarters expenses increased $0.6 million, or 17.8%, in 2010 compared to 2009, primarily due to increased expense related to additional personnel related to recent acquisitions, slightly offset by lower bonus accruals.

Advertising and Marketing

        Advertising and marketing expenses increased, primarily as a result of the impact of increased advertising cost in the Southern California market.

Interest Expense, Net

        Interest expense, net, decreased $0.2 million, primarily due to $8.0 million of debt repayment during 2010, continued low interest rates, and expiration of the swap agreement in September 2009.

Other Expenses, Net

        Other expenses, net, for 2010, decreased $0.5 million from 2009 primarily due to location bonuses earned as a result of acquisition activity along with income from the sale of certain locations. Both these elements were treated as reduction of expenses in CCCS's transaction cost category. 2010 and 2009 other expenses, net, includes Golden Gate Capital's management fee of $0.8 million, and legal and professional expenses of approximately $0.4 million.

One-time Non-recurring Costs

        On February 19, 2010, a California state court approved the terms and settlement and agreed upon procedures as set forth in a settlement agreement for a class action brought against CCCS by current and former employees of CCCS. The suits alleged that CCCS employees in California were not provided minimum benefits and/or paid in accordance with the California Wage Order regarding meal periods and rest breaks and therefore had not been paid all wages owed to them. An amount of $2.0 million was accrued and included in the 2009 results and paid in February 2010. Legal defense costs of $0.3 million were also incurred. CCCS also explored a debt-repurchase program that was not completed and incurred $0.1 million in costs associated therewith.

80


Table of Contents

Loss from Discontinued Operations

        Included in the December 29, 2009 acquisition were four stores in the state of Washington, under which CCCS commenced operations on January 20, 2010. However, a change in law in Washington effective January 1, 2010 made the business unprofitable. CCCS continued operations and made the decision to close the stores in Washington, with the final day of operations being August 21, 2010. The pre-tax loss of $0.7 million is comprised of revenues earned of $0.2 million offset by store expenses of $0.6 million and write-offs of related intangible assets of $0.2 million. There was no impact on the results of operations for 2009 from these discontinued operations.

Income Taxes

        A tax provision of $4.7 million was recorded for income taxes for 2010. The provision for income taxes for 2010 and 2009 was calculated based on a statutory federal income tax rate of 34% where applicable, net of the effect of net income attributable to non-controlling interest, plus a provision for state income taxes.

Year Ended December 31, 2009 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2008

Revenue

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2009   Increase (Decrease)   2008   2009  
 
  (In thousands)
   
  (Percent)
  (Percentage of revenue)
 

Payroll advance fees

  $ 25,016   $ 25,799   $ 783     3.1 %   39.6 %   40.7 %

Check cashing fees

    28,352     27,797     (555 )   (2.0 )   44.9     43.9  

Prepaid debit card services

    1,884     2,053     169     9.0     3.0     3.2  

Money transfer services

    2,360     2,321     (39 )   (1.7 )   3.7     3.7  

Title and signature loans

        41     41             0.1  

Money order fees

    1,010     956     (54 )   (5.3 )   1.6     1.5  

Other services

    4,498     4,416     (82 )   (1.8 )   7.1     7.0  
                           

Total revenues

  $ 63,120   $ 63,383   $ 263     0.4 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
                           

        In 2009, CCCS's total revenue increased $0.3 million, or 0.4%, compared to 2008. During 2009, CCCS acquired 20 stores, opened two newly constructed stores, and closed seven stores. Of the 20 stores acquired, 18 were acquired on December 29, 2009 and had minimal impact on revenues for 2009.

        Revenue generated from payroll advance fees for 2009 increased $0.8 million, or 3.1% from 2008 due to continued maturation of recently acquired stores, and the worsening economic conditions which expanded the need for short-term consumer loans. Check cashing fees in 2009 decreased $0.6 million from 2008 primarily as a result of declining economic conditions, lack of activity in the construction and housing sectors, and the growing unemployment rate in California. Revenue from prepaid debit card services in 2009 increased 9.0% as a result of increased demand for this electronic cash medium. Money transfer revenue dropped 1.7% as a result of the continued worsening of the California economy and contraction in the construction industry, which led to fewer wire transfers from workers to their families. The increase in 2009 for title and signature loan fees was a result of an increase in the number of locations that were able to offer the product, as compared to 2008. The decline in money order fees was a result of the continued reduced usage by consumers as they moved towards other products, including bill payment and prepaid debit card options. Other services increased $0.3 million, or 8.5%, in 2009 compared to 2008. However, return check fees, one component of other services, were down significantly in 2009 from 2008 as CCCS stopped depositing short-term consumer loans checks during 2009, thereby reducing return item charges and return item fees.

81


Table of Contents

Store Expenses

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2009   Increase (Decrease)   2008   2009  
 
  (In thousands)
   
  (Percent)
  (Percentage of revenue)
 

Salaries and benefits

  $ 17,928   $ 18,325   $ 397     2.2 %   28.4 %   28.9 %

Occupancy

    5,856     5,932     76     1.3     9.3     9.4  

Loan and check losses, and provisions for doubtful accounts

    6,777     5,704     (1,073 )   (15.8 )   10.7     9.0  

Other:

                                     

Supplies, postage, and shipping

    1,026     1,041     15     1.5     1.6     1.6  

Bank charges

    1,247     908     (339 )   (27.2 )   2.0     1.4  

Telecommunications

    1,014     751     (263 )   (25.9 )   1.6     1.2  

Direct product costs

    254     411     157     61.8     0.4     0.6  

Armored courier

    613     616     3     0.5     1.0     1.0  

Other insurance

    414     483     69     16.7     0.7     0.8  

License, permits and other taxes

    296     337     41     13.9     0.5     0.5  

Cash shorts

    192     222     30     15.6     0.3     0.4  

Other

    398     324     (74 )   (18.6 )   0.6     0.5  
                           

Total store expense

  $ 36,015   $ 35,054   $ (961 )   (2.7 )%   57.1 %   55.3 %
                           

        Total store expense decreased $1.0 million, or 2.7%, in 2009 compared to 2008.

        The decrease in operations expenses, achieved while also increasing overall revenues, was largely attributable to a substantial reduction in provisions for loan losses, reduced per-store rental costs resulting from negotiations with landlords for lease extensions and renewals, implementation of enhanced technology and efficiency in CCCS's collections center, and a drop in telecommunications costs as a result of contract negotiations.

Other Expenses

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2009   Increase (Decrease)   2008   2009  
 
  (In thousands)
   
  (Percent)
  (Percentage of revenue)
 

Headquarters expenses

  $ 3,073   $ 3,297   $ 224     7.3 %   4.9 %   5.2 %

Advertising and marketing

    935     1,044     109     11.7     1.5     1.6  

Depreciation and amortization

    4,085     3,698     (387 )   (9.5 )   6.5     5.8  

Interest expense, net

    7,927     4,646     (3,281 )   (41.4 )   12.6     7.3  

Other expenses, net

    1,997     1,932     (65 )   (3.3 )   3.2     3.0  

One-time non-recurring costs

        2,420     2,420             3.8  

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

    2,575     2,864     289     11.2 %   4.1 %   4.5 %
                           

Total other expenses

  $ 20,592   $ 19,901   $ (691 )   (3.4 )%   32.6 %   31.4 %
                           

Headquarters Expenses

        Headquarters expenses increased $0.2 million, or 7.3%, primarily due to increased expense related to performance bonus accruals.

82


Table of Contents

Advertising and Marketing

        Advertising and marketing expenses increased as CCCS moved from cable television to network television advertising in select markets.

Interest Expense, Net

        Interest expense, net, decreased significantly as interest rates declined and a swap agreement expired in September 2009. CCCS incurred significant swap interest expense in 2008.

Income Taxes

        A tax provision of $2.9 million was recorded for income taxes for 2009, as compared to $2.6 million for 2008. The provision for income taxes for 2009 and 2008 was calculated based on a statutory federal income tax rate of 34% where applicable, net of the effect of net income attributable to non-controlling interests, plus a provision for state income taxes.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        We have historically funded our liquidity needs through cash flow from operations and borrowing under our revolving credit facilities. We believe that cash flow from operations and available cash, together with available borrowings under our credit facilities and our net proceeds from this offering, will be adequate to meet our liquidity needs for the foreseeable future. Our future liquidity and future ability to fund capital expenditures, working capital and debt requirements will depend, however, upon our future financial performance, which is subject to many economic, commercial, financial and other factors that are beyond our control. If those factors significantly change, our business may not be able to generate sufficient cash flow from operations, and future borrowings may not be available to meet our liquidity needs. We anticipate that to the extent that we require additional liquidity as a result of these factors or in order to execute our strategy, our liquidity needs would be financed by additional indebtedness, equity financings, asset sales or a combination of the foregoing. We may be unable to obtain any such additional financing or consummate asset sales on reasonable terms or at all.

Six-Month Cash Flow Analysis

        As of December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2011, our cash and cash equivalents totaled $39.8 million and $57.1 million, respectively, and our total debt was $188.9 million and $395.0 million.

        The table below summarizes our cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2011. We also have available capacity under our $40.0 million revolving credit facility in addition to a $7.0 million revolving credit facility supporting our Alabama Subsidiary. Both of these facilities were undrawn as of June 30, 2011.

(dollars in thousands)
  2010   2011   Increase (Decrease)  

Cash flows provided by (used in):

                         
 

Operating Activities

  $ 38,763   $ 42,224   $ 3,461     8.9 %
 

Investing Activities

    (30,204 )   (21,761 )   8,443     28.0 %
 

Financing Activities

    (1,910 )   (3,159 )   (1,249 )   (65.4 )%
                     

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

    6,649     17,304     10,655     160.2 %

Net cash used in operating activities from Discontinued Operations

    (2,186 )       2,186     (100.0 )%

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period (January 1)

    27,959     39,780     11,821     42.3 %
                     

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $ 32,422   $ 57,084   $ 24,662     76.1 %
                     

83


Table of Contents

        Cash Flows from Operating Activities.    During the first six months of 2011, net cash provided by continuing operating activities was $42.2 million compared to $38.8 million during the same period in 2010. Cash flows from operating activities increased primarily due to fluctuations in working capital.

        Cash Flows from Investing Activities.    During the first six months of 2011, net cash used in investing activities was $21.8 million. The California Acquisition, which closed April 29, 2011, was the largest investment activity during the three-month period and provided $22.9 million positive cash flow due to the stock basis structure of the transaction. During the first six months of 2010, net cash used by investing activities was $30.2 million.

        Cash Flows from Financing Activities.    Net cash used by financing activities for the six-month period ended June 30, 2011, was $3.2 million. Cash flow during the first six months of 2011 was attributed to the issuance of $395 million in senior notes, which was offset by $262.9 million in payments to retire the debt outstanding under our and CCCS's existing credit facilities at the time of the California Acquisition and $125.0 million attributable to a special dividend to our shareholders and bonuses to our management. At the close of the transactions, we drew $10 million from our revolving credit facility. We paid down the entirety of the amount drawn prior to the close of the second quarter. Net cash used in financing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2010 was $1.9 million and was attributable to payments on long-term debt.

Full-Year Cash Flow Analysis

        The table below summarizes our cash flows for 2008, 2009 and 2010.

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(in thousands)
  2008   2009   2010  

Net Cash Provided by Continuing Operations

  $ 48,908   $ 68,071   $ 84,166  

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Discontinued Operations

    491     540     (1,797 )

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

    (44,505 )   (64,100 )   (54,950 )

Net Cash Used in Financing Activities

    (5,989 )   (2,435 )   (15,598 )
               

Net Increase (decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents

  $ (1,095 ) $ 2,076   $ 11,821  
               

        Cash Flows from Operating Activities.    During 2010, net cash provided by continuing operating activities was $84.2 million compared to $68.1 million in 2009. The improvement in cash flows from operating activities in 2010 compared to 2009 was due primarily to an increase in profits, as well as the tax benefit resulting from a deduction for the amortization of goodwill recorded in connection with Diamond Castle's acquisition of CheckSmart in 2006.

        During 2009, net cash provided by continuing operating activities was $68.1 million compared to $48.9 million in 2008. The increase in cash flows from operating activities was due to an increase in profits which outpaced the corresponding increase in working capital resulting from portfolio expansion. Cash flows also reflect the tax benefit resulting from a deduction for the amortization of goodwill recorded in connection with Diamond Castle's acquisition of CheckSmart in 2006.

        Cash Flows from Investing Activities.    During 2010, net cash used in investing activities was $54.9 million, of which $51.6 million was attributable to loans we made during the period (while the corresponding loan loss provision is recorded within cash flows from operating activities). The acquisition of the 19 Alabama stores in 2010 was the largest investment activity outside of our loan portfolio during 2010. The other investing activities were primarily related to the purchase of computer equipment, the cost of remodeling existing stores, new store openings, and maintenance capital expenditures.

84


Table of Contents

        During 2009, net cash used in investing activities was $64.1 million as compared to $44.5 million in 2008, of which $57.2 million was attributable to loans we made during the period. Expenditures related to investing activities were primarily the purchase of short-term investments. Other investing cash outflows included leasehold improvements and equipment as new products and required updates and investment in software and hardware equipment and the opening of four de novo stores in Virginia.

        Cash Flows from Financing Activities.    Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2010, was $15.6 million. This included the repayment of a $5.0 million line of credit then had been provided by Diamond Castle and $11.0 million used for the extinguishment of other debt offset by contributions from non-controlling interest.

        Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $2.4 million, reflecting payments against our term loan. Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $6.0 million reflecting a $4.3 million retirement of a line of credit and a $1.6 million payment against our term loan.

Financing Instruments—Restrictive Covenants

        The indenture governing our senior notes contains certain covenants and events of default that are customary with respect to non-investment grade debt securities, including limitations on our ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends on or make other distributions or repurchase our capital stock, make certain investments, enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates, create liens and sell certain assets or merge with or into other companies. For more information, see "Description of Certain Indebtedness".

        The agreement governing our revolving credit facility contains restrictive covenants that limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends on or make other distributions or repurchase our capital stock, make certain investments, enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates, create liens and sell certain assets or merge with or into other companies, in each case to the same extent as the indenture governing our senior notes. In addition, the agreement governing our revolving credit facility contains a consolidated total net leverage ratio covenant, which will be tested at the time of any borrowing under the facility and on a quarterly basis when any loans are outstanding. As of June 30, 2011, we were in compliance with these covenants. For more information, see "Description of Certain Indebtedness".

Capital Expenditures

        Our business model requires relatively low capital expenditures in order to maintain our properties in good working condition. For the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2011, we spent $1.6 million and $1.1 million, respectively, on capital expenditures excluding acquisitions. Capital expenditures during these periods related primarily to refreshing certain existing stores and maintenance and ongoing upgrades of our information systems. We expect that future capital expenditures, excluding acquisitions, will remain consistent with our historical experience on a per-store basis.

Seasonality

        Our business is impacted seasonally due to customers' tax refunds. Customers receive cash tax refund checks primarily in the first calendar quarter of each year. In the first quarter, we traditionally have our strongest check cashing quarter and our weakest consumer lending quarter as customers use tax refund proceeds to pay down debt. Following the first quarter, we typically see our loan portfolio expand through the balance of the year with the third and fourth quarters showing the strongest demand for loan products due to the holiday season.

85


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

        The table below summarizes our contractual obligations and commitments as of June 30, 2011:

($ in thousands)
  Total   Less Than
1 Year
  1 – 3 Years   3 – 5 Years   More Than
5 years
 

Operating Lease Obligations

  $ 39,125   $ 12,425   $ 17,154   $ 6,638   $ 2,908  

Senior Notes

                               
 

Principal

    395,000                 395,000  
 

Interest

    339,700     42,463     84,925     84,925     127,388  
                       
   

Total Senior Notes

    734,700     42,463     84,925     84,925     522,388  

Borrowings under Revolving Credit

                               
 

Principal

                     
 

Interest

                     
 

Commitment fees

    1,200     300     600     300      
                       
   

Total borrowings under revolving credit

    1,200     300     600     300      
                       

Total

  $ 775,025   $ 55,187   $ 102,679   $ 91,863   $ 525,295  
                       

        Existing Senior Notes.    In connection with the California Acquisition, we issued $395 million aggregate principal amount of eight-year senior notes. As of June 30, 2011, we had $395 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes outstanding. The notes have an interest rate of 10.75% payable semi-annually and will mature on May 1, 2019. The proceeds of the senior notes were used to refinance debt, pay fees and expenses, and to finance a dividend payment to shareholders and bonuses to management.

        Existing Credit Facilities.    In April 2011, we entered into a four-year, $40 million revolving credit facility. Our revolving credit facility bears interest at our option at a rate of (a) LIBOR plus a margin of 5.00% or (b) an alternative base rate (determined as the greatest of the prime rate, the federal funds effective rate plus 0.5% or 1-month LIBOR plus 1%) plus a margin of 4%, will mature in April of 2015, and was undrawn as of June 30, 2011. Following the Alabama Acquisition, our Alabama subsidiary maintained its revolving credit facility, which is a $7.0 million revolving line of credit that was undrawn as of June 30, 2011 and that matures on July 31, 2012. We anticipate extending the maturity of this facility.

Impact of Inflation

        Our results of operations are not materially impacted by fluctuations in inflation.

Balance Sheet Variations

        Several of the items on our balance sheet as of December 31, 2010 were impacted significantly by our acquisitions during the first six months of 2011 and our related recapitalization.

        Cash and cash equivalents, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, money orders payable and revolving advances vary because of seasonal and day-to-day requirements resulting primarily from maintaining cash for cashing checks and making short-term consumer loans and title loans, and the receipt and remittance of cash from the sale of prepaid debit cards, wire transfers, money orders and the processing of bill payments.

Loan Portfolio

        We have established a loan loss allowance regarding our loans receivable at a level that our management believes to be adequate to absorb known or probable losses from loans made by us. Our

86


Table of Contents


policy for determining the loan loss allowance is based on historical experience, as well as management's review and analysis of the payment and collection of loans during prior periods. Our policy is to charge off all short-term consumer loans that are past due and all of our line of credit and title loans that are 30 days or more past due. Charge-offs are applied as a reduction to the loan loss allowance and any recoveries of previously charged-off loans are applied as an increase to the loan loss allowance.

        All loans and services, regardless of type, are made in accordance with state regulations, and, therefore, the terms of the loans and services may vary from state to state. Loan fees and interest include fees and interest received from loan customers. Loan fees and interest revenues are recognized ratably over the term of each loan, regardless of the type of revenue or loan. As of December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2011, our finance receivables net of unearned advance fees were approximately $81.3 million and $97.0 million, respectively.

        Prior to the California Acquisition, CCCS's allowance for loan losses and doubtful accounts were based on the amount of balances past due, historical charge-off experience, current collection patterns, current economic conditions and other information obtained regarding the financial condition of customers; short-term consumer loans and related fees were charged off immediately if not collected by the due date; returned checks were generally charged off 30 to 60 days after return without success in collections; title loans and related fees were charged off immediately in the event of bankruptcy, death or pending legal action; and recoveries were recorded in the period in which they were received.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        We did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as of June 30, 2011.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

        We are exposed to financial market risks, particularly with respect to changes in interest rates that might affect the costs of financing our borrowings under our revolving credit facilities. Given the anticipated short-term nature of expected borrowings under our revolving credit facilities, we do not expect that our interest rate risk will be substantial, nor do we currently anticipate a need to hedge such risk.

87


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Company Overview

        We are a leading retailer of alternative financial services to unbanked and underbanked consumers through a network of 433 retail storefronts across 14 states. We focus on providing a wide range of convenient consumer financial products and services to help customers manage their day-to-day financial needs, including short-term consumer loans, title loans, check cashing, prepaid debit cards, money transfers, bill payments and money orders. Although the majority of our customers have banking relationships, we believe that our customers use our financial services because they are convenient, transparent and, in many instances, more affordable than available alternatives.

        We strive to provide customers with unparalleled customer service in a safe, clean and welcoming environment. Our stores are located in highly visible, accessible locations that allow customers convenient and immediate access to our services. Our professional work environment combines high employee performance standards, incentive-based pay and a wide array of training programs to incentivize our employees to provide superior customer service. We believe that this approach has enabled us to build strong customer loyalty, putting us in a position to expand and continue to capitalize on our innovative product offerings. As a result of our focus on store selection and design and our efforts to provide consistent, high-quality customer service, we have achieved per store revenue and per store Adjusted EBITDA contribution levels that we believe substantially exceed all of our publicly traded competitors. See "Certain Financial Measures and Other Information" for an explanation of how we calculate these metrics and "—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data" for a reconciliation of our net income to Adjusted EBITDA.

        We serve the large and growing market of individuals who have limited or no access to traditional sources of consumer credit and financial services. A study conducted by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or FDIC, published in 2009 indicates 25.6% of U.S. households are either unbanked or underbanked, representing approximately 60 million adults. As traditional financial institutions increase fees for consumer services, such as checking accounts and debit cards, and tighten credit standards as a result of economic and other market driven developments, consumers have looked elsewhere for less expensive and more convenient alternatives to meet their financial needs. According to a recent Federal Reserve Bank of New York report, total consumer credit outstanding has declined over $1.0 trillion since its peak in the third quarter of 2008. This contraction in the supply of consumer credit has resulted in significant unmet demand for consumer loan products.

        On April 29, 2011, we acquired CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc., or CCCS, an alternative financial services business with similar product offerings to ours, and which we believe provides us with significant growth opportunities. We refer to this transaction as the California Acquisition. See "—Recent Acquisitions".

        For the year ended December 31, 2010, on a pro forma basis, we generated $310.4 million in revenue, $28.1 million in adjusted net income and $101.9 million in Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDA. For the six months ended June 30, 2011, on a pro forma basis, we generated $157.1 million in revenue, $12.5 million in adjusted net income and $48.3 million in Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDA. For a reconciliation of adjusted net income to Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDA for each of these periods, see "—Summary Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information".

Products and Services

        We offer several convenient, fee-based services to meet the needs of our customers, including short-term consumer loans, title loans, check cashing, prepaid debit cards, money transfers, bill payments, money orders, international and domestic prepaid phone cards, tax preparation, auto insurance, motor vehicle registration services and other ancillary retail financial services. The following

88


Table of Contents


charts reflect the major categories of services that we currently offer and the revenues from these services on a pro forma basis for the year ended December 31, 2010 as well as the number of store locations we have in each state:

Pro Forma Net Revenue by Product   Store Count by State

GRAPHIC

 

GRAPHIC

        Consumer Loans.    We offer a variety of consumer loan products and services. We believe that our customers find our consumer loan products and services to be convenient, transparent and lower-cost alternatives to other, more expensive short-term options, such as incurring returned item fees, credit card late fees, overdraft or overdraft protection fees, utility late payment, disconnect and reconnect fees and other charges imposed by other financing sources when they do not have sufficient funds to cover unexpected expenses or other needs. Our customers often have limited access to more traditional sources of consumer credit such as credit cards.

        The specific short-term consumer loan products we offer vary by location, but generally include the following types of loans:

        Short-Term Consumer Loans.    Our primary product is a short-term, small-denomination consumer loan whereby a customer receives immediate cash in exchange for a post-dated personal check or a pre-authorized debit from his or her bank account. We offer this product in 375 of our 433 stores. As the lender, we agree to defer deposit of the check or initiation of the debit from the customer's bank account until the mutually agreed upon due date, which typically falls on the customer's next payday. Principal amounts of our short-term consumer loans can be up to $1,000 and averaged approximately $378 on a combined basis during 2010. Fees charged vary from state to state, generally ranging from $8 to $15 per $100 borrowed. Our short-term consumer loan products are offered in 13 of the 14 states in which we operate including: Alabama, California, Florida, Illinois, Indiana, Kansas, Kentucky, Michigan, Missouri, Ohio, Oregon, Utah and Virginia. In four of our stores in Virginia, we also offer line of credit loans, which are open ended revolving loans that require minimum monthly payments.

        In order to receive a short-term consumer loan, a new customer must generally have a verifiable, primary phone number, be a full-time employee at the same job for greater than one month with verifiable monthly recurring income, have an open checking account with a positive balance, and possess a valid government issued identification and a copy of their most recent pay stub or bank statement.

        We utilize extensive application controls to reduce risk of teller error, fraud and inappropriate use of our point-of-sale, or POS, systems in order to authorize transactions. Once a new customer completes an initial application, our branch employees enter all customer information into our POS systems, which provide fully automated, immediate and validated loan application decisions to ensure consistent underwriting standards and compliance with state and federal lending regulations. The loan

89


Table of Contents


amount is determined based upon the income level of the applicant, and the POS system automatically calculates fees, rates, payment amounts and due dates, further reducing risk of teller error and strengthening our compliance. In addition, before the lending decision is made, the branch employee refers to an internal database to ensure that the customer has no outstanding loans that are in default at any of our other locations, which would preclude the customer from obtaining additional loans and, where applicable, checks appropriate state wide databases.

        Once all underwriting criteria are met and the loan is approved, in exchange for cash, the customer either writes a check payable to us on the due date, typically in the amount of the loan plus the applicable fee and finance charges, or completes a pre-authorized debit authorization form, as part of the loan agreement, which authorizes us to debit their checking account on the due date. The transaction is entered into the POS system, at which time the branch employee provides a copy of the loan agreement and other necessary disclosures which are automatically printed from the POS system. After the customer has executed the agreements, branch employees distribute the loan proceeds to the customer and file all necessary paperwork.

        Customers may repay outstanding loans through a variety of channels, including at the store, by phone or, where permissible by applicable state law, via debit or credit card. All transaction activity, including loan extensions and repayments, is automatically updated through the POS system.

        The following table presents key operating data, on a combined basis, for our short-term consumer loan products.

 
  Year ended December 31, 2010   Six months ended June 30, 2011  

Loan volume (in millions)

  $ 1,467   $ 696  

Number of loans (in thousands)

    3,885     1,776  

Average originated loan size

  $ 377.69   $ 391.98  

Average originated loan fee

  $ 41.13   $ 43.46  

Loan loss provision as a percentage of loan volume

    2.4 %   2.4 %

Note:
This information does not reflect line of credit loans offered in four stores in Virginia. See "Certain Financial Measures and Other Information."

        Title Loans.    Title loans are short-term, asset-based loans whereby the customer obtains cash using a vehicle as collateral. We offer this product in 243 of our 433 stores. The amount of funds made available is based on the vehicle's value, and our policies typically authorize loans based on the wholesale value of the vehicle in exchange for a first priority lien on the customer's otherwise unencumbered vehicle title. The customer receives the benefit of immediate cash and retains possession of the vehicle while the loan is outstanding. During 2010, the principal amount of our title loans averaged approximately $1,100. Our title loans are offered in seven of the 14 states in which we operate including: Alabama, Arizona, California, Kansas, Missouri, Utah and Virginia.

        Our title loan process is actively managed to ensure consistent underwriting standards, compliance with state law, and a simple and expeditious transaction process. Prior to receiving a funded loan, each title loan customer must complete an application and sign a title loan agreement, which contains the terms of the title loan, including government mandated disclosures and provisions that summarize each party's rights and obligations in the event either party does not satisfy the agreement terms. Our POS system automatically calculates the APR and applicable fees and enters the information into the security agreement, promissory note and loan agreement forms.

        While loan requirements vary by state, we typically require the following documentation as a condition for providing a title loan: proof of current state registration; clear title; a working home or

90


Table of Contents


mobile phone number; current bill, bank statement or lease agreement in the customer's name that includes the customer's address; a valid government issued identification; a completed title loan application; and a vehicle in drivable condition.

        As part of the title loan application process, we calculate the rough wholesale value of the vehicle using Black Book USA values to determine the amount a customer is eligible to borrow.

        On a combined basis, our title loan portfolio balance as of December 31, 2010 was $14.3 million and as of June 30, 2011 was $14.8 million.

        Our consumer loan products are authorized by statute or rule in the various states in which we offer them and are subject to extensive regulation. The scope of that regulation, including the terms on which consumer loans may be made, varies by jurisdiction. The states in which we offer consumer loan products generally regulate the maximum allowable fees and other charges to consumers and the maximum amount of the loan, maturity and renewal or extension terms of these consumer loans. Some of the states in which we operate impose limits on the number of loans a customer may have outstanding or on the amount of time that must elapse between loans. To comply with the laws and regulations of the states in which consumer loan products are offered at our stores, the terms of our consumer loan products must vary from state to state.

        As of June 30, 2011, our gross receivable for short-term consumer loans and title loans was approximately $97.0 million. CCFI's provision for loan losses on short-term consumer loans as a percentage of loan volume was 3.1% for 2008, 2.6% for 2009 and 2.4% for 2010. For 2008, 2009 and 2010, CCCS's provision for loan losses on short-term consumer loans as a percentage of loan volume was 3.1%, 2.5% and 2.3%, respectively. At the end of each fiscal quarter, we analyze the loan loss provision and our loan loss allowance in order to determine whether our estimates of such allowance are adequate for each of our consumer loan products. Our analysis is based on our understanding of our past loan loss experience, current economic conditions, volume and growth of our loan portfolios, timing of maturity, as well as collections experience.

        On a pro forma basis, consumer loan products, including short-term consumer loans and title loans, accounted for 57% and 59% of our net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the six-month period ended June 30, 2011, respectively. See "Certain Financial Measures and Other Information" for a description of how we calculate net revenue.

        Check Cashing.    We offer check cashing services in 419 of our 433 stores, which constitutes all of our stores other than 10 stores we recently acquired in Illinois and four of our stores in Virginia. Prior to cashing a check, our customer service representatives verify the customer's identification and enter the payee's social security number and the payor's bank account information in our internal, proprietary databases, which match these fields to prior transactions in order to mitigate our risk of loss. Although we have established guidelines for approving check cashing transactions, we do not impose maximum check size restrictions. Subject to appropriate approvals, we accept all forms of checks, including payroll, government, tax refund, insurance, money order, cashiers' and personal checks. Our check cashing fees vary depending upon the amount and type of check cashed, applicable state regulations and local market conditions.

91


Table of Contents

        The following table presents key operating data for our check cashing business on a combined basis.

 
  Year ended
December 31, 2010
  Six months ended
June 30, 2011
 

Face amount of checks cashed (in millions)

  $ 2,631   $ 1,320  

Number of checks cashed (in thousands)

    5,987     2,862  

Face amount of average check

  $ 439.09   $ 461.28  

Average fee per check

  $ 14.24   $ 14.77  

Fee as a percentage of average check size

    3.2 %   3.2 %

Returned check expense (% of face amount)

    0.2 %   0.2 %

        On a pro forma basis, check cashing accounted for 31% and 27% of our net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the six-month period ended June 30, 2011, respectively.

        Prepaid Debit Card Services.    One of our fastest growing businesses is the sale and servicing of prepaid debit cards, which we offer in all of our 433 stores. As an agent for a third-party debit card provider, we offer access to reloadable prepaid debit cards with a variety of enhanced features that provide our customers with a convenient and secure method of accessing their funds in a manner that meets their individual needs. The cards are provided by Insight LLC, or Insight, and our stores serve as distribution points where customers can purchase cards as well as load funds onto and withdraw funds from their cards. Customers can elect to receive check cashing proceeds on their cards without having to worry about the security risks associated with carrying cash. The cards can be used at most places where MasterCard® branded debit cards are accepted. These cards offer our customers the ability to direct deposit all or a portion of their payroll checks onto their cards, receive real-time wireless alerts for transactions and account balances, and utilize in-store and online bill payment services. In addition to these basic features available on all of the cards offered in our stores, we offer two additional card options with enhanced features. One of the enhanced feature cards provides, at the customer's option, a lower-cost overdraft protection option compared to the typical overdraft fees charged by traditional banks. The other enhanced card option allows qualifying customers to receive loan proceeds from a state-licensed third-party lender directly onto their cards, which we believe is an innovative feature of these cards and is currently offered in Arizona and certain stores in Ohio. We intend to introduce this feature in additional states in the future.

        Since we began offering cards provided by Insight in April 2010, we have experienced substantial growth in our prepaid debit card business. Active Insight accounts, which we define as accounts reflecting any activity during the preceding 90 days, grew from the beginning of our agreement with Insight in April 2010 to over 87,000 active customers in December 2010. In June 2011, we also began converting the CCCS prepaid debit card business to the Insight program. By June 30, 2011, on a combined basis, the number of our active Insight accounts had grown to over 95,000 active customers. We are paid certain agent fees from Insight that are based on monthly card fees, overdraft charges, interchange fees and ATM access fees. In addition, we earn fees from the sale of prepaid debit cards and are required to pre-fund certain card activity when customers load funds onto their cards. Our pre-funding obligation arises as a result of the time lag between when customers load funds onto their cards in our stores and when funds are subsequently remitted to the banks that issue the cards. We also are required to pre-fund amounts in order to fund our obligation to purchase loan participations when our Arizona customers receive loan proceeds from a third-party lender onto their cards. The following

92


Table of Contents


table presents key operating data for our prepaid debit card services business, on a combined basis, as of June 30, 2011:

 
  As of
June 30, 2011
 

Active card holders in network (in thousands)

    95.0  

Active direct deposit customers (in thousands)

    19.8  

        During 2010, our customers loaded approximately $320.4 million onto prepaid debit cards compared to $102.7 million in 2009. Most of the increase in load volume from 2010 compared to 2009 is attributable to increased card sales, a focus on direct deposit activity and loan proceeds from third-party lenders that our customers elected to have loaded onto their prepaid debit cards through one of Insight's enhanced feature card offerings. One of our key operating goals is to convert our check cashing customers from cashing payroll checks to directly depositing their payroll checks onto prepaid debit cards offered in our stores, as we believe this increases customer activity and retention.

        On a pro forma basis, debit card services accounted for 4% and 6% of our net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the six-month period ended June 30, 2011, respectively.

        Money Transfers.    We are an agent for the transmission and receipt of wire transfers through the Western Union network, the largest wire transfer provider in the world. Through these networks, our customers can transfer funds electronically to any of approximately 380,000 Western Union agent locations worldwide in over 200 countries, including most of our stores. Western Union establishes the fees for this service and pays us a commission. We are also an agent for the transmission and receipt of wire transfers through the MoneyGram network in our Alabama locations. For the year ended December 31, 2010 and the six-month period ended June 30, 2011, on a combined basis, we acted as an agent transferring $383.5 million and $151.7 million, respectively.

        Bill Payments.    Our stores serve as payment locations for customers to pay their utility, telephone and other bills to third parties. Upon acceptance of the customer's bill payment, we remit the amount owed to the third party under an agreement with that payee (who credits the customer's account with the payee in the amount of such payment) and we either receive a service fee from the payee or collect a fee directly from the customer. Our bill pay agreements generally have a three-to-five year term and renew automatically unless written notice is provided by either party. We offer these services through relationships with third-party aggregators such as CheckFreePay and Western Union. These third-party aggregators have established relationships with additional third-party payees, which allow us to expand the network of payees for which customers are able to make bill payments in our stores. For the year ended December 31, 2010 and the six-month period ended June 30, 2011, on a combined basis, we processed approximately $50.3 million and $22.8 million in bill payment transactions, respectively, resulting in revenue of $0.4 million and $0.2 million, respectively.

        Money Orders.    Depending on the location, we currently offer money orders issued by Western Union, Money-2-Go and Global Express in any amount up to $1,000 and Continental Express up to $500. These money orders are generally used by our customers for bill payments, rent payments and other disbursements. In our Ohio stores, loan proceeds are issued to our customers in the form of a money order issued by Global Express. On a combined basis, we issued $748.7 million in money orders during 2010 and $311.8 million during the six months ended June 30, 2011. On a combined basis, we issued approximately 1.8 million money orders during 2010. We issue money orders for free to customers that are cashing a check or processing a loan and otherwise charge a $1.00 fee per money order. We remit the face amount of each money order sold to Western Union, Money-2-Go or Global Express, as applicable, together with any fees that we are contractually obligated to deliver to these vendors.

93


Table of Contents

        On a pro forma basis, other products and services accounted for 8% of our net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the six-month period ended June 30, 2011.

Recent Acquisitions

        On April 29, 2011, we acquired CCCS, an alternative financial services business with similar product offerings as our predecessor, CheckSmart. CheckSmart, together with CCCS and certain other parties, executed an agreement and plan of merger, under which we formed our company and acquired all outstanding shares of both CheckSmart and CCCS. In connection with consummating the California Acquisition, we also issued $395 million in aggregate principal amount of our 10.75% senior notes due 2019, which we refer to as our senior notes, and entered into a $40 million senior secured revolving credit facility, which we refer to as our revolving credit facility.

        In addition to the acquisition of CCCS's stores, we have recently acquired:

    10 stores in Illinois, which we acquired on March 21, 2011 in an asset purchase transaction. We refer to this transaction as the Illinois Acquisition;

    19 stores in Alabama, which we acquired in March 2010. We refer to this transaction as the Alabama Acquisition; and

    Eight stores in Michigan, which we acquired in August 2009. We refer to this transaction as the Michigan Acquisition.

        We have been able to integrate our existing product offerings and customer service oriented approach to significantly increase revenues at the acquired stores following both the Alabama and the Michigan Acquisitions. We have invested significant resources in building a scalable company-wide platform, in areas such as collections, call center operations, information technology, legal and compliance, and accounting in order to quickly and successfully integrate acquired stores into our existing business.

        We continue to review potential acquisition targets and intend to selectively pursue acquisitions where we see attractive opportunities.

Industry Overview

        We operate in a segment of the financial services industry that serves unbanked and underbanked consumers in need of convenient and immediate access to cash and other financial products and services, often referred to as "alternative financial services". Our industry provides services to an estimated 60 million unbanked and underbanked consumers in the United States. Products and services offered by this industry segment include various types of short-term loans (including payday loans, title loans, small installment loans, internet loans and pawn loans), check cashing, prepaid card products, rent-to-own products, bill payment services, tax preparation, money orders and money transfers. Consumers who use these services are often underserved by banks and other traditional financial institutions and referred to as "unbanked" or "underbanked" consumers.

        We believe that consumers seek our industry's services for numerous reasons, including because they often:

    prefer and trust the simplicity, transparency and convenience of our products;

    may have a dislike or distrust of banks due to confusing and complicated fee structures that are not uncommon for traditional bank products;

    require access to financial services outside of normal banking hours;

    have an immediate need for cash for sudden financial challenges and unexpected expenses;

94


Table of Contents

    have been rejected for or are unable to access traditional banking or other credit services;

    seek an alternative to the high cost of bank overdraft fees, credit card and other late payment fees and utility late payment, disconnect and reconnect fees; and

    wish to avoid potential negative credit consequences associated with missed payments with traditional creditors.

        Demand in our industry has been fueled by several demographic and socioeconomic trends, including an overall increase in the population and stagnant to declining growth in the household income for working-class individuals. In addition, many banks have reduced or eliminated services that working-class consumers require, due to the higher costs associated with serving these consumers and increased regulatory and compliance costs. The necessity for our products was highlighted by a recent paper from the National Bureau of Economic Research, or NBER, which found that half of the Americans surveyed reported that it is unlikely that they would be able to gather $2,000 to cover a financial emergency, even if given a month to obtain funds. As a result of these trends, a significant number of retailers in other industries have begun to offer financial services to these consumers. The providers of these services are fragmented and range from specialty finance stores to retail stores in other industries that offer ancillary financial services.

        We believe that the markets in which we operate are highly fragmented. Stephens Inc., or Stephens, estimates that short-term consumer lenders generated approximately $40.0 billion of domestic transaction volume in 2010 from approximately 19,200 storefronts and 150 online lenders. Financial Service Centers of America, Inc., or FiSCA, estimated that in 2007 there were approximately 13,000 check-cashing and other fee-based financial service locations in the United States that cashed approximately $58.0 billion in aggregate face amount of checks.

        We anticipate consolidation within the industry will continue as a result of numerous factors, including:

    economies of scale available to larger operators;

    adoption of technology to better serve customers and control large store networks;

    increased licensing, zoning and other regulatory requirements; and

    the inability of smaller operators to form the alliances necessary to deliver new products and adapt to changes in the regulatory environment.

        The prepaid debit card space is one of the most rapidly growing segments of our industry. Mercator's analysis of the prepaid debit card industry indicates that $28.6 billion was loaded onto general-purpose reloadable cards during 2009, a 47% growth rate from 2008, and estimates that the total general-purpose reloadable card market will grow at a compound annual growth rate of 63% from 2007 to 2013, reaching an estimated $201.9 billion in load volume by 2013. A March 2011 study conducted by Bretton Woods concluded that the opening of reloadable prepaid debit cards may surpass the opening of new checking accounts in the coming years as a result of the fact that prepaid debit cards, particularly when combined with direct deposit, will in many instances be less expensive for consumers than traditional checking accounts.

        We take an active leadership role in numerous trade organizations that represent our industry interests and promote best practices within the industry, including the Community Financial Services Association of America, FiSCA, the National Branded Prepaid Card Association and the American Association of Responsible Auto Lenders.

95


Table of Contents

Our Strengths

        We believe the following strengths differentiate us from our competitors in the marketplace and will enable us to maintain our position as a leading retailer in the alternative financial services industry.

        Leading Market Position with Industry Leading Operating Metrics.    We are one of the largest operators in our industry. We operate 433 stores across 14 states, in an industry that remains highly fragmented. As a result of our focus on store selection and design and our efforts to provide consistent, high-quality customer service, we have achieved per store revenue and per store Adjusted EBITDA contribution levels that we believe substantially exceed all of our publicly traded competitors. For the year ended December 31, 2010, on a pro forma basis, we generated revenue per store of over $716,000, with each store contributing, on average, more than $235,000 to Adjusted EBITDA. We estimate that these figures are approximately 1.2 to 3.0 times and 1.2 to 5.5 times, respectively, those of our publicly-traded peers over the same period. For an explanation of how we calculate these figures, see "Certain Financial Measures and Other Information".

        Best-in-Class Customer Service.    We believe that our retailing competency and our focus on and reputation for superior customer service have been key drivers of our success. We seek to consistently deliver fast, professional service with courteous, personalized treatment designed to ensure that customers feel valued and respected. Our superior customer service culture is primarily the result of the following:

    Convenient store layout, locations and hours.  Our stores are generally designed to maximize customer traffic and privacy while minimizing customer wait time. Our stores typically have five to seven teller stations, which we believe is substantially more than our competitors typically offer and which allow us to serve multiple customers simultaneously and reduce customer wait time. We seek to place our stores in locations that are easily accessible, have ample parking and are in areas of high commercial traffic. We use highly visible signage to attract customers and reinforce brand recognition. Our management believes that our stores are typically open longer hours than those of our competitors and that we have more 24-hour stores than any of our competitors. Stores are typically open from 8 a.m. to 8 p.m., Monday through Saturday, and 11 a.m. to 5 p.m. on Sunday. Twenty-seven of our stores are open 24 hours per day.

    Highly Trained and Long Tenured Employees.  We dedicate significant resources to training and retaining our employees, resulting in what we believe is meaningfully lower employee turnover compared to our peers. Our branch employees are trained and incentivized to be efficient and helpful in meeting customer needs. We believe our approach promotes customer trust and, ultimately, customer loyalty. All of our district and regional managers have experience working in our stores, having gained operational expertise and local market awareness, which we believe translates into the ability to make and implement appropriate strategic and operational decisions. We maintain an internal, centralized collections department that is staffed with personnel who specialize in collection activities. Our centralized collections model allows store-level employees to focus on customer service while leaving collections activities to dedicated and skilled professionals. We have designed an incentive-based compensation structure that we believe keeps our branch employees, managers and collections specialists properly motivated.

        Diversified Revenue Mix.    We operate a scalable business model with significant product and geographic diversification across our operating platform. Our diverse product offerings allow us to better serve our customers by providing a solution that fits their particular financial needs. We expect our product diversification to increase in 2011 and future years as a result of anticipated higher growth in prepaid debit card products, title loans and other newly released products. Our business is also geographically diverse, with operations in 14 states.

96


Table of Contents

        Proven History of Successful Acquisition Integration.    We have successfully integrated a number of acquisitions, including acquisitions of both companies and selected stores, into our operations. We have invested significant resources in building a scalable company-wide platform in areas such as collections, call center operations, information technology, and legal and compliance, in order to successfully integrate acquired companies and stores into our business. This scalable infrastructure and proven acquisition platform has allowed us to successfully integrate and improve the operations of stores that we acquire while implementing our unique retail focus at those stores. For example, we have been able to integrate our existing product offerings and customer service oriented approach to significantly increase store-level revenues following the acquisition of 19 stores in Alabama and eight stores in Michigan, with both markets representing revenue growth in excess of 20% through the first half of 2011 as compared to the first half of 2010. In both California and Illinois, we have introduced our enhanced service offerings following those acquisitions and are driving our retail model to create revenue growth.

        Track Record of Flexible and Innovative Execution.    Historically, we have proactively and successfully responded to legislative developments in the jurisdictions in which we operate and have continued to offer innovative products that meet our customers' financial needs. In states where the market has been impacted by disruptive legislative developments, we have generally been able to utilize our execution capabilities to modify and introduce products that comply with the applicable legislative frameworks but preserve, to the greatest extent possible, our financial performance. Neither we nor our predecessor company, CheckSmart have exited any markets as a result of regulatory changes. Despite recent changes in the regulatory regimes in a number of the states in which we operate, during the period from 2008 to 2010, we grew revenue and Adjusted EBITDA at compound annual growth rates of 8.9% and 16.4%, respectively.

        Scalable IT Infrastructure and Compliance Focus.    We have committed significant resources to develop a scalable technology platform capable of supporting significant growth. Our point-of-sale systems and collections and accounting systems interface with each other, allowing close monitoring of store performance and collections while also providing real-time reporting capabilities. Our information technology infrastructure enables us to centrally control and implement changes to consumer loan agreement terms or Truth-in-Lending disclosures required by statutory or regulatory developments. We utilize our scalable information technology infrastructure with robust internal compliance systems and audit teams, which regularly evaluate each store to confirm strict adherence to applicable laws and regulations and test store-based systems that are in place to detect and prevent fraudulent activities. Our Chief Compliance and Technology Officer serves as an executive level officer and is actively involved in the process of developing new products and bringing them to market.

        Experienced and Innovative Management Team and Sponsor.    Our management team consists of individuals highly experienced in the short-term consumer loan, check cashing and prepaid debit card industries, as well as other financial and retail-based businesses. Ted Saunders, our Chief Executive Officer, who has been with us for five years and was promoted from Chief Financial Officer to Chief Executive Officer in 2008, has managed all areas of operations and finance during his tenure. Kyle Hanson, our President, has been with us for 13 years and was previously a District Manager, Regional Manager and then our Vice-President of Store Operations before assuming his current position. Our Chief Compliance and Technology Officer, Chad Streff, has been with us for ten years. Michael Durbin, our Chief Financial Officer, joined us in 2008. Additionally, since our Sponsor's initial investment in 2006, Diamond Castle and its board designees have provided us with valuable operational and strategic experience and insight. Our Chairman, Gene Lockhart, has substantial experience in retail financial services and card products and services, having previously served as President Global Retail Bank at Bank of America, President and Chief Executive Officer of MasterCard International and Chairman of NetSpend Corporation.

97


Table of Contents

Growth Strategy

        Our goal is to be the provider of choice for short-term consumer loans, check cashing and related services in each of the markets in which we operate. Our strategy is to capitalize on our competitive strengths to increase our revenues, profitability and cash flow through (1) continuing to integrate CCCS into our operations, (2) expanding use of prepaid debit cards, (3) developing new products and services and (4) seeking additional opportunistic acquisitions.

        Integrate CheckSmart and CCCS Operations and Leverage Best Practices of Both Companies.    The combination of CCCS with CheckSmart provided us with a unique opportunity to expand our market presence in California through an established platform that shared many of CheckSmart's operating practices and philosophies, including a customer service-oriented retail business model, diverse product offerings, attractive and prominent real estate and comprehensive information technology infrastructure. We believe the California market offers a stable regulatory environment for our products and services, as California's enabling legislation has remained substantially unchanged since its passage 15 years ago. In combining CCCS's 114 Northern California stores with CheckSmart's existing 17 Northern California stores, we believe we are the alternative financial services market leader in Northern California by store count, with a combined population of approximately 14.3 million in the Northern California markets we serve. We believe CCCS's check cashing practices are among the best in the industry, as their centralized check verification service allows them to process the cashing of checks at a relatively high rate and volume with relatively low loss rates. We have now implemented these practices across our markets and have centralized certain aspects of our check-cashing approval practices in our facility in Dublin, Ohio, and we believe we will achieve improved check cashing efficiencies as a result. We have also begun introducing elements of our retail model within CCCS's operations. We have altered CCCS's product offerings and certain fee rates, moving from a corporate-driven business model. We have also instituted changes at the corporate office to better align with the store-support focus of our retail model. We have also altered employee incentives with respect to CCCS's operations to better align them with our retail model. The impact of these changes is beginning to appear in store level performance. In the two months since the close of the California Acquisition, we have leveraged our lending best practices and have grown short-term consumer loan revenue in our newly-acquired CCCS stores by 22.4% over the comparable period in 2010. We also anticipate introducing certain other of our best practices at existing CCCS stores in order to enhance further the CCCS store base, particularly in the areas of consumer lending and prepaid debit card products. We believe that we will be able to increase further store volume in CCCS stores, bringing store-level performance closer to the performance we have historically experienced across the rest of our store portfolio.

        Expanding Use of Prepaid Debit Cards.    The launch of prepaid debit card products in our stores has been highly successful to date and we anticipate positioning our card platform as a central strategy to address our customers' wide range of financial needs. We believe that the continuing emergence of prepaid debit cards as an attractive alternative to cash for unbanked and underbanked consumers presents an opportunity for continued growth of the products we market among our customer base, particularly for our check cashing customers. Through our flexible vendor relationship with Insight, we are able to provide customer service for card products directly to customers at our stores. Many of our customers have historically used cash as their primary payment vehicle but may benefit from the convenience, security and freedom associated with a widely accepted electronic payment instrument. We believe that having customers direct deposit all or a portion of their payroll checks onto cards, as well as the convenience and security of the enhanced feature cards that we offer in certain of our stores (including cards with overdraft protection options and the ability to receive loan proceeds from third-party lenders directly onto cards), increases customer loyalty and retention.

98


Table of Contents

        Developing New Products and Services.    We provide a comprehensive suite of products and services in our stores and continually focus on developing new and complementary products and services to better serve our customers. For example, in 2006 we began offering title loans in Arizona and currently offer title loans in seven states. Similarly, in 2009, we began offering a reloadable prepaid debit card product in Ohio and we now offer card products in all of our markets. We intend to continue to evaluate and offer new products and services to meet the needs of our customers and to increase customer loyalty and our market share. We believe that our scalable infrastructure and our retailing expertise provide us with the ability to innovate in product development. We also believe that our ability to introduce new products or adapt and evolve our current products and services allows us to increase our store traffic and enhances our ability to address potential legislative or regulatory changes. In our 2011 media survey, our customers, when asked what other services they would be interested in receiving from us, voiced a desire for us to provide them with a broader range of product offerings, including car insurance, tax preparation and other services.

        Additional Opportunistic Acquisitions.    We intend to continue to expand our network of stores opportunistically through strategic acquisitions in our current markets as well as in new domestic and, possibly, international markets. We believe that our scalable infrastructure and acquisition platform enables us to successfully integrate and improve the operations of stores that we acquire. At the stores we acquired in 2010 located in Alabama and Michigan, we were able to substantially improve store level operating profit during the first year following each acquisition. For the period ended June 30, 2011, the trailing twelve-month revenues from the stores acquired through the Michigan and Alabama Acquisitions had increased 108% and 58%, respectively, since the time of each applicable acquisition. We intend to leverage our experience in implementing best practices and improving the financial performance of acquired stores. In the past, we have opportunistically acquired loan portfolios and customer lists from small competitors and will continue to evaluate these opportunities in the future as an efficient means by which to grow transaction volume in our existing stores and deliver our full suite of services to a broader customer base.

Our Customers

        We serve a large and growing demographic group of customers by providing services to help them manage their day-to-day financial needs. Our customers often live "paycheck-to-paycheck" and, therefore, all or a substantial portion of their current income is expended to cover immediate living expenses.

        Our customers are typically working-class, middle-income individuals. Based on third-party market surveys, we believe the following about our customers:

    they typically have an annual household income between $20,000 and $50,000, with approximately one-sixth in excess of $50,000;

    over 70% are under the age of 45;

    over 50% are between 25 and 44 years of age;

    approximately half are male and half are female;

    approximately half have attended at least some college;

    over 95% have access to the Internet;

    over 70% own a home computer;

    over 55% have access to a computer in the workplace; and

    approximately 75% have access to a checking account and choose to use our services as a means of managing their financial needs.

99


Table of Contents

        Our customers generally are unserved or underserved by the traditional banking system and choose alternative solutions to gain convenient and immediate access to cash, consumer loans, prepaid debit cards, money transfers, bill payments and money orders. We believe that our customers use our financial services because we provide them with a safe, welcoming environment and because they are quick, convenient and, in many instances, more affordable than available alternatives.

Store Locations and Operations

        The following map illustrates the number and location of our stores in operation as of June 30, 2011.

GRAPHIC

        We typically locate our stores in highly visible and accessible locations, such as shopping centers and free-standing buildings in high-traffic shopping areas. Other nearby retailers are typically grocery stores, restaurants, drug stores and discount stores. All of our stores are leased. Our stores, on average, occupy approximately 1,920 square feet. We are focused on increasing the customer's awareness of each of our brands by using uniform signage for each brand and store design at each location. We currently operate stores under the following brands:

    CheckSmart;

    Buckeye CheckSmart;

    California Check Cashing Stores;

    Express Consumer Loans;

    First Cash Advance (pursuant to a license agreement that expires on December 31, 2016);

    Cash 1;

    Southwest Check Cashing;

100


Table of Contents

    Cash & Go;

    First Virginia;

    Buckeye Title Loan; and

    Easy Money.

        Our stores are typically open from 8 a.m. until 8 p.m. Monday through Saturday and 11 a.m. until 5 p.m. on Sunday, although some stores are closed on Sunday. Additionally, twenty-seven of our stores are open 24 hours a day.

        Our store development staff selects each new store location, negotiates leases, and supervises the construction of new stores and the remodeling of existing stores. In addition, it performs lease management and facility maintenance services for open stores. Since all of our stores are built within existing retail space, the customer area of each store is customized to meet the varying size and other requirements of each location while also giving it an appearance that is consistent with our other similarly branded stores.

        We close stores for various reasons, including inadequate operating performance, lease expirations and shopping center closings. During 2008, 2009 and 2010, we closed or consolidated six, zero and three stores, respectively. We currently do not expect to close any stores during 2011.

Advertising and Marketing

        Our marketing efforts are designed to promote our product and service offerings, create customer loyalty, introduce new customers to our stores and create cross-selling opportunities. In our markets, we operate under several brands (including those of stores we have acquired) each with individually strong local reputations. In most of our markets, we utilize mass-media advertising, including flyers, direct mail, outdoor advertising, yellow pages and radio and television advertising. We also utilize point-of-purchase materials in our retail locations to implement in-store marketing programs and promotions. We generally implement special promotions to maximize certain seasonal revenue opportunities, including holidays and tax season. Additional local marketing initiatives include sponsorship and participation in local events and charity functions.

        We develop our marketing strategies based in part on results from consumer research and data analysis and from insights gained from phantom-shopper programs. We are continuously testing new ways of communicating and promoting our products and services, which include direct mail, online advertising, text messaging, print advertising, telemarketing and enhanced bilingual communications.

Employees

        As of August 19, 2011, we had 2,714 employees, including 2,314 store managers and service associates, 60 district managers, 11 regional managers, four regional vice presidents, 33 regional support personnel located in Alabama, 207 corporate employees located in Ohio and 58 corporate employees located in California.

        We consider our employee relations to be good. Our employees are not covered by a collective bargaining agreement, and we have never experienced any organized work stoppage, strike, or labor dispute.

Human Resources

        Our store operations have historically been organized into three regions, and since the California Acquisition we have added a fourth region. Each region has a regional vice president who reports to our Vice President of Operations and is responsible for the operations, administration, training and

101


Table of Contents


supervision of stores in his or her region. As of August 19, 2011, our four regional vice presidents were responsible for the operations of approximately 88 stores each. We have 60 district managers, each of whom reports to the regional manager or regional vice president for his or her region and is directly responsible for the general management of approximately 10 stores within his or her territory. These district managers are responsible for hiring, scheduling, store operations, local marketing and employee relations. Each store manager reports to a district manager and has direct responsibility over his or her store's operations.

        Each regional vice president is supported by the human resources department and training department, which coordinate recruiting, hiring and training (initial and on-going). Our corporate vice president of human resources has worked with us for over nineteen years, seventeen of which have been in a human resource function, and also has in-depth knowledge and experience with internal investigations and human resources compliance and is supported by a full-time human resource and benefits staff of six employees. We organize human resource learning sessions for field management on a monthly basis as well conducting on-going coaching and support for the district and regional management. Human resources sponsors on-going programs intended to prepare employees to advance to the next level of operations management. All human resource associates attend continuing education training sessions throughout the year.

Training

        Customer service associates, store managers, district managers, regional managers and regional vice presidents must complete formal training programs. Those training programs include:

    management training programs that cover employee hiring, progressive discipline, retention, sexual harassment, compensation, equal employment opportunity compliance and leadership;

    an annual operations conference, which is state specific, with all regional vice presidents, regional managers, district managers and store managers, which covers topics such as customer service, loss reduction, safety and security, better delivery of services and compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, human resources policies and procedures and leadership development;

    the use of a web-based training tool, Bankers Edge, to augment our on-the-job training, and effectively deliver and document our mandatory annual anti-money laundering and suspicious activity reporting training and testing;

    new branch employee training which consists of online and on-the-job training with experienced branch employees for a minimum of six weeks; and

    multiple, annual, SmartTrack succession programs in place to identify and develop exceptional store, district and regional managers.

        Our national training coordinator and director of auditing and loss prevention also coordinates on-going training for branch employees to review customer service, compliance, security and service-focused issues.

        Hiring and Retention.    District managers and experienced store managers are responsible for branch employee recruitment. To facilitate this process, we use multiple Internet-based automated recruitment systems for position placement advertising and pre-screening. We believe the automated recruitment systems allow us to identify employee characteristics and recruiting sources that can lead to long-term, successful employees.

        Our branch employees undergo a criminal background check, a process whereby we confirm that the social security number provided by the prospective employee matches the name of the employee, a credit check (where permitted by law), prior employment verification, random drug screening and an

102


Table of Contents


interview process before employment. We maintain a compensation and career path program to provide employees with competitive pay rates and opportunities for advancement. We offer a complete and competitive benefits package to attract and retain employees.

Information Systems

        We utilize a centralized management information system to support our customer service strategy and manage transaction risk, collections, internal controls, record keeping and compliance, and daily reporting functions. Our management system incorporates three commercial, off-the-shelf point-of-sale systems customized to our specific use characteristics. These POS systems are complemented by two proprietary systems: Lookup, a web application that uses data from the enterprise reporting database to enable tellers to view a customer's transaction history and current collection status, and MyCard, a card activation program with Insight. We operate three POS systems in order to effectively manage our diverse product set with the most effective applications, and to manage acquired stores' legacy systems in the most efficient manner.

        Our POS systems are licensed in all stores and record and monitor the details of every transaction, including the service type, amount, fees, employee, date/time, and actions taken, which allows us to provide our services in a standardized and efficient manner in compliance with applicable regulations. We believe these systems enable us to optimize our store operations to handle more volume than many of our competitors. Transaction data is posted to our accounting system daily.

        We operate a wide area data communications network for our stores that has reduced customer waiting times, increased reliability and allows the implementation of new service enhancements. Each store runs Windows operating systems with a four to ten PC network that is connected to our corporate headquarters using a DSL, cable, or T1 connection.

        Our corporate data center consists of approximately 40 database and application servers, configured for redundancy and high availability with two EMC storage area network devices, or SANs, with 44 terabytes of available storage. We recently entered into an agreement to build out and migrate our primary data processing off-site to a state-of-the-art facility. The existing data center at our headquarters will remain intact and will be used as a backup site for disaster recovery. This will maximize the availability of centralized systems, optimize up-time for store operations, and eliminate our corporate office as a single point of failure in case of disaster. We maintain and test a comprehensive disaster recovery plan for all critical host systems. We have also contracted with a disaster recovery facility to provide workspaces, computers, and connectivity to our data center for 100 employees in case our headquarters becomes unavailable due to disaster.

        Our information technology department maintains a staff of 23 employees. Our development staff primarily focuses on designing and testing customizations to our third-party POS systems, reports, and system integration applications, as well as ongoing development of the management information systems infrastructure. Our information technology help desk staff provides assistance to our branch employees related to hardware/software troubleshooting, application support, and telecommunications.

Collections

        If a check or electronic account debit is returned after deposit or initiation, the account is immediately charged off and collection procedures are initiated. Our collections procedures comply with, as applicable, the stricter of state regulation and best practices set forth by the Community Financial Services Association of America, or CFSA. When a check or account debit is returned, all returned items are referred to the corporate office. They are entered into the collections system, and the store at which the customer initiated the transaction is notified of the return. Servers for the collections system are maintained in our data center, and collections activity is imported into our accounting system on a daily basis.

103


Table of Contents

        Once notified, the branch employees attempt to collect by calling the telephone number(s) the customer previously provided to inform them of the return. After a loan becomes two weeks overdue or two weeks after a cashed check is returned, the account is sent to the internal, centralized collections department. The collections department attempts to settle the account by sending letters and making phone calls to the customer. After 90 to 120 days, the account may be sent to a third-party collections agency and after 60 days, we may attempt repossession on vehicles securing title loans. The third-party collection agencies we engage are appropriately bonded and insured.

        Because we maintain extensive customer information, any customer who has a delinquent account may not obtain another cash advance from us. We maintain a uniform policy, however, that if a customer returns to pay off a delinquent account, we will lend to that customer again.

Security

        Employee safety is critical to us. Nearly all of our branch employees work behind bullet-resistant Plexiglas and reinforced partitions, and have security measures that include a time-delay equipped safe, an alarm system monitored by a third party, and personal panic buttons for each of our tellers. Many of our stores also have multi-camera DVR systems with remote access capability, teller area entry control, perimeter opening entry detection, and tracking of all employee movement in and out of secured areas. Training on security measures is part of each annual state meeting.

        Our business requires our stores to maintain a significant supply of cash. We are therefore subject to the risk of cash shortages resulting from employee and non-employee theft, as well as employee errors. Although we have implemented various programs to reduce these risks and provide security for our facilities and employees, these risks cannot be eliminated. From 2008 through 2010, our uncollected cash shortages from employee errors and from theft were consistently less than 0.05% of revenue annually from continuing operations.

        Our point-of-sale system allows management to detect cash shortages on a daily basis. In addition to other procedures, district managers and our internal audit staff conduct audits of each store's cash position and inventories on an unannounced, random basis. Professional armored carriers provide the daily transportation of currency for the majority of our stores. In addition, most stores electronically scan their check inventory to facilitate verification and record keeping.

Competition

        The industry in which we operate is highly fragmented and very competitive. We believe the principal competitive factors in short-term consumer lending, title lending, check cashing and prepaid debit card services are location, customer service, fees and the transparency of fees, convenience, range of services offered, speed of service and confidentiality. We face intense competition and believe each of the markets in which we operate is becoming more competitive as these industries mature and consolidate. With respect to our short-term consumer lending business, we compete primarily with mono-line payday lending businesses, other check cashers and multi-line alternative financial service providers, pawn shops, rent-to-own businesses, banks and credit unions. With respect to our check cashing business, we compete with other check cashers and multi-line alternative financial service providers, grocery stores, convenience stores, banks, credit unions, and any other retailer that cashes checks, sells money orders, provides money transfer services or offers other similar financial services, including some big-box retailers. Some retailers cash checks without charging a fee under limited circumstances. With respect to our prepaid debit card services, we compete primarily with prepaid debit card issuers, other check cashers and multi-line alternative financial service providers, banks, credit unions, and any other retailer offering general purpose reloadable prepaid debit cards, including some big-box retailers. Some of our competitors, such as big-box retailers, have larger and more established

104


Table of Contents


customer bases and networks of existing stores and substantially greater financial, marketing and other resources than us.

Relationships with Key Vendors

        Western Union / MoneyGram Agreements.    We are party to a master Agency Agreement, dated May 1, 2007, with Western Union, which we refer to as the "Western Union Agreement". The Western Union Agreement is comprised of two parts. Under the first part of the Western Union Agreement, we act as an agent for the receipt and transmission of wire transfers of money through the Western Union money transfer system. Under the second part of the Western Union Agreement, we exclusively sell money orders that bear the Western Union logo at certain locations.

        The initial term of the Western Union Agreement is five years, which automatically renews for an additional one-year term. Upon expiration of the one-year renewal term, the Western Union Agreement will continue in effect, subject to either party's right to terminate the agreement by giving the other party at least nine months prior written notice. Western Union paid us a signing bonus in connection with its execution of the Western Union Agreement. Upon the occurrence of certain events, we will be obligated to repay Western Union a portion of the signing bonus. Western Union is obligated to pay us new store incentive bonuses for each new and acquired location opened during the term of the agreement at which Western Union money transfer services are offered.

        We earn commissions for each transmission and receipt of money through the Western Union network and MoneyGram Payment Systems Inc., or MoneyGram, transacted at a company-owned location. Those commissions equal a percentage of the fees charged by Western Union to consumers for Western Union services. Our total revenues from commissions for money transfer services during the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 was $0.9 million and in 2010 was $0.8 million. Such revenue in 2010 includes both commissions from Western Union and MoneyGram.

        CCCS is party to an agreement with Western Union, under which it acts as an agent for the receipt and transmission of wire transfers of money through the Western Union money transfer system.

        With respect to our Alabama locations, we are party to similar contracts with MoneyGram under which we act as an agent for the receipt and transmission of wire transfers of money through the MoneyGram money transfer system and our Alabama locations exclusively sell money orders that bear the MoneyGram logo.

        The fee charged for money order sales is $1.00, or free for our check cashing customers. During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, and the six-month period ended June 30, 2011, our revenues from such fees were $0.5 million, $0.6 million, $0.5 million and $0.4 million, respectively. Such revenue includes both Western Union and Money-2-Go money orders.

        Insight Agreements.    In September 2009, we entered into Independent Agency Agreements with Insight in each state in which we operate. Under each Independent Agency Agreement, our stores serve as distribution points where customers can purchase prepaid debit cards provided by Insight as well as load funds onto and withdraw funds from their cards. As compensation, we are paid certain agent fees from Insight, which are based on monthly card fees, overdraft charges, interchange fees and ATM access fees. In addition, we earn fees from the sale of prepaid debit cards provided by Insight. During the six-month period ended June 30, 2011 and the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, our revenues from fees paid pursuant to this agreement were $8.4 million, $9.9 million and $0.1 million, respectively. We are required to pre-fund certain card activity under this agreement with Insight.

        Third-Party Lender Agreements.    In Arizona and to a much lesser extent in certain stores in Ohio, third-party licensed lenders, unaffiliated with us, offer our customers the ability to access a credit line with loan proceeds delivered via debit card. The customer may access their credit line in one of the

105


Table of Contents


following methods: (1) a card load, if and when the borrower seeks to make a debit card purchase but has insufficient funds on the card; (2) a card load at the borrower's request in advance of a transaction; and (3) a check mailed to the borrower at his or her request. With respect to these credit lines, a subsidiary other than the subsidiary operating the store at which the debit cards are purchased has an agreement in place whereby it, in the case of Arizona, purchases an 85% participation interest in the third-party lender's portfolio or, in the case of the limited number of stores in Ohio, acquires defaulted loans.

        Global Express Agreement.    In November 2008, we entered into a Universal Trust Agreement with Global Express. Pursuant to the Universal Trust Agreement, we issued certain loan proceeds in the State of Ohio through Global Express in the form of money orders. We are required to compensate Global Express for the use of these money orders and must pre-fund certain amounts to mitigate Global Express's risk related to the outstanding money order. The initial term of the Universal Trust Agreement was two years, which automatically renewed for an additional year after the initial term expired in November 2010. At June 30, 2011, December, 2010 and 2009, we had $5.0 million, $8.0 million and $13.5 million in pre-funding assets, respectively.

Regulation and Compliance

        Our products and services are subject to extensive state, federal and local regulation. The regulation of the consumer financial services industry is intended primarily to protect consumers, detect illicit activity involving the use of cash, as well as provide operational guidelines to standardize business practices. Regulations commonly address allowable fees and charges related to consumer loan products, maximum loan duration and amounts, renewal policies, disclosures and reporting and documentation requirements.

        We are subject to federal and state regulations that require disclosure of the principal terms of each transaction to every customer, prohibit misleading advertising, protect against discriminatory practices, and proscribe unfair, deceptive and abusive practices. We maintain legal and compliance departments to monitor new regulations as they are introduced at the federal, state, and local level and existing regulations as they are repealed, amended, and modified. Although we cannot assure you that we are in full compliance, we believe we are in substantial compliance with all material federal and state laws and regulations.

        Our compliance committee, chaired by our Chief Compliance and Technology Officer, is comprised of several high-level executives who bring together knowledge from their respective areas of expertise. The committee is responsible for approving new or modified products and services after thorough review of applicable statutes and regulations. We place a strong emphasis from the top down on the importance of compliance, and require annual training for compliance committee members, all executives, and all operations employees.

        Our compliance department consists of 23 employees, including our internal audit team. We have a staff of twelve internal auditors whose function is to monitor compliance by our branches with applicable federal and state laws and regulations as well as our internal policies and procedures. The internal auditors conduct periodic unannounced audits of our branches, typically spending one to two days in each branch reviewing customer files, reports, held checks, cash controls, and compliance with state specific legal requirements and disclosures. Upon completion of an audit, the auditor conducts an exit interview with the branch manager to discuss issues found during the review. As part of the internal audit program, reports for management regarding audit results are prepared to help identify compliance issues that need to be addressed and areas for further training. The compliance committee, through a compliance officer, reviews the internal audit program results, suggests procedural changes, and oversees the implementation of new compliance processes.

106


Table of Contents

        Nine employees of our compliance department are dedicated to anti-money laundering compliance, form filing, suspicious activity monitoring, and, in the applicable states, statewide database reconciliation. We have continually allocated increasing resources to these areas as we have grown and added new or modified products and services.

U.S. Federal Regulations

        Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act establishes the CFPB, which became operational on July 21, 2011. Under Dodd-Frank, once CFPB has installed a director it will have regulatory, supervisory and enforcement powers over providers of consumer financial products and services, including explicit supervisory authority to examine and require registration of payday lenders. Included in the powers afforded the CFPB, once it has installed a director, is the authority to adopt rules describing specified acts and practices as being "unfair", "deceptive" or "abusive", and hence unlawful. While Dodd-Frank expressly provides that the CFPB has no authority to establish usury limits, some consumer advocacy groups have suggested that payday and title lending should be a regulatory priority and it is possible that at some time in the future the CFPB could propose and adopt rules making such lending materially less profitable or impractical. The CFPB could also adopt rules imposing new and potentially burdensome requirements and limitations with respect to our other lines of business.

        In addition to Dodd-Frank's grant of regulatory powers to the CFPB, Dodd-Frank gives the CFPB authority to pursue administrative proceedings or litigation for violations of federal consumer financial laws (including the CFPB's own rules). In these proceedings, the CFPB can obtain cease and desist orders (which can include orders for restitution or rescission of contracts, as well as other kinds of affirmative relief) and monetary penalties ranging from $5,000 per day for ordinary violations of federal consumer financial laws to $25,000 per day for reckless violations and $1 million per day for knowing violations. Also, where a company has violated Title X of Dodd-Frank or CFPB regulations under Title X, Dodd-Frank empowers state attorneys general and state regulators to bring civil actions for the kind of cease and desist orders available to the CFPB (but not for civil penalties).

        Federal law has effectively prohibited lenders from making certain short-term consumer loans to members of the U.S. military, active-duty reservists and National Guard, and their respective dependents since October 1, 2007. Under regulations promulgated by the U.S. Department of Defense to implement section 670 of the John Warner National Defense Act of 2007, otherwise known as the "Talent Amendment", certain short-term consumer loans, including payday loans with terms of 91 days or less and vehicle title loans with terms of 181 days or less, are subject to a 36 percent annual rate cap. As a result, we have ceased offering short-term consumer loans to these customers.

        Federal law imposes additional requirements on us with respect to our short-term consumer lending. These requirements include disclosure requirements under the Truth-in-Lending Act ("TILA") and Regulation Z; notice and non-discrimination requirements under the Equal Credit Opportunity Act ("ECOA") and Regulation B; requirements with respect to electronic signatures and disclosures under the Electronic Signatures In Global And National Commerce Act ("ESIGN"); and requirements with respect to electronic payments under the Electronic Funds Transfer Act ("EFTA") and Regulation E. EFTA and Regulation E requirements also have an important impact on our prepaid debit card services business.

        Under regulations of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (the "Treasury Department"), adopted under the Bank Secrecy Act of 1970 ("BSA"), we must report transactions involving currency in an amount greater than $10,000, and we must retain records for five years for purchases of monetary instruments for cash in amounts from $3,000 to $10,000. In general, every financial institution, including us, must report each deposit, withdrawal, exchange of currency or other payment or transfer, whether by, through or to the financial institution, that involves currency in an amount greater than $10,000. In addition, multiple currency transactions must be treated as single transactions if the financial institution

107


Table of Contents


has knowledge that the transactions are by, or on behalf of, any person and result in either cash in or cash out totaling more than $10,000 during any one business day. We believe that our point-of-sale system and employee-training programs permit us to comply with these requirements.

        The BSA also requires certain of our subsidiaries to register as a money services business with the Treasury Department. This registration is intended to enable governmental authorities to better enforce laws prohibiting money laundering and other illegal activities. We are registered as a money services business with the Treasury Department and must re-register with the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network of the Treasury Department ("FinCEN") by December 31 every other year. We must also maintain a list of names and addresses of, and other information about, our stores and must make that list available to any requesting law enforcement agency (through FinCEN). That store list must be updated at least annually. We do not believe compliance with these existing requirements has had or will have any material impact on our operations.

        Federal anti-money-laundering laws make it a criminal offense to own or operate a money transmitting business without the appropriate state licenses, which we maintain where necessary. In addition, the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 and its implementing federal regulations require us, as a "financial institution", to establish and maintain an anti-money-laundering program. Such a program must include: (1) internal policies, procedures and controls designed to identify and report money laundering; (2) a designated compliance officer; (3) an ongoing employee-training program; and (4) an independent audit function to test the program. Because of our compliance with other federal regulations having essentially similar purposes, we do not believe compliance with these requirements has had or will have any material impact on our operations.

        In addition, federal regulations require us to report suspicious transactions involving at least $2,000 to FinCEN. The regulations generally describe three classes of reportable suspicious transactions—one or more related transactions that the money services business knows, suspects, or has reason to suspect (1) involve funds derived from illegal activity or are intended to hide or disguise such funds, (2) are designed to evade the requirements of the BSA or (3) appear to serve no business or lawful purpose. Because of our point-of-sale system and transaction monitoring systems, we do not believe compliance with the existing reporting requirement and the corresponding record-keeping requirements has had or will have any material impact on our operations.

        The Office of Foreign Assets Control ("OFAC") publishes a list of individuals and companies owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, targeted countries. It also lists individuals, groups, and entities, such as terrorists and narcotics traffickers, designated under programs that are not country-specific. Collectively, such individuals and companies are called "Specially Designated Nationals". Their assets are blocked and we are generally prohibited from dealing with them. Because our point-of-sale system and transaction monitoring systems, we do not believe compliance with the existing reporting requirement and the corresponding record-keeping requirements of OFAC has had or will have any material impact on our operations.

        The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 and its implementing federal regulations require us generally to protect the confidentiality of our customers' nonpublic personal information and to disclose to our customers our privacy policy and practices, including those regarding sharing customers' nonpublic personal information with third parties. That disclosure must be made to customers at the time the customer relationship is established and at least annually thereafter.

U.S. State Regulation

        Our business is regulated under a variety of state enabling statutes, including payday loan, deferred presentment, check cashing, money transmission, small loan and credit services organization state laws, among others. The scope of state regulation, including the fees and terms of our products and services,

108


Table of Contents


varies from state to state. Most states with laws that specifically regulate our products and services establish allowable fees and/or interest and other charges to consumers.

        In addition, many states regulate the maximum amount of, minimum maturity of, and impose limits on the renewal or extension of, short-term consumer loans. The terms of our products and services vary from state to state in order to comply with the laws and regulations of the states in which we operate.

        In some states, check cashing companies or money transmission agents are required to meet minimum bonding or capital requirements and are subject to record-keeping requirements and/or fee limits. We offer check cashing services in each of the states in which we operate that have licensing or fee regulations regarding check cashing, with the exception of Illinois. We are licensed in each of the states or jurisdictions in which a license is currently required for us to operate as a check cashing company and/or money transmitter. To the extent these states have adopted ceilings on check cashing fees, those ceilings are in excess of or equal to the fees we charge.

        In the event of serious or systemic violations of state law, we would be subject to a variety of regulatory and private sanctions. These could include license suspension or revocation; orders or injunctive relief, including judicial or administrative orders providing for restitution or other affirmative relief; and statutory penalties and damages. Depending upon the nature and scope of any violation, statutory penalties and damages could include fines for each violation and/or payments to borrowers equal to a multiple of the fees we charge and in some cases the principal amount loaned as well. Thus, violations of these laws could potentially have a material adverse effect on our results of operation and financial condition.

        We do not utilize the so-called "choice of law" model of payday (or title) lending, where a lender attempts to make loans in one state under a contract clause calling for the application of another state's substantive laws. Rather, we attempt to comply in full with the substantive laws of the state where the store involved in an in-person loan transaction is located.

        In the last several years, several states in which we operate, including Florida, Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, Ohio and Virginia have enacted laws (or in the case of Arizona, allowed the deferred presentment law to expire) that have impacted our short-term consumer loan business by imposing new limitations or requirements or effectively prohibiting the loan products we offer. These laws have had varying impacts on our operations and revenue depending on the nature of the limitations and restrictions implemented.

        Arizona.    On July 2, 2010, the enabling statute under which we formerly provided short-term consumer loans in Arizona expired. As a result, we transitioned customers to other products, including title loans and the enhanced prepaid debit cards described above.

        Illinois.    In June 2010, the Illinois Legislature passed House Bill 537, which created an installment payday loan product with a term of not less than 112 days and not more than 180 days. The law imposes certain restrictions on loans made pursuant to the statute, including limits on the amount licensees can charge and other payment terms. The statute also establishes a database to track consumer loans made under the statute. This law became effective March 21, 2011.

        Ohio.    In May 2008, the Ohio Legislature passed House Bill 545, which repealed the statute under which various payday lenders had previously operated. The State of Ohio subsequently issued a referendum staying the effective date of House Bill 545 until November of 2008. As a result of this legislation, we established a new subsidiary (the "OMLA Licensee"), which began offering small denomination loans pursuant to the Ohio Mortgage Loan Act (the "OMLA"). Another subsidiary of ours continued to offer check cashing services, as it had for many years prior to the 2008 legislation. In our Ohio stores, OMLA loan proceeds are issued to borrowers by the OMLA Licensee in the form of

109


Table of Contents


a money order and borrowers are presented by our OMLA Licensee with a disclosure form advising them that they can cash the money order with our check cashing affiliate or that they can cash the money order elsewhere possibly at a lower fee or for no cost. Subsequent to the initiation of our OMLA lending, the Ohio Department of Commerce, Division of Financial Institutions (the "Ohio Division") in the first quarter of 2010, issued a rule that purported to ban a company operating under the OMLA or any check cashing licensee affiliated with such company from charging a fee to cash checks or money orders issued by the company or its affiliate. That rule was first temporarily and then permanently enjoined by the Franklin County Court of Common Pleas. For a more detailed discussion of this ongoing litigation, please see "—Legal Proceedings" below.

        Virginia.    In April 2008, the Virginia legislature amended Virginia's Payday Lending Act and substantially changed the terms for cash advance services in Virginia and severely restricted viable operations for short-term consumer lenders. The new legislation, among other things, (1) prohibited the offering of open ended unsecured lines of credit in the same place as a payday loan, (2) extended the time borrowers have to repay loans to twice their pay period, so that a customer who is paid weekly has two weeks to repay their loan, (3) changed the amount that lenders can charge to a simple annual interest rate of 36 percent plus a fee of as much as 20 percent of the loan amount, or $100 for a $500 loan and an additional five dollar fee, (4) required the offer of an extended payment plan for defaulting borrowers, (5) imposed required cooling-off periods between loans, (6) instituted a statewide database and (7) prohibited borrowers from rolling over an existing loan and limited borrowers to one loan at a time. This legislation became effective on January 1, 2009. As a result, we discontinued originations of new lines of credit and draws on existing lines of credit in those locations offering our traditional short-term consumer loan product and opened four new locations under a separate brand to offer and service the unsecured line of credit product.

        We intend to continue, together with others in the short-term consumer loan industry, to inform and educate legislators and regulators and to oppose legislative or regulatory action that would prohibit or severely restrict short-term consumer loans. Nevertheless, if legislative or regulatory action with that effect were taken in states in which we have a significant number of stores, or at the federal level, that action could have a material adverse effect on our loan-related activities and revenues.

Properties

        Our average store size is approximately 1,920 square feet. Our stores are typically located in strip shopping centers or free-standing buildings. All of our stores are leased, generally under leases providing for an initial term of three to five years with optional renewal terms of three to five years. Our corporate headquarters in Dublin, Ohio, a suburb of Columbus, currently occupies approximately 37,000 square feet under a lease that expires in 2017.

        A substantial number of the stores acquired in connection with the California Acquisition were formerly gas stations at which leaking underground storage tanks required remediation when those operations were discontinued. Although this remediation is still ongoing at a small number of stores, we are not responsible for performing the work, nor has the remediation affected our business.

Legal Proceedings

        We are involved from time to time in various legal proceedings incidental to the conduct of our business. Sometimes the legal proceedings instituted against us purport to be class actions or multiparty litigation. In most of these instances, we believe that these actions are subject to arbitration agreements and that the plaintiffs are compelled to arbitrate with us on an individual basis. Except as described below, we believe that none of our current legal proceedings will result in any material impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. In the event that a lawsuit purports to be a class action, the amount of damages for which we might be responsible is uncertain. In addition, any such

110


Table of Contents


amount would depend upon proof of the allegations and on the number of persons who constitute the class of affected plaintiffs.

Ohio Third-Party Litigation

        While we are not a named party in the case, we have voluntarily joined in an agreement (the "Joinder Agreement") to be bound by the terms of the court's December 21, 2010, order in the case of Fast Cash of America, Inc., et al v. Ohio Department of Commerce and QC Financial Services, Inc. v. Ohio Department of Commerce (the "QC Case"). The initial portion of the QC Case was initiated by Fast Cash America and others in order to challenge Rule 1301:8-8-04(C)(5), or "Rule 1301", issued on May 1, 2010 by the Ohio Division, which purported to prevent check casher licensees from charging customers a fee to cash checks or money orders issued as proceeds of a small loan or mortgage lending transaction. Following our entry into the Joinder Agreement, Judge Charles Schneider of the Franklin County Court of Common Pleas issued a permanent injunction enjoining the Ohio Division from enforcing Rule 1301 on the grounds that Rule 1301 exceeded the Ohio Division's rule-making authority. Because of the interlocutory nature of this injunction, the appeal period with respect to this ruling has not yet been exhausted.

        The second portion of the QC Case involves an appeal by QC Financial Services, Inc. ("QC") from the decision of the superintendent of the Ohio Division in an administrative proceeding brought against QC. In May 2009, QC, as well as many other licensees and registrants under the OMLA, including us, received notices alleging violation of Ohio law arising from the licensee or registrant (or an affiliate of the licensee or registrant) charging a customer a fee to cash a loan proceeds check or money order issued at the same location by the licensee or registrant, even if the purchase of check cashing services was not a condition of the loan. The Ohio Division asserted that charging a fee in such circumstances constitutes a statutorily impermissible additional fee for the loan or, alternatively, constitutes the licensee or registrant engaging in another business, check cashing, that tends to conceal an evasion of the act under which the licensee is licensed or the registrant is registered and is therefore illegal. While the Ohio Division followed QC's notice of violation with a notice of hearing against QC, no such notice of hearing has ever been issued against us, and the only hearing held on any of the notices of violation was that involving QC. QC initially prevailed in its hearing before the Ohio Division's hearing officer, who concluded that no violation of the law had occurred because the check cashing transaction took place separate from, and not as a condition to, the loan transaction and took place after the conclusion of the loan transaction. The superintendent of the Ohio Division, who has the power to accept or reject the hearing officer's report, elected to reject it and issued a cease and desist order to QC. Accordingly, the superintendent held that QC was in violation of Ohio law. QC appealed the superintendent's decision to Judge Schneider's court, and Judge Schneider considered the administrative hearing record de novo, and on July 20, 2011, issued a decision reversing the Division's cease and desist order. The court's view is that a secondary check cashing transaction is not a condition to the loan and is, therefore, not prohibited. The Division may appeal this decision. If the decision were to be reversed by the court of appeal and if the appellate decision was broad enough to encompass programs, like ours, that involve separate affiliates making loans and cashing proceeds checks or money orders, as opposed to programs like the QC program, where the same entity makes the loans and cashes the proceeds checks or money orders), check casher licensees, including us, would no longer be able to charge customers a fee to cash checks or money orders issued as proceeds of a small loan or mortgage lending transaction at the same office. However, even if it prevails in the QC Case, the Ohio Division has agreed not to pursue any fines or penalties against us or other parties to the Joinder Agreement with respect to any transactions taking place prior to ultimate resolution of the case. This agreement on the part of the Ohio Division, however, does not bind private litigants, who would remain free to initiate lawsuits, including putative class actions, if the Ohio Division prevails.

111


Table of Contents

Pending Settlement

        Five of our former employees have filed two separate class action suits against us alleging that our employees in California were not provided minimum benefits and/or paid in accordance with the California wage order requirements regarding meal periods and rest breaks and alleging various other claims under California law and therefore had not been paid all wages owed to them. In January 2011, we negotiated a settlement agreement with the plaintiffs in one case, subject to the conditions that the settlement is ultimately approved by the California Superior Court and that the other pending case is consolidated with the first case in which we already entered into the settlement agreement. The conditions have been satisfied and on August 9, 2011, the presiding judge gave preliminary approval to the settlement. The maximum amount payable to the class pursuant to the settlement agreement is approximately $0.8 million, for which we have reserved $0.9 million based on the expected volume of claims and expected fees and expenses. It is possible that a class member could object to the settlement or the court could, notwithstanding the preliminary approval, decline to approve the final settlement, in which case the parties could renegotiate another settlement agreement and/or return to litigation.

112


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Executive officers and directors

        The following table sets forth information with respect to our directors and executive officers as of August 22, 2011.

Name
  Age   Office and Position
William E. Saunders, Jr.      37   Chief Executive Officer and Director
Kyle Hanson     36   President
Chad Streff     52   Chief Technology Officer, Chief Compliance Officer and Senior Vice President
Michael Durbin     42   Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
Bridgette Roman     48   Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel
Eugene Lockhart     61   Chairman of the Board of Directors
Andrew Rush     54   Director
Lee A. Wright     39   Director
David M. Wittels     47   Director
Michael Langer     34   Director
Felix Lo     32   Director
James H. Frauenberg, Sr.      63   Director

        William E. Saunders, Jr. became our Chief Executive Officer in and has served as a Director since June 2008. Mr. Saunders served as our Chief Financial Officer from March 2006 to June 2008. Prior to joining CheckSmart, Mr. Saunders was a Vice President for Stephens, Inc., an investment bank from 2004 to 2006 and, prior to that, was an associate at Houlihan Lokey, an investment bank, SunTrust Equitable Securities, an investment bank, and Arthur Andersen, an accounting firm. Mr. Saunders currently serves as a director of Insight, to which the Company serves as an agent in offering Insight's prepaid debit card products. Mr. Saunders holds a B.S. in Business with Special Attainment in Accounting and Commerce from Washington & Lee University. Mr. Saunders brings extensive investment banking, finance, merger & acquisition, management, and strategic experience to our board of directors.

        Kyle Hanson became our President in May 2008. Mr. Hanson served as our Director of Store Operations from August 2005 to February 2008 and then as our Vice President of Store Operations from February 2008 to May 2008. Prior to August 2005, Mr. Hanson worked in various operational capacities for CheckSmart, including as a store manager and a district and regional manager. Mr. Hanson currently serves as a director of Insight, to which the Company serves as an agent in offering Insight's prepaid debit card products. Mr. Hanson holds a B.S. in Communications from Ohio University.

        Chad Streff became our Chief Technology Officer and Chief Compliance Officer in 2011 and, prior to that, served as our Chief Operating Officer and Senior Vice President since 2006. Mr. Streff served as our Chief Operating Officer, Senior Vice President and Secretary from 2006 to 2010. Prior to joining CheckSmart, Mr. Streff was President of Streff and Associates, Inc. from 1992 to 2002 and was manager of IT consulting with a regional accounting firm from 1985 to 1992. Mr. Streff holds a B.S. in accounting and pre-law and a Minor in Computer Science from Ohio University.

        Michael Durbin became our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer and a Senior Vice President effective December 31, 2010. From June 2008 to December 2010, Mr. Durbin was a Managing Director at Servius Capital LP, an investment banking firm based in Atlanta, Georgia, and during that time Mr. Durbin served as Interim Chief Financial Officer of CheckSmart. From July 1995 to June 2008, Mr. Durbin was a Senior Vice President at National City Bank, located in Cleveland, Ohio, where his

113


Table of Contents


principal business was corporate banking with a specialization in retail and retail financial services. Mr. Durbin holds a B.S.B.A. summa cum laude from Ohio University and an M.B.A. from Fisher College of Business at The Ohio State University.

        Bridgette Roman became our Senior Vice President and Secretary in January 2011. Ms. Roman has served as our General Counsel since October 2006. Before Ms. Roman became our Senior Vice President and Secretary, Ms. Roman served as our Vice President and Assistant Secretary from June 2008 to December 2010. Prior to joining CheckSmart in October 2006, Ms. Roman was Senior Corporate Counsel at Cooper Tire & Rubber Company, a global tire manufacturer. From 1995 to 2004, Ms. Roman was a litigation partner with the law firm of Schottenstein, Zox & Dunn and from 1988 to 1995 was an associate with the same firm. Ms. Roman holds a B.A. in Political Science from The Ohio State University and a J.D. from Duquesne University, School of Law.

        Eugene Lockhart became a director in May 2006. Mr. Lockhart is also Chairman of Diamond Castle's Financial Institutions Investment practice and joined Diamond Castle in 2005. Before serving as Chairman of Diamond Castle's Financial Institutions Investment practice, Mr. Lockhart was a Venture Partner for Oak Investment Partners, a venture capital firm. Mr. Lockhart has worked in a senior executive role at several organizations, including from 1993 to 1997 as President and Chief Executive Officer of MasterCard International, as Chief Executive Officer of Midland Bank plc (from 1986 to 1993), as President of the Global Retail Bank of Bank of America (from 1997 to 1999) and as President of Consumer Services at AT&T. Mr. Lockhart was, until January 2010, also Chairman of NetSpend Corporation and is Chairman of Argus Information and Advisory Services LLC. He is also a director of Tygris Commercial Finance Group, Vesta Corporation, IMS Health Inc., RadioShack Corp. and Asset Acceptance Corp. Mr. Lockhart is a former Director of RJR Nabisco Holdings, First Republic Bank and LendingTree, Inc. Mr. Lockhart holds a B.S. from the University of Virginia and an M.B.A. from The Darden School at the University of Virginia. Mr. Lockhart has held many significant positions in the financial services industry and brings extensive expertise to our board of directors.

        Andrew Rush became a director in May 2006. Mr. Rush is a Senior Managing Director at Diamond Castle, a position he has held since 2004. Before serving as a Senior Managing Director at Diamond Castle, Mr. Rush was a Managing Director for DLJ Merchant Banking Partners, which he joined in 1989. Mr. Rush is a Director of Alterra Capital Holdings, Limited and Adhesion Holdings, Inc. and a former Director of AXIS Capital Holdings Limited, Nextel Partners, Inc., neuf telecom S.A. and other companies. Mr. Rush holds a B.A., magna cum laude, from Wesleyan University, a J.D. from the University of Pennsylvania and an M.B.A. from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. Mr. Rush has an extensive history of investing in financial services companies and brings significant experience to our board of directors.

        Lee A. Wright became a director in May 2006. Mr. Wright is also a Senior Managing Director at Diamond Castle, which he joined in 2005. From 2000 to 2005, Mr. Wright was a Director at DLJ Merchant Banking Partners, a private equity firm. Mr. Wright previously worked at CSFB Private Equity (1996 to 2000) as a Vice President and Associate and was an analyst in CSFB's Investment Banking division (1994 to 1996). Mr. Wright is a Director of Professional Directional Holdings, Inc. (since 2010) and Adhesion Holdings, Inc. (since 2008) and a former Director of U.S. Express Leasing, Inc. and Frontier Drilling ASA. Mr. Wright holds a B.S., magna cum laude, from Washington & Lee University. Mr. Wright has an extensive history of investing in financial services companies and brings significant experience to our board of directors.

        David M. Wittels became a director in November 2010. Mr. Wittels is also a Senior Managing Director at Diamond Castle, a position Mr. Wittels has held since 2004. Before serving as Senior Managing Director, Mr. Wittels was a Managing Director for DLJ Merchant Banking Partners, which he joined in 1986. Mr. Wittels is a former Chairman of the Board of Arcade Holding Corp. (from 1999 to 2004) and a former Director of several companies, including Wilson Greatbatch Technologies, Inc. (1997 to 2002), Katz Media Group Inc. (1994 to 1997), Mueller Group Inc. (1999 to 2004), Advanstar

114


Table of Contents


Holdings Corp. (2000 to 2004), Jostens Inc. (2003 to 2004), Ziff Davis Holdings, Inc (2000 to 2006). Mr. Wittels holds a B.S., summa cum laude, from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. Mr. Wittels has an extensive history of investing and brings significant experience to our board of directors.

        Michael Langer became a director in May 2006. Mr. Langer is also a Principal at Diamond Castle, which he joined in 2005. Before serving as a Principal at Diamond Castle, Mr. Langer served as Vice President from September 2005 to December 2009 at Diamond Castle. Before joining Diamond Castle, Mr. Langer worked at DLJ Merchant Banking Partners and, prior to that, was an Associate at Leonard Green & Partners and an Analyst in the Investment Banking division at Deutsche Bank from 1998 to 2000. Since 2007, Mr. Langer has been a Director of Managed Health Care Associates, Inc. and Suture Express, Inc. Mr. Langer holds a B.S., magna cum laude from Boston College and an M.B.A. with Honors from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. Mr. Langer has an extensive history of investing and brings significant experience to our board of directors.

        Felix Lo became a director in April 2011. Mr. Lo is also a Principal at Golden Gate Capital, a private equity firm which he joined in 2004. From 2003 to 2004, Mr. Lo was an investment professional at Bain Capital, a private investment firm, and, prior to that, was a consultant at Bain & Company (from 2001 to 2003). Mr. Lo also serves as a director of Lantiq Holdco Sarl, which he joined in 2010, and Vistec Semiconductor Systems Holdings Ltd., which he joined in 2010. Mr. Lo holds an A.B. in Public Policy from Brown University. Mr. Lo has an extensive history of investing in a broad range of growth companies and brings significant experience to our board of directors.

        James H. Frauenberg became a director in May 2006. Mr. Frauenberg previously served as our Chief Executive Officer from May 2006 to May 2008. As his principal occupation, Mr. Frauenberg is currently a self-employed investor. Mr. Frauenberg also serves in an executive role for several organizations, including as a Manager of Buckeye Financial Services II, LLC (since December 2000), JMC Ventures, LLC (since May 2008), 7001 Post Road LLC (since September 1999), Addison Holdings, LLC (since October 2008), and Lenhart—Frauenberg Partnership, P.L.L. (since August 1993), and as a General Manager at J/M Family Limited Partnership (since January 1998). Mr. Frauenberg holds a B.A. in Business from the University of Dayton. As one of the founders of our CheckSmart companies and an entrepreneur with broad business experience, Mr. Frauenberg is qualified to serve on our board of directors. He brings extensive management, strategic and operational experience, as well as experience with our company and the industry, to our board of directors.

Director Independence

        Our board of directors has determined that each of                                    is an "independent" director within the meaning of the applicable rules of the SEC and the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules.

Board Committees

        On July 29, 2011, our board of directors created the following standing committees: the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee, and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. These committees are described below. We intend to comply with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules, which require that a majority of the directors on each of our Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Nominating and Governance Committee will be independent within 90 days of the date of this prospectus, and all of whom will be independent within one year of the date of this prospectus.

Audit Committee

        Our Audit Committee is expected to consist of                        , as Chairman,                                     as of the consummation of this offering. The Audit Committee, among other things, will oversee our

115


Table of Contents


accounting practices and processes, system of internal controls, independent auditor relationships, financial statement audits and audit and financial reporting processes. The members of our Audit Committee are expected to be independent within the meaning of the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules within the timeframes required by such rules and listing standards. Each of the committee members is financially literate within the requirements of the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules and                        is an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of the applicable rules of the SEC.

Compensation Committee

        Our Compensation Committee is expected to consist of                        , as Chairman,                                     as of the consummation of this offering. Our Compensation Committee reviews and recommends policy relating to compensation and benefits of our directors and executive officers, including evaluating executive officer performance, reviewing and approving executive officer compensation, reviewing director compensation, making recommendations to the board with respect to the approval, adoption and amendment of incentive compensation plans, administering equity-based incentive compensation and other plans and reviewing executive officer employment agreements and severance arrangements. The members of our Compensation Committee are expected to be independent within the meaning of the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules within the timeframes required by such rules.

Nominating and Governance Committee

        Our Nominating and Governance committee is expected to consist of                        , as Chairman, and Messrs.                         and                         as of the consummation of this offering. The Nominating and Governance committee's responsibilities include, among other things (a) responsibility for establishing our corporate governance guidelines, (b) overseeing the board of director's operations and effectiveness and (c) identifying, screening and recommending qualified candidates to serve on the board of directors. The members of our Nominating and Governance Committee are expected to be independent within the meaning of the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules within the timeframes required by such rules.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        Our Compensation Committee is expected to consist of                        , as Chairman, and Messrs.                         and                         as of the consummation of this offering. None of these individuals has ever been an officer or employee of ours or any of our subsidiaries. None of our executive officers serves or have served as a member of the compensation committee or other board committee performing equivalent functions of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as one of our directors or on our Compensation Committee. During 2010, Messrs. Lockhart and Wright served as members of the Compensation Committee of CheckSmart. Neither of Messrs. Lockhart and Wright was ever an officer or employee of CheckSmart or had any related person transactions with CheckSmart, and there were no relationships described under Item 407(e)(4)(iii) of Regulation S-K that existed during 2010.

Code of Ethics

        Prior to the consummation of this offering, we will adopt a written Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applicable to all officers, other employees and directors that will become effective upon completion of this offering. We intend to post the full text of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics on our website at www.ccfi.com promptly following the completion of this offering. We intend to disclose future amendments to certain provisions of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics or waivers of such provisions applicable to any director, principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, on our

116


Table of Contents


website identified above. The information on or accessible through our website is not a part of this prospectus.

Corporate Governance Guidelines

        Prior to the consummation of this offering, we will adopt Corporate Governance Guidelines to assist us with the proper management and governance of the activities of our board of directors. A complete copy of the Corporate Governance Guidelines will be available prior to the consummation of this offering on our website at www.ccfi.com. Our Corporate Governance Guidelines are expected to cover, among other topics:

    director independence;

    board structure and composition;

    board member nomination and eligibility requirements;

    board leadership and executive sessions;

    limitations on other board and committee service;

    committees of the board;

    director responsibilities;

    board and committee resources, including access to officers and employees;

    director compensation;

    director orientation and ongoing education;

    succession planning; and

    board and committee self evaluations.

Review and Approval of Related-Party Transactions

        Following the consummation of this offering, our Audit Committee will be responsible for the review and approval of all related-party transactions required to be disclosed to the public under SEC rules. This procedure will be contained in the written charter of our Audit Committee. In addition, we will maintain a written Code of Ethics that will require all employees, including our officers, to disclose to the Audit Committee any material relationship or transaction that could reasonably be expected to give rise to a personal conflict of interest. Related-party transactions will be reviewed and approved by the Audit Committee on a case-by-case basis.

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

        This Compensation Discussion and Analysis discusses the material aspects of the compensation program that applied to our executive team for 2010. This discussion includes a description of the principles underlying our executive compensation policies and our most important executive compensation decisions for 2010, and provides our analysis of those policies and decisions. This Compensation Discussion and Analysis also gives perspective to the information we present in the compensation tables and related footnotes and narratives below. We have also provided certain information about how we expect our executive compensation program to operate following this offering.

        As more fully described below, the Compensation Committee currently makes, and will continue to make, all compensation decisions for CCFI's executive officers, including the following executive

117


Table of Contents


officers named in the 2010 Summary Compensation Table below, which officers we refer to as the named executive officers:

    William E. Saunders—Chief Executive Officer;

    Kyle F. Hanson—President;

    Chad Streff—Senior Vice President, Chief Compliance Officer and Chief Technology Officer;

    Michael Durbin—Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer; and

    Bridgette C. Roman—Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary.

        Prior to the formation of CCFI on April 6, 2011, the Compensation Committee of CheckSmart Financial Holdings Corporation, which we refer to as the CheckSmart Committee, made the executive compensation decisions for the named executive officers. After CCFI was formed, CCFI's board of directors made executive compensation decisions for the named executive officers until July 29, 2011, when CCFI's board of directors formally appointed the Compensation Committee. Except as noted in the following paragraph, the actual payment of compensation for 2010 was made by, and the payment of compensation for 2011 and beyond is expected to continue to be made by, CheckSmart Financial LLC, an indirect subsidiary of CCFI.

        Prior to December 31, 2010, Mr. Durbin served as our interim Chief Financial Officer, but was not our employee. Instead, Mr. Durbin was an employee of Servius Capital and provided services to us as a consultant. Mr. Durbin became our employee effective December 31, 2010. The compensation information presented in this section and the compensation tables and related footnotes and narratives below reflects compensation paid by Servius Capital to Mr. Durbin for 2010 for the services he rendered to us for 2010, which compensation consisted of his base salary paid by Servius Capital. However, Servius Capital was ultimately responsible for deciding the amount of, and the rationale for, compensation paid to Mr. Durbin for 2010. Other than granting Mr. Durbin an option award on December 31, 2010, we did not provide any compensation to Mr. Durbin during 2010.

    Executive Summary

    2010 Business Developments and Business Results

        We are a leading retailer of alternative financial services to unbanked and underbanked consumers through a network of retail stores across 14 states. We focus on providing a wide range of convenient consumer financial products and services to help our customers manage their day-to-day financial needs, including short-term consumer loans, title loans, check cashing, prepaid debit cards, money transfers, bill payments and money orders. Although the majority of our customers have banking relationships, we believe that our customers use our financial services because they are convenient, transparent and, in many instances, more affordable than available alternatives.

        We strive to provide customers with unparalleled customer service in a safe, clean and welcoming environment. Our stores are located in highly visible, accessible locations that allow customers convenient and immediate access to our services. Our professional work environment combines high employee performance standards, incentive-based pay and a wide array of training programs to incentivize our employees to provide superior customer service. We believe that this approach has enabled us to build strong customer loyalty, putting us in a position to expand and continue to capitalize on our innovative product offerings.

        On April 29, 2011, we acquired CCCS, an alternative financial services business with similar product offerings as our predecessor, CheckSmart. CheckSmart, together with CCCS and certain other parties, executed an agreement and plan of merger, under which CCFI, a newly formed holding company, acquired all outstanding shares of both CheckSmart and CCCS. CheckSmart is our predecessor for accounting purposes and for compensation disclosure purposes.

118


Table of Contents

    Key 2010 Compensation Decisions and Actions

        The following is a summary of our key compensation decisions and actions for 2010:

    We maintained 2009 base salary levels for 2010, except for a 13% base salary increase for Ms. Roman primarily due to her assumption of our human resources and compliance department responsibilities;

    We paid most of our named executive officers a cash retention award to help retain these critical officers as our business continued to restructure and transform;

    Most of our named executive officers earned performance-based cash awards based on their achievement of milestones that helped us achieve company goals and objectives during 2010;

    Each of our participating named executive officers earned 100% of his or her target annual cash incentive award based on our achievement of EBITDA performance goals at 113% of target; and

    We did not award any equity incentive compensation to any of our named executive officers during 2010 other than Mr. Durbin, who received a new hire option award on December 31, 2010.

    Executive Compensation Philosophy & Objectives

        Beginning in July 2011, the Compensation Committee became responsible for establishing and administering our policies governing the compensation for our named executive officers. The Compensation Committee is composed entirely of non-employee directors. For 2010, however, the CheckSmart Committee made the executive compensation decisions for the named executive officers other than Mr. Durbin.

        The Compensation Committee believes that named executive officer compensation packages should incorporate an appropriate balance of fixed versus variable compensation—as well as cash-based compensation versus share-based compensation—and reward performance that is measured against established goals that correspond to our short-term and long-term business plan and objectives. CCFI's ongoing named executive officer compensation program is designed to achieve the following objectives:

    Attract and retain talented and experienced executives in the highly competitive and dynamic financial services industry;

    Motivate and reward executives whose knowledge, skills and performance are critical to our success;

    Align the interests of our executives and shareholders by motivating executives to increase shareholder value and rewarding executives when shareholder value increases, but doing so in a manner that does not encourage executives to take unreasonable risks that could threaten our viability;

    Provide a competitive compensation package which is weighted heavily towards pay for performance, and in which total compensation is primarily determined by company and individual results and the creation of shareholder value;

    Ensure fairness among the named executive officers by recognizing the relative contributions each executive makes to our success;

    Foster a shared commitment among executives by coordinating their company and individual goals; and

    Compensate our executives to manage our business to meet our long-range objectives.

119


Table of Contents

The CheckSmart Committee was motivated by this same philosophy and these same objectives when making its 2010 compensation decisions.

    Our Compensation Practices

        The Compensation Committee meets outside the presence of all of our executive officers, including the named executive officers, to consider appropriate compensation for our Chief Executive Officer, who we refer to as our CEO. The Compensation Committee is expected to annually analyze our CEO's performance and determine his base salary, annual cash bonus and long-term equity incentive awards based on its assessment of his performance. For all other named executive officers, the Compensation Committee meets outside the presence of all executive officers except our CEO. Our CEO is expected to annually review each other named executive officer's performance with the Compensation Committee and make recommendations to the Compensation Committee with respect to the appropriate base salary, annual cash bonus and the grants of long-term equity incentive awards for all executive officers, excluding himself. Based on these recommendations from our CEO and the other considerations discussed below, the Compensation Committee is expected to review and approve the annual compensation package of our executive officers other than our CEO. The annual performance reviews of our executive officers will be considered by the Compensation Committee when making decisions on setting base salary, cash bonus award and grants of long-term equity incentive awards. When making decisions on setting base salary, cash bonus award and initial grants of long-term equity incentive awards for new executive officers, the Compensation Committee is expected to consider the importance of the position to us, the past salary history of the executive officer and the contributions to be made by the executive officer to us. For 2010 compensation decisions, the Compensation Committee used substantially this same process and these same inputs for considering and setting compensation for our named executive officers other than Mr. Durbin.

        The CheckSmart Committee used for 2010, and the Compensation Committee expects to use going forward, the following principles to guide specific decisions regarding executive compensation:

    Provide compensation opportunities that are competitive in the marketplace.

        To attract and retain executives with the ability and the experience necessary to lead us and deliver strong performance to our shareholders, we strive to provide a total compensation package that is competitive with total compensation provided by other private and public companies in our industry. Although we do not specifically benchmark our compensation levels against a defined peer group, we do consider competitive market pay data important to our compensation decisions as it allows our decision-makers to obtain a general understanding of current compensation practices. To this end, our management team gathers competitive market compensation information from the following sources:

    Data in proxy statement and other filings from public financial services companies that we believe are comparable to us based on revenue (ranging from $188 million to $1.3 billion) and market capitalization (ranging from $65 million to $1.6 billion). To provide context, on a pro forma basis, our 2010 revenue was $310.4 million;

    Informal reviews of comparably sized public and private companies (measured by revenue and market capitalization); and

    Informal reviews of posted salaries on executive search sites.

        We utilize this data not to base, justify or establish particular compensation levels but to assess the overall competitiveness of our compensation packages. Our goal is to ensure that our executives are compensated at levels relatively commensurate to what they could achieve at similarly situated

120


Table of Contents


companies in our industry and in comparable executive positions in other industries. For each executive officer, we consider this general understanding in concert with the following more important factors:

    Our business need for the executive's skills;

    The contributions that the executive has made or we believe will make to our success;

    The transferability of the executive's managerial skills to other potential employers;

    The relevance of the executive's experience to other potential employers, particularly in the payments industry; and

    The readiness of the executive to assume a more significant role with another potential employer.

    Require performance goals to be achieved in order for each named executive officer's target incentive pay level to be earned.

        Our named executive officer compensation program emphasizes pay for performance, which to us means paying performance-based compensation to reward the achievement of financial and strategic goals that enhance shareholder value. Performance is measured based on achievement of company and individual executive performance goals. The goals for the company are established by the Compensation Committee, and individual performance measures are established by the Compensation Committee (and our CEO in the case of each named executive officer other than the CEO), so that achievement of the goals is not assured for a given year. Achieving payment for performance instead requires strong company performance and significant effort on the part of our executives.

    Offer the same comprehensive benefits package to all full-time employees.

        We provide a competitive benefits package to all full-time employees, which package includes health and welfare benefits, such as medical, dental, vision care, disability insurance, life insurance benefits, and potential participation in a 401(k) savings plan. These benefits are provided to support our employees' basic health and welfare needs and to provide them with tax efficient ways to save cash compensation for retirement.

    Provide fair and equitable compensation.

        We provide a total compensation program that we believe will be perceived by both our executives and our shareholders as fair and equitable. In addition to using market pay information to develop a general understanding of current compensation practices and considering individual circumstances related to each executive, we also generally consider the pay of each named executive officer relative to each other named executive officer and relative to other members of our management team. We have designed the total compensation programs for our named executive officers to be consistent with those for our executive management team as a whole.

        For 2010, in addition to the principles described above, the CheckSmart Committee utilized annual cash retention awards to help retain our named executive officers (other than Mr. Durbin and Ms. Roman) during the transformation of our business model. Although these annual cash retention awards were not tied to our or the named executive officers' performance, we again emphasized our pay for performance philosophy by providing most of our named executive officers with the opportunity to earn an additional amount equal to their annual cash retention award opportunities in the form of performance-based incentive awards. For these performance-based incentive awards, performance was measured based on achievement of certain milestones by each named executive officer, and the milestones were structured so that achievement of the milestones was not assured for 2010. Both the annual cash retention awards and performance-based incentive awards are described further below.

121


Table of Contents

    Analysis of 2010 Executive Compensation Decisions and Actions

        For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, the total compensation opportunity for our named executive officers was comprised of some or all of the following components:

    base salary;

    annual cash retention compensation;

    performance-based annual cash incentive compensation; and

    retirement & health savings contributions through the 401(k) plan and health savings accounts and executive perquisites.

    Base Salary

        While the Compensation Committee believes that the receipt of variable compensation should be based on performance, a clear objective of our executive compensation program has been and is to pay a base salary that is competitive based on the data and survey elements addressed above and geared toward retaining our named executive officers. The 2009 and 2010 base salaries of the named executive officers (other than Mr. Durbin) were set in light of their employment agreements with us. Although these base salaries were mutually agreed upon by the named executive officers and us, the base salary amounts were in each case primarily determined based on the CheckSmart Committee's review of the named executive officers' job responsibilities and historical individual contributions to the company, with particular scrutiny given to overall company financial performance during the prior year, the individuals' performance during the prior year and the individuals' expected goals and objectives for the current year.

        In September 2009, except for Mr. Durbin, based on the CheckSmart Committee's determination of the appropriate base salary for each named executive officer for 2010, we agreed to 2010 base salaries with our named executive officers, which amounts (except for Ms. Roman) were unchanged from their 2009 base salaries and are listed in the 2010 Summary Compensation Table below under the "Salary" column. For Ms. Roman, the CheckSmart Committee determined to increase her base salary from $195,000 for 2009 to $220,000 for 2010 primarily due to her assumption of our human resources and compliance department responsibilities. In the case of each other named executive officer (other than Mr. Durbin), 2010 base salaries were maintained at their 2009 levels due to the continuing transformation of our business model. For Mr. Durbin, who was an employee of Servius Capital prior to December 31, 2010, his base salary for both 2009 and 2010 was $175,000.

        Our named executive officers' current employment agreements set forth their 2011 base salaries. Mr. Durbin, however, did not enter into an employment agreement until January 2011, the day after he became one of our employees. This accounts for the sizeable increase in Mr. Durbin's base salary from 2010 to 2011. To determine 2011 base salaries, the CheckSmart Committee and board of directors reviewed the accomplishments and contributions made by the CEO. In addition, the CEO reviewed with the CheckSmart Committee the accomplishments and contributions made by each of the named executive officers under his direct and indirect supervision and provided his proposed base salary changes. After discussing the performance of each named executive officer and reviewing the recommendations made by the Executive Chairman and the CEO, and based upon the CheckSmart Committee's individual review and analysis of the data for comparable companies and positions as a

122


Table of Contents

check on its salary decisions, the CheckSmart Committee approved the following base salary changes (or new base salary for Mr. Durbin) for 2011:

Named Executive Officer
  2010 Base Salary   2011 Base Salary   % Increase  

Mr. Saunders

  $ 500,000   $ 600,000     20 %

Mr. Hanson

  $ 350,000   $ 450,000     28.5 %

Mr. Streff

  $ 330,000   $ 375,000     13.6 %

Mr. Durbin

  $ 175,000   $ 375,000     114.3 %

Ms. Roman

  $ 220,000   $ 275,000     25 %

        We expect that the Compensation Committee will determine future base salaries for our named executive officers in December each year based on the Compensation Committee's review of job responsibilities and individual contributions during the prior year, with particular reference to the following considerations:

    overall company financial performance during the prior year;

    the individual performance of each named executive officer during the prior year;

    the individual goals and objectives for each named executive officer for the current year; and

    if relevant, compensation paid by a previous employer.

    Annual Cash Retention and Performance-Based Incentive Awards

        Our named executive officers (other than Mr. Durbin and Ms. Roman) were eligible to earn cash retention compensation for 2010 (Mr. Durbin did not have an employment agreement with us at that time, and Ms. Roman's employment agreement provided for only the annual cash incentive award discussed further below). These awards were provided by us to help retain these named executive officers as our business continued to restructure and transform. Under these awards, each of the following named executive officers was eligible to receive 25% of the following time-based retention amounts in cash on each of March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31, 2010 if he remained our employee on the relevant date:

Named Executive Officer
  2010 Time-Based Retention Award  

Mr. Saunders

  $ 250,000  

Mr. Hanson

  $ 100,000  

Mr. Streff

  $ 60,000  

Mr. Durbin

  $ N/A  

Ms. Roman

  $ N/A  

        In addition, each of the named executive officers (other than Mr. Durbin and Ms. Roman) was eligible to earn an additional amount equal to 100% of the amount of his 2010 time-based retention amount listed in the table above, in 25% increments, upon the achievement of certain milestones on each of March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31, 2010. We provided these performance-based incentive awards to continue to emphasize our pay for performance philosophy and to incentivize these named executive officers to achieve milestones that help us achieve company goals and objectives.

Named Executive Officer
  2010 Performance-Based Incentive Award  

Mr. Saunders

  $ 250,000  

Mr. Hanson

  $ 100,000  

Mr. Streff

  $ 60,000  

Mr. Durbin

  $ N/A  

Ms. Roman

  $ N/A  

123


Table of Contents

        The following chart describes the milestones upon which the performance-based incentive awards were based for each of the named executive officers (other than Mr. Durbin and Ms. Roman):

Named Executive Officer
  2010 Milestones for Performance-Based Incentive Awards
Mr. Saunders  

•       Strategically evaluate the path we should follow in 2010 and beyond

•       Represent us in the legislative arena and community

•       Excellence in conceptual development of new products

•       In pursuit of new products, work to form strategic relationships with other financial service providers to market their financial products, specifically federally chartered banks and thrifts

•       Represent us in the public eye with the utmost character

Mr. Hanson

 

•       Motivate and develop all employees, and guide and direct the operations team

•       Help achieve excellence in operational performance and compliance with state and federal laws

•       Excellence in execution of new product roll out(s)

•       Focus and leadership on all the legacy markets during transition

•       Assist Mr. Saunders in the oversight and direction of all departments and employees

Mr. Streff

 

•       Motivate and develop all employees, and guide and direct the information technology and collections teams

•       Help achieve excellence in operational performance and compliance with state and federal laws

•       Excellence in execution of new product roll out(s) from an information technology and collections perspective

•       Focus and leadership in information technology's development and maintenance of: (1) new applications to support new product enrollment; (2) upgrade point of sale system to fully integrate with state-lending databases in Indiana, Florida and Michigan; and (3) compliance of all our information technology infrastructure with state and federal laws

•       Focus and leadership in the collection department's development of: (1) policies and procedures to continue to protect our reputation with respect to how debtors are treated; (2) policies and procedures to manage employee complaints within the collections department; (3) methods, strategies and process flows to manage, cure and collect our developing array of loan products; (4) upgrade of collection department information system to support operational growth; and (5) compliance of all our collections efforts with state and federal laws

Mr. Durbin

 

•       N/A

Ms. Roman

 

•       N/A

        The amounts actually earned by the named executive officers for 2010 under their annual cash retention awards and performance-based incentive awards are included in the 2010 Summary Compensation Table below under the "Bonus" and "Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation" columns, respectively. Mr. Saunders received an actual payment of his performance-based incentive award that was $15,000 above his target amount due to a Compensation Committee-approved increase for superior performance during the fourth quarter of 2010.

124


Table of Contents

    Annual Cash Incentive Awards

        In late 2009, the CheckSmart Committee, in consultation with our board of directors, approved an annual bonus program for the CEO and the other named executive officers (other than Mr. Durbin), which program is now incorporated into each of the named executive officers' employment agreements. These annual cash incentive opportunities were intended to provide a financial incentive to executives at the senior vice president level and above to drive long-term growth and recurring profitability for the company. Payout of an annual cash incentive award required each named executive officer to meet certain performance goals and required that each be employed by us at the time of payout in 2011.

        Under our 2010 executive bonus program, each of the following named executive officers was assigned the following target annual cash incentive award opportunity based on the terms of his or her employment agreement:

Named Executive Officer
  2010 Target Annual Cash Incentive Award

Mr. Saunders

  65.0% of base salary

Mr. Hanson

 

72.9% of base salary

Mr. Streff

 

53.0% of base salary

Mr. Durbin

 

N/A

Ms. Roman

 

27.3% of base salary

        Payout of the annual cash incentives was conditioned upon our achievement of an EBITDA performance target set by the CheckSmart Committee for 2010. In addition, fees paid by us pursuant to an advisory services agreement entered into by CheckSmart in 2006 were deducted in calculating net income for purposes of the EBITDA calculation. The EBITDA performance target was chosen by the CheckSmart Committee because it subjectively determined that this performance metric was appropriate for determining overall corporate performance for a company of our size and in a growth mode similar to ours during 2010. For 2010, the performance target was $63.9 million. Actual performance against the target was $72 million, which resulted in achievement of 100% of the target awards by our named executive officers. In addition, Ms. Roman's annual cash incentive payment was driven by the CheckSmart Committee's determination that she satisfied the following qualitative performance factors, which were developed to be the equivalent of the milestones utilized for the other named executive officers' performance-based incentive awards (other than Mr. Durbin):

    Cost-efficiently manage outside legal counsel expenses

    Provide legal and regulatory support on new product development

    Provide legal and regulatory support for acquisition activities

    Build a more robust state regulatory compliance program

    Manage legal, licensing, human resources and compliance departments

    Manage customer complaint resolution function

    Build our profile through involvement in community relations activities and financial education programs

        The CheckSmart Committee reviewed and approved the final annual cash incentive payout amounts in late December 2010. The Compensation Committee and our board of directors may modify or terminate our use of the annual cash incentive program at any time.

        The annual cash incentives paid to our named executive officers for 2010 are set forth below in the 2010 Summary Compensation Table under the "Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation" column. We

125


Table of Contents


believe that the cash bonuses actually paid to our named executive officers for 2010 achieved our executive compensation objectives, compared favorably to the cash bonuses paid by other financial services companies and were consistent with our emphasis on pay for performance.

    Long-Term Equity Incentive Compensation

        In our history, long-term equity incentive grants have been periodically awarded to executives, including the named executive officers, as part of their total compensation package. These awards have historically been viewed as consistent with our pay for performance principles and as aligning the interests of the executives with the interests of our shareholders. Prior to December 31, 2010, no long-term equity incentives had been awarded since 2008 due to our company's focus on retention efforts and short-term business stability as opposed to encouraging long-term performance.

        In 2010, as part of our negotiations with Mr. Durbin the result of which was that he became employed by us, the CheckSmart Committee determined to grant Mr. Durbin an award of 21,500 options (with a grant date contingent on the commencement of his employment with us, which occurred December 31, 2010) from CheckSmart as a new hire incentive award under our 2006 Management Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, which we refer to as our 2006 Plan. Pursuant to the April 2011 merger agreement, those CheckSmart Financial Holdings Corporation options were converted into options for 42,100 CCFI shares with an exercise price of $49.61 per share. The amount of this option grant was determined based on our negotiations with Mr. Durbin. These stock options are expected to vest when our Sponsor recoups its investment in this offering. The award of future options will be made based upon the Compensation Committee's review and recommendation to the board of directors of the amount of each award to be granted to each named executive officer and the board of director's approval of each award. Long-term equity incentive awards have historically been made pursuant to our 2006 Plan, which has been amended and restated as our 2011 Management Equity Incentive Plan, which we refer to as the 2011 Plan. We expect that future long-term equity incentive awards will be made pursuant to the 2011 Plan.

        Our long-term equity incentive compensation has historically been in the form of either options to acquire our common shares or stock appreciation rights. The value of both the stock options and stock appreciation rights awarded was dependent upon the value of our common shares. The Compensation Committee and management believe that, given our stage of development, stock options and stock appreciation rights are the appropriate primary vehicle to provide long-term incentive compensation to our named executive officers. Other types of long-term equity incentive awards may be considered in the future as a market for our common shares develops and our business strategy evolves.

        We expect that any future long-term equity incentive grants to named executive officers will generally fall into two categories: standard time-based option and stock appreciation rights awards and performance-based option and stock appreciation rights awards, as further described below:

    Time-based stock option and stock appreciation rights awards will be earned on the basis of continued service to us and will generally vest over five years, which we currently believe will be an adequate retention period for these types of awards.

    Performance-based stock option and stock appreciation rights awards will be earned on the basis of the company reaching certain annual targets based on EBITDA, which performance metric we believe is appropriate for measuring overall corporate performance for a company of our size and in a growth mode similar to ours.

    Other Vesting Triggers are expected to include a change in control.

        Stock option awards are expected to provide our named executive officers with the right to purchase our common shares at a fixed exercise price under the 2011 Plan. Stock appreciation rights are expected to provide our named executive officers with the right to receive the spread between a

126


Table of Contents


fixed base price for the award and the fair market value of our common shares at the time of exercise. The exercise price for each stock option and the base price for each stock appreciation right granted prior to this offering is based on the fair market value of our common shares on or near the grant date as determined by our board of directors in consultation with a valuation consultant. Following our initial public offering, any options granted will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common shares on the date of grant, and any stock appreciation right granted will have a base price equal to the fair market value of our common shares on the date of grant, where the fair market value will be defined as the closing market price of one of our common shares as reported by the applicable national stock exchange or quotation system on which the shares may be listed or quoted on the date of grant.

        The determination of the number of stock options or other awards to be granted to a named executive officer in the future is expected to be made based on performance relative to the individual's contribution to financial and strategic objectives, each individual's base salary and target bonus amount and the market pay levels for the named executive officer.

        Generally, no consideration is given to a named executive officer's share holdings or previous stock option grants in determining the number of stock options or other awards to be granted to him or her for a particular year. The Compensation Committee believes that our named executive officers should be fairly compensated each year relative to market pay levels, as described above, and relative to our other executive officers. Moreover, we believe that a long-term incentive compensation program will further our significant emphasis on pay for performance compensation because executives will realize increased value from their equity awards when they achieve goals that increase shareholder value. We do not have any requirement that named executive officers hold a specific amount of our common shares or stock options.

    Other Benefits

    Retirement savings opportunities

        All employees, subject to certain age and length of service requirements, may participate in our standard tax-qualified defined contribution (401(k)) plan, which we refer to as our 401(k) Plan. Generally, each employee may make pre-tax contributions of up to 100% of their eligible earnings up to the current Internal Revenue Service annual pre-tax contribution limits. We provide the 401(k) Plan to help employees save some amount of their cash compensation for retirement in a tax efficient manner. We also make matching contributions equal to 100% of the first 3% and 50% of the next 2% of the eligible earnings that an employee contributes to the 401(k) Plan. We provide this matching contribution because it is a customary compensation feature that we must offer to compete for employees.

    Health and welfare benefits

        All full-time employees, including our named executive officers, may participate in our health and welfare benefit programs, including medical, dental and vision care coverage, health savings accounts, disability insurance and life insurance, which we offer as a customary practice to help them provide for their basic life and health needs.

    Certain Executive Perquisites

        For 2010, we provided our named executive officers with certain executive perquisites and personal benefits, which we use to attract and retain our executive talent. These perquisites and personal benefits included an automobile allowance for Messrs. Saunders, Hanson and Streff, employer matching contributions to a health savings account for Messrs. Saunders and Hanson and Ms. Roman, rollover of accrued vacation value to a health savings account for Messrs. Saunders and Hanson, personal use of

127


Table of Contents

company-owned or company-leased aircraft for Mr. Saunders, personal trainer expenses for Messrs. Saunders, Hanson and Streff, and company-paid life insurance premiums for the benefit of Mr. Hanson. For more information about these perquisites and personal benefits, see the "2010 Summary Compensation Table" and its related footnotes below.

        Under the terms of Mr. Saunders's 2011 employment agreement amendment, we have agreed to provide Mr. Saunders with up to $25,000 of direct operating cost of personal use of company-owned or company-leased aircraft, and Mr. Saunders may designate additional passengers as seating permits on company-owned or company-leased aircraft. During 2010, Mr. Saunders did not utilize his perquisite for personal use of company-owned or company-leased aircraft.

    Share Ownership Guidelines

        Share ownership guidelines have not been implemented by the Compensation Committee for our named executive officers. We have chosen not to require pre-specified levels of share ownership given the limited market for our shares. We will continue to periodically review best practices and re-evaluate our position with respect to share ownership guidelines.

    Tax Deductibility of Executive Compensation

        Limitations on deductibility of compensation may occur under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code which generally limits the tax deductibility of compensation paid by a public company to its CEO and certain other highly compensated executive officers to $1 million in the year the compensation becomes taxable to the executive officer. There is an exception to the limit on deductibility for performance-based compensation that meets certain requirements. The Compensation Committee generally considers the deductibility of compensation when making its compensation decisions.

Compensation-Related Risk Analysis

        A team consisting of members of our management, including members from our internal legal, accounting, finance and human resources departments, along with our external legal counsel, is currently engaged in a subjective review of our compensation policies and practices that apply to all of our employees. This review is designed to evaluate, consider and analyze the extent to which, if any, our compensation policies and practices might create risks for the company, and this review also is focused on variable and incentive compensation elements, as well as policies and practices that could mitigate or balance such incentives. These team members are regularly exposed to information about our policies and practices as they relate to company-wide compensation programs and the potential creation of any risks that are likely to have a material adverse impact on the company. Although we have not yet completed this review, we do not expect to find that any of our compensation policies and practices for our employees creates any risks that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the company. The results of the review are expected to be reviewed and independently considered by the Compensation Committee.

Summary of Compensation

        The following table sets forth certain information with respect to compensation paid for the year ended December 31, 2010 by us (or our indirect subsidiary Checksmart Financial LLC) to our CEO and our three other most-highly compensated executive officers (other than Mr. Durbin) for 2010, and by Servius Capital or us to our Chief Financial Officer for his service to us for 2010. Mr. Durbin became our employee effective December 31, 2010.

128


Table of Contents

    2010 Summary Compensation Table

Name and Principal Position
  Year   Salary
($)(1)
  Bonus
($)(2)
  Option
Awards
($)(3)
  Non-
Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compensation
($)(4)
  All Other
Compensation
($)(5)
  Total
($)
 

William E. Saunders, Jr.,

    2010     518,939     250,000         590,000     29,793     1,388,732  
 

Chief Executive Officer

                                           

Kyle F. Hanson,

    2010     363,258     100,000         355,000     98,708     916,966  
 

President

                                           

Chad M. Streff,

    2010     333,125     60,000         235,000     23,503     651,628  
 

Senior Vice President, Chief Compliance Officer and Chief Technology Officer

                                           

Michael Durbin,

    2010     175,000         389,795             564,795  
 

Chief Financial Officer

                                           

Bridgette C. Roman,

    2010     221,601             60,000     6,330     287,931  
 

Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

                                           

(1)
The amounts reported in this column include $18,939 and $13,258 paid in lieu of accrued vacation to Messrs. Saunders and Hanson, respectively.

(2)
The amounts reported in this column represent the annual cash retention awards earned by most of our named executive officers for 2010. For more information about the annual cash retention awards, see "Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Analysis of 2010 Executive Compensation Decisions and Actions—Annual Cash Retention and Performance-Based Incentive Awards".

(3)
The amount reported in this column represents the grant date fair value (calculated in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or FASB ASC Topic 718)) for the option award that was granted to Mr. Durbin on December 31, 2010 based on the probable outcome of the performance condition (this also reflects the highest level of achievement of the performance condition). The assumptions upon which this amount is based are set forth in note 17 to the consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this document.

(4)
The amounts reported in this column represent the following annual cash incentive awards and performance-based incentive awards, respectively, earned by certain of our named executive officers for 2010 (Mr. Durbin did not participate in these programs): Mr. Saunders, $325,000 and $265,000; Mr. Hanson, $255,000 and $100,000; Mr. Streff, $175,000 and $60,000; and Ms. Roman, $60,000 and $0 (Ms. Roman did not participate in the performance-based incentive award program). Mr. Saunders received an additional performance-based amount of $15,000 above his target performance-based incentive award due to a Compensation Committee-approved increase for superior performance during the fourth quarter of 2010. For more information about the annual cash incentive awards, see "Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Analysis of 2010 Executive Compensation Decisions and Actions—Annual Cash Incentive Awards" and for more information about the performance-based incentive awards, see "Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Analysis of 2010 Executive Compensation Decisions and Actions—Annual Cash Retention and Performance-Based Incentive Awards".

(5)
The amounts reported in this column include: for Mr. Saunders, an automobile allowance, employer matching contribution to the 401(k) Plan, employer matching contribution and rollover of accrued vacation value to a health savings account, personal trainer expenses and health reward points; for Mr. Hanson, an automobile allowance, employer matching contribution to the 401(k) Plan, employer matching contribution and rollover of accrued vacation value to a health savings account, personal trainer expenses and $69,055 of company-paid life insurance premium expenses; for Mr. Streff, an automobile allowance, employer matching contribution to the 401(k) Plan and personal trainer expenses; and for Ms. Roman, a matching company contribution to a health savings account. Mr. Saunders did not utilize his perquisite for personal use of company-owned or company-leased aircraft during 2010. None of the amounts reported in this column, if not a perquisite or personal benefit, exceeds $10,000 or, if a perquisite or personal benefit, exceeds the greater of $25,000 or 10% of the total amount of perquisites and personal benefits for the officer, except as provided in this footnote.

129


Table of Contents

    2010 Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table

Name   Grant Date   Estimated Possible Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards   Estimated Future Payouts Under Equity Incentive Plan Awards   Exercise or Base Price of Option Awards ($/Sh)   Grant Date Fair Value of Share and Option Awards ($)  
 
   
  Threshold
($)
  Target
($)
  Maximum
($)
  Threshold
(#)
  Target
(#)
  Maximum
(#)
   
   
 

Mr. Saunders

            325,000 (1)                        

            250,000 (2)                        

Mr. Hanson

   
   
   
255,000

(1)
 
   
   
   
   
   
 

            100,000 (2)                        

Mr. Streff

   
   
   
175,000

(1)
 
   
   
   
   
   
 

            60,000 (2)                        

Mr. Durbin

   
12/31/10

(3)
 
   
   
   
   
21,500
   
   
97.14
   
389,795
 

Ms. Roman

   
   
   
60,000

(1)
 
   
   
   
   
   
 

(1)
These amounts represent the annual cash incentive award opportunities for our named executive officers for 2010 (Mr. Durbin did not participate in this program). For more information about the annual cash incentive awards, see "Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Analysis of 2010 Executive Compensation Decisions and Actions—Annual Cash Incentive Awards".

(2)
These amounts represents the performance-based incentive award opportunities for our named executive officers for 2010 (Mr. Durbin and Ms. Roman did not participate in these programs). For more information about the performance-based incentive awards, see "Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Analysis of 2010 Executive Compensation Decisions and Actions—Annual Cash Retention and Performance Based Incentive Awards".

(3)
Reflects the option award granted to Mr. Durbin on December 31, 2010 that will vest if our Sponsor recoups its investment in this offering or upon a change in control, but does not reflect the conversion of this award into an option for 42,100 CCFI shares with an exercise price of $49.61 per share pursuant to the April 2011 merger agreement. This award was made under the 2006 Plan, and the exercise price was determined based on a recent valuation.

    Employment Agreements

        We have entered into management employment agreements with each of our named executive officers. Each of these agreements provides for certain severance payments. These arrangements were designed to help ensure the retention of our senior executive team. The material details of each named executive officer's employment agreement are described below:

Named Executive Officer
  Term of
Agreement(1)
  2011 Base
Salary
Under
Agreement
  2011 Annual
Cash
Incentive
Award
Opportunity
Under Agreement
  2011 Performance-
Based Incentive
Award Under
Agreement(2)
  2011 Employment
Agreement
Bonus
Payment(3)
  Severance
Payments and
Benefits Under
Certain
Circumstances?

Mr. Saunders

  December 31, 2011   $ 600,000   $ 300,000   $ 400,000     N/A   Yes

Mr. Hanson

  December 31, 2011   $ 450,000   $ 175,000   $ 100,000     N/A   Yes

Mr. Streff

  December 31, 2011   $ 375,000   $ 125,000   $ 100,000     N/A   Yes

Mr. Durbin

  December 31, 2013   $ 375,000   $ 125,000   $ 100,000     N/A   Yes

Ms. Roman

  December 31, 2011   $ 275,000   $ 75,000   $ 56,250   $ 18,750   Yes

(1)
Each agreement's term may be automatically extended as described in the narratives below.

(2)
These amounts represent the performance-based incentive award opportunities for our named executive officers for 2011.

(3)
This amount represents a bonus paid to Ms. Roman on the commencement of her 2011 employment agreement.

130


Table of Contents

    Mr. Saunders

        In 2006, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Saunders, which employment agreement was amended in May 2008 and March 2009, and further amended on January 1, 2011. The employment agreement currently runs through December 31, 2011, subject to automatic one-year renewals absent 90 days' prior notice of non-extension provided by us or Mr. Saunders. Mr. Saunders's employment agreement specifies his duties and responsibilities, his base salary for 2011 and subsequent years and his annual cash incentive award target for 2011 and subsequent years based on performance against company financial goals. The employment agreement also describes Mr. Saunders's other compensation arrangements, including his participation in company benefit plans and his entitlement to equity awards and a performance-based incentive award in 2011 and subsequent years based on his achievement of individual performance goals. Mr. Saunders is also entitled to an annual perquisite of $25,000 in personal use of company-owned or company-leased aircraft (including the ability to designate additional passengers as seating permits on company-owned or company-leased aircraft), plus other perquisites offered by us. In the event that Mr. Saunders's employment with us is terminated, he is entitled under the employment agreement to certain benefits and payments. These benefits and payments are further described below under "Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control".

    Messrs. Hanson, Streff and Durbin and Ms. Roman

        In 2006, we entered into an employment agreements with each of Messrs. Hanson and Streff, which employment agreements were amended in July 2008 and further amended on January 1, 2011. We also entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Durbin on January 1, 2011 and with Ms. Roman on April 1, 2011. The employment agreements for Messrs. Hanson and Streff and Ms. Roman currently run through December 31, 2011, subject to automatic one-year renewals absent 90 days' prior notice of non-extension provided by us or the executive. Mr. Durbin's employment agreement currently runs through December 31, 2013, also subject to automatic one-year renewals absent 90 days' prior notice of non-extension provided by us or the executive. The employment agreements specify each executive's duties and responsibilities, his or her base salary for 2011 and subsequent years and his or her annual cash incentive award target for 2011 and subsequent years based on performance against company financial goals. The employment agreements also describe each executive's other compensation arrangements, including his or her participation in company benefit plans and his or her entitlement to equity awards and a performance-based incentive award in 2011 and subsequent years based on his or her achievement of individual performance goals. Each executive is also entitled to perquisites offered by us. In the event that any of the executives' employment with us is terminated, he or she is entitled under his or her employment agreement to certain benefits and payments. These benefits and payments are further described below under "Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control".

131


Table of Contents

    Outstanding Equity Awards at 2010 Fiscal Year-End Table

 
  Option Awards  
Name   Grant Date   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable(1)
  Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options
(#)(2)
  Option
Exercise
Price ($)
  Option
Expiration
Date
 

Mr. Saunders

    12/31/2008     29,168     0         36.00     12/31/2018  

    12/31/2008             29,168     36.00     12/31/2018  

Mr. Hanson

   
5/9/2006
   
5,814
   
1,163
   
   
103.50
   
5/9/2016
 

    6/4/2007     1,453     291         123.71     6/4/2017  

    12/31/2008     12,500     0         36.00     12/31/2018  

    12/31/2008             12,500     36.00     12/31/2018  

Mr. Streff

   
5/9/2006
   
11,628
   
2,326
   
   
103.50
   
5/9/2016
 

    12/31/2008     10,750     0         36.00     12/31/2018  

    12/31/2008             10,750     36.00     12/31/2018  

Mr. Durbin

   
12/31/2010
   
   
   
21,500
   
97.14
   
4/30/2016
 

Ms. Roman

   
12/31/2008
   
2,000
   
0
   
   
36.00
   
12/31/2018
 

(1)
These options or stock appreciation rights vested on May 1, 2011.

(2)
These amounts represent performance-based stock option or stock appreciation rights grants that will vest if our Sponsor recoups its investment in this offering or upon a change in control. We expect these options or stock appreciation rights will vest upon consummation of this offering.

    2006 Management Equity Incentive Plan and 2011 Management Equity Incentive Plan

        In 2006, we adopted the 2006 Plan as our omnibus equity plan (we also amended the 2006 Plan in July 2007). Under the 2006 Plan, we were permitted to grant stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted shares and restricted stock units (including dividend equivalent rights in conjunction with any award) to employees and consultants to help attract and retain key personnel and provide incentives to participants. The 2006 Plan was administered by our board of directors. During 2010, we did not grant any equity awards under the 2006 Plan. As described in "Compensation Discussion and Analysis" above, the 2006 Plan has been amended and restated as our 2011 Plan, which we expect will be utilized in substantially the same manner as the 2006 Plan.

    2010 Option Exercises and Shares Vested

        None of our named executive officers exercised any stock options and none of our named executive officers had restricted shares that vested during 2010.

    Pension Benefits

        We do not maintain any defined benefit plans or other plans with specified retirement benefits in which our named executive officers participate.

132


Table of Contents

    Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

        We do not maintain any nonqualified deferred compensation plans in which our named executive officers participate.

    Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

        We have entered into certain agreements and are a party to certain arrangements effective for 2011 and beyond that will require us to provide compensation and other benefits to the named executive officers in the event of a termination of their employment or a change in control of the company. The following paragraphs describe the potential payments and benefits payable upon such termination or change in control for each named executive officer effective for 2011 and beyond.

    Termination by us without cause, or termination by named executive officer for good reason

        Our management employment agreements provide that if we terminate a named executive officer's employment without cause, or if a named executive officer terminates his or her employment for good reason, the named executive officer is entitled to receive the following payments and benefits (less applicable withholding taxes):

    with respect to Mr. Saunders, one year of his annual base salary following the date of termination, plus his annual cash incentive award that he otherwise would have earned for the year in which the termination occurred;

    with respect to Messrs. Durbin, Hanson and Streff and Ms. Roman, his or her annual base salary for the longer of (1) the remainder of the year in which the termination occurs or (2) 90 days following the date of termination, plus any annual cash incentive award that he or she otherwise would have earned for the year in which the termination occurred; and

    any accrued but unpaid performance-based incentive award.

        In addition, upon any such termination, all named executive officers would receive payments related to accrued and unpaid expenses, base salary and vacation pay, benefits and a continuation of all health and welfare benefits described above under "Compensation Disclosure and Analysis" for the period of time they are receiving base salary continuation payments.

        These payments and benefits are subject to the execution of a general release by the named executive officers and are subject to covenants not to compete with us, covenants not to solicit our employees and covenants not to solicit our customers or suppliers, in each case for a period of up to one year following termination and, in the case of Ms. Roman, subject to certain exceptions based on Ohio law applicable to attorneys.

        "Cause" is generally defined under the management employment agreements to include:

    the conviction or entry of a plea of nolo contendere or guilty to a felony;

    a material violation of such named executive officer's employment agreement that is not cured within a 20-day cure period following notice of such violation;

    the commission of an act of fraud, embezzlement, misappropriation, breach of fiduciary duty or an act of dishonesty against the company;

    the failure to perform such named executive officer's duties or the performance of such duties in a grossly negligent manner or the commission of an act of willful misconduct; or

    habitual drug addiction or intoxication.

        "Good reason" is generally defined under the management employment agreements to include a reduction in the executive's base salary or non-timely payment of base salary or an earned annual cash incentive award, a material reduction in the executive's responsibilities, in each case subject to a cure period, or the requirement that the executive relocate more than a de minimis distance. It is also

133


Table of Contents


defined in the employment agreements for Messrs. Durbin and Saunders and Ms. Roman as including a violation of the employment agreement by us, subject to a cure period.

    Termination by us for cause or by named executive officer for other than good reason, death or disability

        We are not obligated to make any cash payment or provide any benefit to our named executive officers if their employment is terminated by us for cause or by the named executive officer without good reason, other than the payment of accrued and unpaid base salary, vacation pay, annual cash incentive award, expenses and benefits.

    Termination upon death

        In the event of termination due to death, we are obligated to pay the named executive officer's accrued and unpaid expenses, base salary, vacation pay, annual cash incentive award and benefits, pay a pro-rata portion of the executive's annual cash incentive award for the year in which the termination occurred, pay the accrued and unpaid performance-based incentive award, and provide continued health and welfare benefits to the executive's spouse and dependents for twelve months.

    Termination upon disability

        In the event of termination due to disability, we are obligated to pay the named executive officer's accrued and unpaid expenses, base salary, vacation pay, and benefits, pay the annual cash incentive award otherwise earned for the year in which the termination occurred, pay his or her annual base salary and provide continued health and welfare benefits for the later, in the case of Mr. Saunders, and earlier, in the case of the other named executive officers, of (1) six months or (2) the period before which the named executive officer becomes entitled to long-term disability benefits under the applicable plan or program, and pay the accrued and unpaid performance-based incentive award.

    Additional arrangements

        Under his employment agreement, Mr. Durbin is entitled to receive a one-time change in control bonus of $500,000 if (1) we experience a change in control, (2) Mr. Durbin remains employed with us through the date of the change in control and (3) our Sponsor recoups its investment in the company. Additionally, under the terms of the unvested equity awards described above in the "Outstanding Equity Awards at 2010 Fiscal Year-End Table", these performance-based stock option or stock appreciation rights grants will vest if our Sponsor recoups its investment at a specified level as a result of this offering or a change in control.

    Tabular disclosure

        Based on a hypothetical termination and/or change in control occurring on December 31, 2010, the following table describes the potential payments and benefits our named executive officers would have received upon such termination or change in control under the terms of their employment agreements in effect on December 31, 2010 (other than with respect to Mr. Durbin, whose employment agreement did not become effective until January 1, 2011). Note that these amounts and benefits may differ from the descriptions provided above as termination or change in control arrangements as of December 31,

134


Table of Contents

2010 were governed by historical employment agreements, and are based on the assumption that the change in control occurred prior to Mr. Durbin's employment.


Potential Payments Upon Termination of Employment and/or a Change in Control Table

Name   Benefits and Payments   Involuntary
Termination
Without Cause /
Resignation for
Good Reason
($)(1)
  Involuntary
Termination
For Cause /
Resignation
Without Good
Reason ($)(1)
  Termination
Due to
Death
($)(1)
  Termination
Due to
Disability
($)(2)
  Additional
Payment Upon
Change in
Control ($)(3)
 

William E. Saunders, Jr.(4)

                                   

  Salary Continuation     500,000     0     0     250,000     0  

  Annual Cash Incentive Award     0     0     0     0     0  

  Annual Cash Retention Award     0     0     0     0     0  

  Performance-Based Incentive Award     0     0     0     0     0  

  Health and Welfare Benefits Continuation     4,979     0     4,979     2,490     0  

  Equity Vesting     0     0     0     0     1,783,332  
                           

Total

        504,979     0     4,979     252,490     1,783,332  

Kyle F. Hanson(5)

                                   

  Salary Continuation     86,301     0     0     175,000     0  

  Annual Cash Incentive Award     0     0     0     0     0  

  Annual Cash Retention Award     0     0     0     0     0  

  Performance-Based Incentive Award     0     0     0     0     0  

  Health and Welfare Benefits Continuation     1,782     0     1,782     3,557     0  

  Equity Vesting     0     0     0     0     764,250  
                           

Total

        88,083     0     88,083     178,557     764,250  

Chad M. Streff(5)

                                   

  Salary Continuation     81,370     0     0     165,000     0  

  Annual Cash Incentive Award     0     0     0     0     0  

  Annual Cash Retention Award     0     0     0     0     0  

  Performance-Based Incentive Award     0     0     0     0     0  

  Health and Welfare Benefits Continuation(6)     0     0     0     0     0  

  Equity Vesting     0     0     0     0     657,255  
                           

Total

        81,370     0     0     165,000     657,255  

Bridgette C. Roman(7)

                                   

  Salary Continuation     220,000     0     0     54,247     220,000  

  Annual Cash Incentive Award     0     0     0     0     0  

  Annual Cash Retention Award     0     0     0     0     0  

  Performance-Based Incentive Award     0     0     0     0     0  

  Health and Welfare Benefits Continuation     0     0     0     0     0  

  Equity Vesting     0     0     0     0     122,280  
                           

Total

        220,000     0     0     54,247     342,280  

(1)
Assumes that all accrued base salary and vacation pay, expenses and benefits through December 31, 2010 have been paid as of December 31, 2010, and that all annual cash incentive awards, annual cash retention awards and performance-based incentive awards, as applicable, have been earned and paid for 2010 as of December 31, 2010. Also assumes that Ms. Roman is not entitled to any vested deferred compensation.

(2)
Assumes that, except for Ms. Roman, continued health and welfare benefits are provided for six months. For Ms. Roman, assumes base salary continuation is paid for 90 days.

(3)
The values reported as equity vesting in this column represent the assumed value for each named executive officer of the vesting of his or her unvested equity awards described above in the "Outstanding Equity Awards at 2010 Fiscal Year-End Table" upon a change in control occurring on December 31, 2010. These values represent the product of (A) the spread between the exercise price for his or her unvested equity awards ($36.00) and an assumed value for our common shares on

135


Table of Contents

    December 31, 2010 of $97.14 per share (based on a recent valuation) and (B) the number of common shares subject to the accelerated award.

(4)
For an involuntary termination without cause or resignation for good reason, Mr. Saunders was entitled to receive continued base salary and health and welfare benefits for 12 months. For a termination due to death, Mr. Saunders was entitled to receive continued health and welfare benefits for 12 months. For a termination due to disability, Mr. Saunders was entitled to receive continued base salary and health and welfare benefits for the longer of six months or until the date he became entitled to long-term disability benefits under our plans and programs.

(5)
For an involuntary termination without cause or resignation for good reason, Messrs. Hanson and Streff were each entitled to receive continued base salary and health and welfare benefits for 90 days. For a termination due to death, Messrs. Hanson and Streff were each entitled to receive continued health and welfare benefits for 12 months. For a termination due to disability, Messrs. Hanson and Streff were each entitled to receive continued base salary and health and welfare benefits for the longer of six months or until the date he became entitled to long-term disability benefits under our plans and programs.

(6)
Reflects the fact that Mr. Streff did not receive health and welfare coverage from the company during 2010.

(7)
For an involuntary termination without cause or resignation for good reason, or for a termination after a change in control, Ms. Roman was entitled to receive 12 months of her base salary and other ancillary benefits. For a termination due to disability, Ms. Roman was entitled to receive continued base salary for up to 90 days (until she became entitled to disability benefits under our plans and programs).

Director Compensation

        During 2010, Eugene Lockhart, Lee Wright, James Frauenberg, Sr., Michael Langer, Felix Lo, Andrew Rush and David Wittels served as our non-employee directors. None of these non-employee directors received compensation from us for their service on our board of directors.

136


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

        The following table sets forth certain information as of                        , 2011 regarding the beneficial ownership of our outstanding common equity, by:

    each person or entity known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding common shares;

    each of our directors and named executive officers; and

    all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

        Beneficial ownership of shares is determined under rules of the SEC and generally includes any shares over which a person exercises sole or shared voting or investment power. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, common shares subject to options held by that person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of            , 2011 are deemed outstanding. These shares, however, are not deemed outstanding for the purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Except as indicated in the footnotes to this table and as provided pursuant to applicable community property laws, the shareholders named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares set forth opposite each shareholder's name. This table assumes no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase up to an aggregate of                        additional common shares from the selling shareholders. Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each of the persons listed below is: c/o Community Choice Financial Inc., 7001 Post Road, Suite 200, Dublin, Ohio 43016.

 
   
   
   
   
   
  Shares Beneficially
Owned After This
Offering (assuming
the underwriters
exercise their option to purchase additional
shares in full)
 
  Shares Beneficially Owned Prior to This Offering    
  Shares Beneficially Owned After This Offering
 
  Number
of Shares Being
Offered
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
  Number   Percentage   Number   Percentage   Number   Percentage

Diamond Castle Holdings

                           
 

c/o Diamond Castle Holdings, LLC
280 Park Avenue
25th floor, East Tower
New York, NY 10017

                           

Golden Gate Capital Investment

                           
 

One Embarcadero Center, Ste 3900
San Francisco, CA 94111

                           

James H. Frauenberg 1998 Trust

                           
 

c/o James Frauenberg
1310 Old Stickney Point Rd., Unit EP2
Sarasota, FL 34242

                           

William E. Saunders, Jr. 

                           

Kyle Hanson

                           

Chad Streff

                           

Michael Durbin

                           

Bridgette Roman

                           

Eugene Lockhart

                           

Lee A. Wright

                           

James H. Frauenberg, Sr. 

                           

Michael Langer

                           

Felix Lo

                           

Andrew Rush

                           

David M. Wittels

                           

All selling shareholders as a group (         entities)

                           

All executive officers and directors as a group (         individuals)

                           

137


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Advisory Services and Monitoring Agreement

        Upon closing of the Transactions in April 2011, we, along with CheckSmart and CCCS, entered into an Advisory Services and Monitoring Agreement with Diamond Castle and Golden Gate Capital, which together own approximately 75% of our outstanding common shares prior to the consummation of this offering. The Advisory Services and Monitoring Agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering. Pursuant to this agreement, Diamond Castle and Golden Gate Capital provide us with various financial advisory and other services. Under this agreement, we paid Diamond Castle an initial fee of $3.8 million in consideration of the advisory services they provided in connection with the Transactions and we will pay Diamond Castle and Golden Gate Capital (or any of their respective designees to our board of directors) a quarterly fee on the first day of each calendar quarter, which is equal to the greater of $150,000 or 25% multiplied by 1.5% of our average EBITDA for the previous 12-month period ending on the last day of the quarter immediately preceding the date the quarterly fee is due. We are also required under the agreement to pay Diamond Castle and Golden Gate Capital (or any of their respective designees to our board of directors) 1% of the total value (as determined on the basis set forth in the agreement) of any acquisition or merger by us, any sale of the equity or assets of our company, any sale or recapitalization or restructuring of equity or debt securities by our company and any other similar transaction. These fees will be apportioned 78% to Diamond Castle and 22% to Golden Gate Capital unless certain specified changes in ownership percentages occur. Diamond Castle and Golden Gate Capital are also entitled to reimbursement from us for reasonable fees incurred in connection with the provision of services the agreement contemplates. The term of the Advisory Services and Monitoring Agreement is for five years and will automatically renew on each anniversary so that the term is five years from the date of such renewal. The Advisory Services and Monitoring Agreement may be terminated by the joint written approval of Diamond Castle and Golden Gate Capital at any time prior to the consummation of an initial public offering and shall terminate automatically with respect to each of Diamond Castle and Golden Gate Capital if their respective equity ownership in our company falls below certain specified percentage. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, we paid Diamond Castle fees of $1.2 million, $0.8 million and $0.8 million, respectively, and CCCS paid Golden Gate fees of $0.8 million for each of these periods. For the six-month period ended June 30, 2011, we paid combined fees of $0.8 million.

        When the Advisory Services and Monitoring Agreement is automatically terminated as a result of this offering, we will pay Diamond Castle and Golden Gate Capital (or any of their designees), at the time of such termination, a cash lump-sum termination fee equal to the net present value of the amount of the aggregate quarterly fees that otherwise would have been payable from us to Diamond Castle or Golden Gate, as the case may be, from the date of such termination until                        , calculated using an agreed upon discount rate.

Insight Agent Agreements

        In connection with offering prepaid debit card services, we entered into agent agreements with Insight, the provider of our prepaid debit card products. William Saunders, our Chief Executive Officer and a director, and Kyle Hanson, our President, are also directors and minority shareholders of Insight, with a combined ownership of approximately 15% of the equity interests thereof. The agent agreements between us and Insight were negotiated on an arm's length basis with terms that our management believes are standard for the market. During the six-month period ended June 30, 2011 and the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, our revenues from fees paid pursuant to this agreement were $8.4 million, $9.9 million and $0.1 million, respectively.

138


Table of Contents

Registration Rights

        Our shareholders have certain registration rights under the Shareholders Agreement. For a description of these registration rights, see "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights".

Corporate Office and Certain Branches

        The property at which our corporate office is located is owned and operated by affiliates of Mr. Frauenberg, Mr. Streff and Michael Lenhart, an affiliate of certain of our shareholders. Certain properties where our branches are located are owned and operated by affiliates of Mr. Frauenberg and Mr. Lenhart. Rent paid to these related parties was $1.8 million, $1.8 million and $1.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Line of Credit

        On December 31, 2008 we entered into a $5.0 million line of credit with Diamond Castle. The line of credit bears interest at 20% and matured in February 2011. Interest expense and unused line fees recognized on this borrowing totaled $0.3 million for the each of the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. During 2008, we entered into an agreement with Diamond Castle, whereby Diamond Castle put up a deposit of $5.0 million on a non-recourse basis to support the risk associated with our treasury management activities. Fees associated with this collateral support were $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 and $0.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011.

139


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

        The following is a summary of the key terms of the agreements governing our material indebtedness that will be outstanding after the completion of this offering. The following summary is not a complete description of all of the terms of the agreements governing our indebtedness.

Revolving Credit Facility

        Our revolving credit facility provides for revolving credit financings of up to $40.0 million and matures April 29, 2015.

        Interest Rates and Fees.    At our option, loans under our revolving credit facility bear interest at LIBOR plus 5.00% per annum or an alternative base rate (determined to be the greatest of the prime rate, the federal funds effective rate plus 0.5% or LIBOR plus 1%) plus 4.00% per annum.

        In addition, we pay a commitment fee of 0.75% of the undrawn portion of our revolving credit facility, together with customary letter of credit fees.

        Guarantees and Security.    All obligations under our revolving credit facility are our primary obligation and are guaranteed jointly and severally by each of our restricted subsidiaries. All obligations under our revolving credit facility, and the guarantees of those obligations, together with certain hedging obligations owed to lenders and affiliates of lenders under the revolving credit facility, are secured by substantially all of our assets and the guarantors on a first-priority basis (except with respect to the certain collateral securing the Alabama revolving credit facility, as described below). A collateral agreement governs all arrangements in respect of the collateral, including the application of proceeds from enforcement actions taken against the collateral, first to repay obligations to our lenders under the revolving credit facility (and certain associated hedging obligations) prior to making any payments to the holders of our senior notes.

        Restrictive Covenants and Other Matters.    Our revolving credit facility restricts our ability to, among other things:

    incur, assume or permit to exist additional indebtedness or guarantees;

    incur liens;

    engage in mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, liquidations or dissolutions;

    make investments, loans or acquisitions;

    engage in asset sales;

    engage in sale-leaseback transactions;

    engage in derivative transactions;

    pay dividends, make distributions or redeem or repurchase capital stock;

    prepay, redeem or purchase certain indebtedness, including the senior notes;

    enter into agreements or arrangements that block dividends or payments from subsidiaries or contain restrictions on the pledge of assets;

    amend or otherwise alter terms of certain material documents;

    engage in transactions with affiliates; and

    make capital expenditures.

140


Table of Contents

        Our revolving credit facility also contains customary representations and warranties and customary affirmative covenants as well as a covenant requiring us to maintain a leverage ratio, defined as consolidated total indebtedness less excess cash, divided by pro forma adjusted EBITDA, not to exceed 5.0 to 1 as of the end of each quarter when loans under the facility are outstanding. Though we did not have any loans outstanding as of such time, our leverage ratio as of June 30, 2011 was 3.5 to 1. Our revolving credit facility also includes customary events of defaults, including certain changes of control. If such an event of default occurs, the lenders under our revolving credit facility would be entitled to take various actions, including the acceleration of amounts due thereunder and all actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor (subject to the terms of the collateral agreement).

Alabama Facility

        In connection with the offering of our senior notes, we amended and restated the credit agreement governing our Alabama subsidiary's existing revolving credit facility, which we refer to as the Alabama Facility, to allow our Alabama subsidiary to provide a guarantee of and security with respect to our obligations under the senior notes and our revolving credit facility and to allow our Alabama subsidiary to make certain distributions in accordance with the indenture governing the senior notes.

        Size and Maturity.    The Alabama Facility provides a revolving credit commitment of up to $7.0 million. As of June 30, 2011, our Alabama subsidiary did not have any borrowings outstanding under the Alabama Facility. The Alabama Facility matures on July 31, 2013.

        Interest Rates and Fees.    Loans drawn under the Alabama Facility bear interest at Republic Bank of Chicago's prime rate plus 1.0% per annum, with a 5.00% floor.

        Security.    All obligations under the Alabama Facility, are secured on a first-priority basis by the assets of our Alabama subsidiary, and our senior notes and our revolving credit agreement are secured on a second-priority basis by the same collateral. An intercreditor agreement governs the lien priority with respect to this shared collateral.

        Restrictive Covenants.    The Alabama Facility restricts our Alabama subsidiary's ability to incur additional indebtedness, contingent liabilities and liens, make distributions to its equity holders and enter into certain merger and asset sale transactions. The Alabama Facility also requires our Alabama subsidiary to maintain certain financial ratios in order to draw under the facility as well as to maintain a minimum level of current asset coverage as compared to the amount of loans outstanding. The amended and restated Alabama Facility allows our Alabama subsidiary to pay quarterly distributions to the owners of its equity interests to the extent its quarterly earnings exceed the amount of capital expenditures made and changes in net working capital, in each case, during the applicable quarter.

Senior Notes

        In April 2011, we completed an offering of $395 million in aggregate principal amount of our 10.75% senior secured notes due 2019, which we refer to as the senior notes. The senior notes bear interest at 10.75% per annum, payable semi-annually, and will mature in May 2019.

        The senior notes are our senior secured obligations, rank senior in right of payment to all our future debt that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the senior notes, and rank equally in right of payment with all our existing and future liabilities that are not so subordinated, including our obligations under our revolving credit facility. The senior notes are guaranteed by each of our restricted subsidiaries that existed on the issue date of the senior notes and any future restricted subsidiaries that guarantee indebtedness of the issuer of the senior notes or indebtedness of any other subsidiary guarantor. Each of the guarantees ranks senior in right of payment to all of the applicable subsidiary guarantor's future debt that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to such guarantee, and ranks equally in right of payment with all of such subsidiary guarantor's existing and future liabilities that are

141


Table of Contents

not so subordinated, including the applicable subsidiary guarantor's guarantee of our obligations under our revolving credit facility.

        The senior notes and the related guarantees are secured on a first-priority basis along with our obligations under our revolving credit facility by substantially all of our and the subsidiary guarantors' assets, subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens, including liens securing the Alabama Facility. In the event of enforcement of the liens securing the senior notes and the related guarantees, the proceeds thereof will first be applied to repay obligations under our revolving credit facility. The senior notes and the related guarantees are structurally subordinated to all existing and future liabilities (including trade payables) and preferred shares of any of our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the senior notes, and effectively senior to our and the subsidiary guarantors' indebtedness that is unsecured or that is secured by junior liens to the extent of the value of the collateral securing the senior notes and the related guarantees (after giving effect to permitted liens and the application of proceeds to repay obligations under our revolving credit facility).

        Prior to May 1, 2015, we may redeem some or all of the senior notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date, plus an applicable "make whole" premium amount. We may redeem the senior notes for a price of 105.375% beginning on May 1, 2015, 102.688% beginning on May 1, 2016 and 100% beginning on May 1, 2017, in each case, plus accrued and unpaid interest. Prior to May 1, 2014, we may also redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the senior notes with the net proceeds from certain equity offerings. During each 12-month period commencing on the issue date of the senior notes and ending on or prior to May 1, 2015, we may also redeem up to 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the senior notes, at a price equal to 103% of the aggregate principal amount of the senior notes being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any. Upon the occurrence of certain events constituting a change of control, we may be required to make an offer to repurchase the senior notes at a price equal to 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any.

        The indenture governing the senior notes contains covenants that limit our and our restricted subsidiaries' ability to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness, issue preferred shares, pay dividends, redeem debt, make certain loans or investments, enter into agreements to restrict distributions from subsidiaries, sell assets, incur liens, and consolidate or merge with another entity.

142


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

        The following is a summary of the rights of our capital stock, certain provisions of our articles of incorporation and our code of regulations that will be effective upon the completion of this offering, and certain provisions of applicable law. For more detailed information, please see our articles of incorporation and code of regulations, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Authorized Capitalization

        Immediately following the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of shares, with a par value of $0.01 per share, of which:

    shares will be designated as common shares; and

    shares will be designated as preferred shares.

Common Shares

        Following the completion of this offering, each outstanding common share will be entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders. Pursuant to our articles of incorporation, holders of our common shares will not have the right to cumulate votes in elections of directors. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding preferred shares, holders of our common shares will be entitled to receive ratably such dividends as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of legally available funds. For additional information, see "Dividend Policy". In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of common shares will be entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities and any amounts due to the holders of preferred shares. Holders of our common shares will have no preemptive, conversion or subscription rights. No redemption or sinking fund provisions will apply to our common shares. All common shares to be outstanding upon completion of this offering will be fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Shares

        Our articles of incorporation authorize our board of directors, without shareholder approval, to designate and issue up to                                     preferred shares in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed upon each such series of preferred shares, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preference, sinking fund terms, subscription rights and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of a series. Our board of directors can issue, without shareholder approval, preferred shares with voting and conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power of the holders of common shares and reduce the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments or payments upon liquidation. Such issuance could have the effect of decreasing the market price of the common shares. The issuance of preferred shares or even the ability to issue preferred shares could also have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change of control or other corporate action. Immediately after the completion of this offering, no preferred shares will be outstanding, and we currently have no plans to issue any preferred shares.

Registration Rights

        Our shareholders have certain registration right under the Shareholders Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2011, among us and our shareholders. Diamond Castle has demand registration rights with respect to the common shares it owns. Golden Gate Capital has demand registration rights with respect

143


Table of Contents


to the common shares it owns upon the earlier of (i) six months after Diamond Castle consummates a demand registration and (ii) one year after the consummation of an initial public offering of our common shares. We are not be obligated to effect (a) more than five demand registrations by Diamond Castle, (b) more than two demand registrations by Golden Gate Capital, (c) any demand registration unless the aggregate gross proceeds expected to received from the sale of the securities requested to be included by all registering shareholders in such demand registration are at least $50 million (unless such securities identified in the demand registration constitute all remaining securities held by the requesting shareholder) or (d) more than one demand registration during any six-month period. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement for up to 90 days no more than twice and for no more than 120 days in the aggregate in any twelve-month period if our board of directors determines in good faith that the filing would be materially detrimental to us or our ability to effect a proposed material acquisition, disposition, financing, reorganization, recapitalization or similar transaction.

        If we register any securities for public sale, our shareholders have piggyback registration rights under the Shareholders Agreement to include their shares in the registration, subject to specified exceptions. We must pay all expenses, except for underwriters' discounts and selling commissions, incurred in connection with the exercise of these piggyback registration rights.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Articles of Incorporation and Code of Regulations and Ohio Law

Articles of Incorporation and Code of Regulations

        Certain provisions of our articles of incorporation and code of regulations could have anti-takeover effects. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our corporate policies formulated by our board of directors. In addition, these provisions also are intended to ensure that our board of directors will have sufficient time to act in what our board of directors believes to be in the best interests of us and our shareholders. These provisions also are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited proposal for our takeover that does not contemplate the acquisition of all of our outstanding shares or an unsolicited proposal for the restructuring or sale of all or part of us. These provisions are also intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, these provisions could delay or frustrate the removal of incumbent directors or the assumption of control of us by the holder of a large block of common shares, and could also discourage or make more difficult a merger, tender offer, or proxy contest, even if such event would be favorable to the interests of our shareholders.

Special Meetings

        Our code of regulations provide that special meetings of the shareholders may be called only upon the written request of not less than 25% of the combined voting power of the voting shares, upon the request of a majority of the board of directors by action at a meeting or a majority of the incumbent directors acting without a meeting, upon the request of the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer or the president, or, in case of the president's death, absence or disability, the vice president, if any, authorized to exercise the authority of the president. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers or changes in control or management of our company.

Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals and Director Nominees

        Our code of regulations will establish an advance notice procedure for our shareholders to make nominations of candidates for election as directors or to bring other business before an annual meeting of our shareholders. The shareholder notice procedure will provide that only shareholder nominees to the board of directors who are nominated by a shareholder who is entitled to vote on such election and who has given timely written notice to our Secretary prior to the meeting at which directors are to be

144


Table of Contents


elected, will be eligible for election as our directors. The shareholder notice procedure will also provide that at an annual meeting of our shareholders, only such business proposed by a shareholder to be acted upon may be conducted as has been brought before the meeting by a shareholder who is entitled to vote on such business and who has given timely written notice to our Secretary of such shareholder's intention to bring such business before such meeting. Under the shareholder notice procedure, if a shareholder desires to submit a proposal or nominate persons for election as directors at an annual meeting, the shareholder must submit written notice to us in accordance with the requirements set forth in our code of regulations. This provision may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper notice is not timely provided and may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer's own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

Removal; Filling Vacancies

        Our code of regulations will authorize our board of directors to fill any vacancies that occur in our board of directors. A director so elected by our board of directors to fill a vacancy or a newly created directorship holds office until his successor is elected and qualified or until the director's earlier death, resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise. Our code of regulations will also provide that directors may be removed only for cause or, without assigning any cause, by the vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the voting power. The effect of these provisions is to limit shareholder ability to remove incumbent directors and simultaneously gain control of our board of directors by filling the vacancies created by such removal with its or their own nominees.

Authorized but Unissued Shares

        Our authorized but unissued common shares and preferred shares will be available for future issuance without shareholder approval. We may use additional shares for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued common shares and preferred shares could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy context, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Indemnification

        We include in our code of regulations provisions to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Ohio Revised Code. We believe that these provisions are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We have obtained insurance that insures our directors and officers against certain losses and which insures us against our obligations to indemnify the directors and officers.

Control Share Acquisitions

        After the completion of this offering, we will be an issuing public company subject to Section 1701.831 of the Ohio Revised Code, known as the "Ohio Control Share Acquisition Statute". This statute provides that certain notice and informational filings and special shareholder meeting and voting procedures must be followed prior to any person's acquisition of our shares that would entitle the acquirer, directly or indirectly, alone or acting with others, to exercise or direct the voting power of the company in the election of directors within any of the following ranges: (1) one-fifth or more but less than one-third of that voting power, (2) one-third or more but less than a majority of that voting power or (3) a majority or more of that voting power. Under the statute, a control share acquisition must be approved at a special meeting of the shareholders, at which a quorum is present, by at least a majority of the voting power of the company in the election of directors represented at the meeting and by the holders of at least a majority of the portion of the voting power excluding the voting power

145


Table of Contents


of certain "interested shares". Interested shares include shares owned by the acquirer, by officers elected or appointed by our directors and by our directors who also are our employees.

Merger Moratorium Statute

        As an issuing public company, we also will be subject to Chapter 1704 of the Ohio Revised Code, known as the "Merger Moratorium Statute". This statute prohibits certain transactions if they involve both us and a person that is an "interested shareholder" (or anyone affiliated or associated with an "interested shareholder"), unless the board of directors has approved, prior to the person becoming an interested shareholder, either the transaction or the acquisition of shares pursuant to which the person became an interested shareholder. An interested shareholder is any person who is the beneficial owner of a sufficient number of shares to allow such person, directly or indirectly, alone or acting with others, to exercise or direct the exercise of 10% of the voting power of the company in the election of directors. The prohibition imposed on a person by Chapter 1704 is absolute for at least three years from the interested shareholder's acquisition date and continues indefinitely thereafter unless (1) the acquisition of shares pursuant to which the person became an interested shareholder received the prior approval of our board of directors, (2) the Chapter 1704 transaction is approved by the holders of shares entitled to exercise at least two-thirds of the voting power of the company (which our articles of incorporation have reduced to a majority of our voting power) in the election of directors, including shares representing at least a majority of voting shares that are not beneficially owned by an interested shareholder or an affiliate or associate of an interested shareholder or (3) the Chapter 1704 transaction satisfies statutory conditions relating to the fairness of the consideration to be received by our shareholders.

Amendment of Articles of Incorporation

        Except as otherwise provided by law or our articles of incorporation, our articles of incorporation may be amended at a duly convened meeting of our shareholders held for such purpose by the affirmative vote of the holders of shares entitling them to exercise not less than a majority of the voting power of the Company on such proposal, unless otherwise expressly required by statute, and by the affirmative vote of shares of any particular class that is required by our articles of incorporation or by statute.

Amendment of Code of Regulations

        Except as otherwise provided by law, our articles of incorporation or our code of regulations, our code of regulations may be amended at a duly convened meeting of shareholders held for such purpose, by the affirmative vote of the holders of shares entitling them to exercise not less than a majority of the voting power of the company on such proposal, or without a meeting by the written consent of the holders of shares entitling them to exercise not less than a majority of the voting power of the company on such proposal. In addition, unless a provision of the Ohio Revised Code reserves such authority to our shareholders, our code of regulations may be amended, or new code of regulations may be adopted, by our directors; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not divest our shareholders of the power, or limit the shareholders' power, to amend our code of regulations or adopt a new code of regulations.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        We have appointed                                    as the transfer agent and registrar for our common shares.

Listing

        We have applied to list our common shares on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol "CCFI".

146


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Until the consummation of this offering, there will be no market for our common shares. We can make no predictions as to the effect, if any, that sales of common shares or the availability of common shares for sale will have on the market price of our common shares prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of significant amounts of our common shares in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect prevailing market prices.

        If permitted under our current and future agreements, including agreements governing our debt, we may issue common shares from time to time as consideration for acquisitions, investments or other transactions. In the event any such acquisition, investment or other transaction is significant, the number of shares that we may issue may be significant, which may have an adverse effect on the market price of our common shares. In addition, we may also grant registration rights covering those common shares issued in connection with any such acquisition, investment or other transaction.

Sale of Restricted Shares

        After giving effect to this offering, we will have                        common shares outstanding. The            common shares being sold in this offering, including any shares issued upon exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares, will be freely tradeable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for any such shares that may be held or acquired by an "affiliate" of ours, as that term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which shares will be subject to the volume limitations and other restrictions of Rule 144 described below. The remaining                        common shares held by our existing shareholders upon completion of this offering, other than those subject to the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares to the extent it is exercised, will be "restricted securities" as that phrase is defined in Rule 144, and may not be resold, in the absence of registration under the Securities Act, except pursuant to an exemption from such registration, including the exemption provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which rule is summarized below. All of these restricted securities will be subject to the lock-up agreements described below.

        Beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions, common shares that are subject to lock-up agreements will be eligible for sale pursuant to the holding period requirements and, in the case of our affiliates, the volume limitations, imposed by Rule 144. See "Underwriting".

Rule 144

        In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the three months preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person is entitled to sell those shares under Rule 144 without complying with any of the other requirements of Rule 144.

        In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates who have beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months are

147


Table of Contents

entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described below, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

    1% of the number of common shares then outstanding, which will equal approximately                        shares immediately after this offering; or

    the average weekly trading volume of common shares during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale.

        Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Lock-up Agreements

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, we, our executive officers, directors and our existing shareholders and option holders have agreed not to offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any common shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common shares for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus subject to certain exceptions, without the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, on behalf of the underwriters. This lock-up period may be extended in certain circumstances. See "Underwriting".

Registration Rights

        The current holders of our common shares will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act, including the shares offered by the selling shareholders in this offering. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration. See "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights" for additional information.

148


Table of Contents


MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
APPLICABLE TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

        The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations related to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common shares by non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of our common shares, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, the applicable U.S. federal income tax regulations promulgated or proposed under the Code, which we refer to as the Treasury Regulations, current administrative rulings and practice and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities are subject to change and differing interpretations at any time, possibly with retroactive effect, which could result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those set forth below. This summary is applicable only to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) who purchased shares in this offering and hold our common shares as a capital asset for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We have not sought any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS would not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a position contrary to such statements and conclusions.

        This summary also does not address any possible applicability of any U.S. federal tax other than the income tax, including but not limited to the U.S. federal estate tax or gift tax, U.S. alternative minimum tax, or the tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-U.S., state or local jurisdiction. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to an investor's particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

    banks, financial institutions, insurance companies, brokers and certain dealers and traders;

    persons who hold our common shares as part of a position in a hedging or constructive sale transaction, "straddle", "conversion" or other integrated transaction for tax purposes;

    investors subject to the alternative minimum tax;

    "controlled foreign corporations" and "passive foreign investment companies";

    persons who are partnerships or other pass-through entities or investors therein; and

    certain former citizens or expatriates of the United States.

        THIS SUMMARY OF UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND IS NOT LEGAL OR TAX ADVICE. YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO YOUR PARTICULAR SITUATION, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON SHARES ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX RULES, THE U.S. ALTERNATIVE MINIMUM TAX RULES, OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON- U.S. OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.

Non-U.S. holder defined

        For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-U.S. holder if you are a beneficial holder of our common shares and, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, are neither a "United States holder" nor a partnership (or an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes). A "United States holder" is:

    an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

149


Table of Contents

    a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes that is created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

    an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

    a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a United States person.

        If a partnership, including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is a holder of our common shares, then the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Persons who are partners of a partnership holding our common shares should consult their own tax advisors concerning the tax consequences of holding and disposing of our common shares.

Distributions

        Following this offering, we do not intend to make any distributions on our common shares. However, if we do make distributions on our common shares, other than certain pro rata distributions of common shares, then those payments would constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent payable from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles, as of the end of the taxable year of the distribution. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, such distributions would first constitute a non-taxable return of capital, which would reduce your tax basis in your common shares, but not below zero, and thereafter would be treated as gain from the sale of shares. See the discussion under "—Gain on the sale or taxable disposition of common shares" below.

        Any dividend on our common shares paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend, subject to any exemption or lower rate as may be specified by an applicable tax treaty, unless the dividends are effectively connected with the conduct by you of a trade or business within the United States. We may withhold 30% of either (i) the gross amount of the entire distribution, even if the amount of the distribution is greater than the amount constituting a dividend once determined, as described above or (ii) the amount of the distribution we project will be a dividend, based upon a reasonable estimate of both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits for the taxable year in which the distribution is made, in each case as provided for in the Treasury Regulations. If it is subsequently determined that the amount of tax withheld exceeds the amount of withholding tax applicable to the portion of the distribution constituting a dividend, then you may obtain a refund of any such excess amounts if you timely file an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

        In order to receive a reduced rate of or an exemption from withholding tax under an income tax treaty, you are required (i) to satisfy certain certification requirements, which may be met by providing us or our agent with an IRS Form W-8BEN (or other applicable form) certifying, under penalty of perjury, as to your qualification for the reduced rate or exemption and that you are not a United States person or (ii) if you hold our common shares through certain non-U.S. intermediaries, to satisfy the relevant certification requirements of the Treasury Regulations. Special certification and other requirements apply to certain non-U.S. holders that are partnerships or other pass-through entities.

        Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if provided for in an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or, in the case of an individual, a fixed base maintained by you in the United States) are not subject to withholding tax, provided that you satisfy certain certification requirements, which may

150


Table of Contents


be met by providing us or our agent with an IRS Form W-8ECI (or other applicable form) properly certifying, under penalty of perjury, such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, generally are subject to U.S. federal income tax and are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to United States persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder receiving effectively connected dividends, your earnings and profits for the taxable year that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable tax treaty.

        If you are eligible for a reduced rate of or an exemption from withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty, then you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld if you timely file an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

Gain on the sale or taxable disposition of common shares

        Subject to the discussion regarding backup withholding below, you generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common shares unless:

    that gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment (or, in the case of an individual, a fixed base) maintained by you in the United States;

    you are a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or

    our common shares constitute a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a "United States real property holding corporation" for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which we refer to as a USRPHC, at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or your holding period for our common shares.

        If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above, you generally will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale or disposition under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, as if you were a United States person, except as otherwise required by an applicable income tax treaty. In addition, corporate non-U.S. holders described in the first bullet above may be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate, subject to any exemption or lower rate as may be specified by an applicable tax treaty.

        If you are an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above, you will be subject to tax at a gross rate of 30% on the amount by which your capital gains allocable to U.S. sources, including gain from the sale or other disposition of our common shares, exceed capital losses allocable to U.S. sources, except as otherwise provided in an applicable income tax treaty.

        We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests relative to the sum of the fair market value of our worldwide real property interests and our other assets used or held for use in a trade or business, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, so long as our common shares are regularly traded on an established securities market, our common shares held by you will be treated as a U.S. real property interest (and gain or loss from the disposition of such interest will be subject to U.S. federal income tax as effectively connected gain or loss) only if you actually or constructively hold more than 5% of such regularly traded common shares at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or your holding period for the common shares. If you are a non-U.S. holder who may own more than 5% of our common shares, you

151


Table of Contents


are encouraged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the U.S. tax consequences of a disposition of our common shares.

Backup withholding and information reporting

        We will, where required, report to the IRS and to you the amount of dividends, if any, paid to you on our common shares, your name and address and the amount of tax withheld, if any. Pursuant to tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.

        Payments of dividends made to you generally will be subject to backup withholding unless you establish an exemption, for example by properly certifying your non-U.S. status on a Form W-8BEN or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding generally will apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a United States person that is not an exempt recipient or that the conditions of any other exemption are not, in fact, satisfied.

        Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding will apply to the proceeds of a sale of our common shares within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries, unless you certify under penalty of perjury as to your non-U.S. person status or you otherwise establish an exemption (and neither we nor the paying agent has actual knowledge or reason to know that you are a United States person or that the conditions of any other exemptions are not, in fact, satisfied).

        Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld from payments to non-U.S. holders under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a credit against the holder's U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle the holder to a refund, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

Recent legislation

        The recently enacted Hiring Incentives to Restore Employment Act (the "HIRE Act"), which was signed into law on March 18, 2010, modifies some of the rules described above, including with respect to certification requirements and information reporting, for certain shares held through a "foreign financial institution" or "non-financial foreign entity". Under this legislation, the relevant withholding agent generally may be required to withhold 30% of any dividends and the proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common shares paid to (i) a foreign financial institution unless such foreign financial institution agrees to verify, report and disclose its U.S. account holders and meets certain other requirements or (ii) a non-financial foreign entity that is the beneficial owner of the payment unless such entity certifies that it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or provides the name, address and taxpayer identification number of each substantial U.S. owner and such entity meets certain other requirements. Although these withholding and reporting requirements generally may apply to payments made after December 31, 2012, the Internal Revenue Service has issued a notice indicating that any withholding obligations will begin on or after January 1, 2014, with respect to dividends, and January 1, 2015, with respect to gross proceeds. Congress delegated broad authority to the U.S. Treasury Department to promulgate regulations to implement the new withholding and reporting regime. It cannot be predicted whether or how any regulations promulgated by the U.S. Treasury Department pursuant to this broad delegation of regulatory authority will affect holders of our shares. Prospective investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the HIRE Act and legislative proposals that may be relevant to their investment in our shares.

152


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

        Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated                        , we and the selling shareholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters named below, for whom Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC is acting as representative, the following respective numbers of common shares:

Underwriter
  Number
of Shares

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

   

Jefferies & Company, Inc. 

   

Stephens Inc. 

   

JMP Securities LLC

   

William Blair & Company, L.L.C. 

   
     
 

Total

   
     

        The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to purchase all the common shares in the offering if any are purchased, other than those shares covered by the overallotment option described below. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the offering may be terminated.

        The selling shareholders have granted to the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an aggregate of                        additional outstanding shares from the selling shareholders at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts. The option may be exercised only to cover any overallotments of common shares.

        The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common shares initially at the public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus and to selling group members at that price less a selling concession of $            per share. The underwriters and selling group members may allow a discount of $            per share on sales to other broker/dealers. After the initial public offering the representative may change the public offering price and concession and discount to broker/dealers.

        The following table summarizes the compensation and estimated expenses we and the selling shareholders will pay:

 
  Per Share   Total  
 
  Without
Over-allotment
  With
Over-allotment
  Without
Over-allotment
  With
Over-allotment
 

Underwriting Discounts and Commissions paid by us

  $     $     $     $    

Expenses payable by us

  $     $     $     $    

Underwriting Discounts and Commissions paid by selling shareholders

  $     $     $     $    

Expenses payable by the selling shareholders

  $     $     $     $    

        The representative has informed us that it does not expect sales to accounts over which the underwriters have discretionary authority to exceed 5% of the number of common shares being offered.

        We have agreed that we will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any common shares, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, without the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, for a period of 180 days after

153


Table of Contents


the date of this prospectus. However, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the "lock-up" period, we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the "lock-up" period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the "lock-up" period, then in either case the expiration of the "lock-up" will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as applicable, unless Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC waives, in writing, such an extension.

        The selling shareholders, our executive officers, directors and all of our remaining security holders have agreed that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any common shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any common shares, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common shares, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our common shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. However, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the 'lock-up" period, we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the "lock-up" period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the "lock-up" period, then in either case the expiration of the "lock-up" will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as applicable, unless Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC waives, in writing, such an extension.

        We and the selling shareholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in that respect.

        The common shares have been approved for listing on The Nasdaq Stock Market subject to official notice of issuance, under the symbol "CCFI".

        In connection with the offering the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, overallotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act.

    Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

    Overallotments involve sales by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in the overallotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the overallotment option. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their overallotment option and/or purchasing shares in the open market.

    Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common shares in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the overallotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by the overallotment option, a naked short

154


Table of Contents

      position, the position can only be closed out by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

    Penalty bids permit the representative to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common shares originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

        These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common shares or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common shares. As a result the price of our common shares may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on The Nasdaq Stock Market if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

        A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more of the underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The representative may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that will make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

Other Relationships

        Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions. In particular, affiliates of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Jefferies & Company, Inc. are lenders, and an affiliate of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC is administrative agent, under our revolving credit facility. Additionally, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Jefferies & Company, Inc. and Stephens Inc. were the initial purchasers of our senior notes.

        In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

European Economic Area

        In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a "Relevant Member State"), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the "Relevant Implementation Date") our common shares will not be offered to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the common shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that, with effect from and including the

155


Table of Contents


Relevant Implementation Date, an offer of common shares may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

    to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

    to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the manager for any such offer; or

    in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the Issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive.

        For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer of common shares to the public" in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the common shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the common shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression "Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State and the expression "2010 PD Amending Directive" means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Notice to Investors in the United Kingdom

        Our common shares may not be offered or sold and will not be offered or sold to any persons in the United Kingdom other than persons whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or as agent) for the purposes of their businesses and in compliance with all applicable provisions of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 ("FSMA") with respect to anything done in relation to our common shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

In addition, each underwriter:

    has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of FSMA) to persons who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act of 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 or in circumstances in which section 21 of FSMA does not apply to the company; and

    has complied with, and will comply with all applicable provisions of FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the common shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

156


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

        Certain legal matters in connection with the sale of the common shares offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Jones Day. The underwriters have been represented by Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP.


EXPERTS

        The consolidated financial statements of Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by McGladrey & Pullen, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing elsewhere herein, which report expresses an unqualified opinion, and are included in reliance upon such report and upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

        The consolidated financial statements of CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by McGladrey & Pullen, LLP, an independent certified public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing elsewhere herein, which report expresses an unqualified opinion, and are included in reliance upon such report and upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act that registers our common shares to be sold in this offering. This prospectus, filed as a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and exhibits and schedules, certain parts of which are omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information about us and the common shares to be sold in this offering, please refer to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any agreement or any other document referred to are not necessarily complete and, in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference.

        You may read and copy the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement at the public reference room maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information regarding the public reference room. You may also obtain copies of all or part of the registration statement by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at prescribed rates.

        The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information about issuers, including our company, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

        Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and we will be required to file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC.

157


Table of Contents


INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Community Choice Financial Inc. Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009

  F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

  F-4

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

  F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

  F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-8

Community Choice Financial Inc. Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 (Unaudited)

  F-36

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 (Unaudited)

  F-37

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 (Unaudited)

  F-38

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 (Unaudited)

  F-39

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-40

CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

   

Independent Auditor's Report

  F-60

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009

  F-61

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

  F-62

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

  F-63

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

  F-64

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-66

CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 (Unaudited)

  F-82

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010 (Unaudited)

  F-83

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the three months ended March 31, 2011 (Unaudited)

  F-84

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010 (Unaudited)

  F-85

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-86

F-1


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries (formerly CheckSmart Financial Holding Corp. and Subsidiaries) as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries (formerly CheckSmart Financial Holding Corp. and Subsidiaries) as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ McGladrey & Pullen, LLP

Raleigh, North Carolina
August 22, 2011

F-2


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31, 2010 and 2009

(in thousands)

 
  2010   2009  

Assets

             

Current Assets

             
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 39,780   $ 27,959  
 

Finance receivables, net

    81,337     66,035  
 

Short-term investments, certificates of deposit

    1,814     3,550  
 

Related party receivables

    4     11  
 

Prepaid money orders

    8,030     13,553  
 

Card related pre-funding and receivables

    11,094     660  
 

Other current assets

    3,623     4,981  
 

Deferred tax asset, net

    2,147     3,026  
           
   

Total current assets

    147,829     119,775  

Noncurrent Assets

             
 

Leasehold improvements and equipment, net

    15,155     18,529  
 

Goodwill and other identified intangibles

    140,480     130,006  
 

Security deposits and other noncurrent assets

    1,130     515  
 

Deferred tax asset, net

    4,865     9,584  
 

Deferred financing costs

    1,185     2,067  
           
   

Total assets

  $ 310,644   $ 280,476  
           

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

             

Current Liabilities

             
 

Notes payable

  $ 17,573   $ 2,004  
 

Deferred revenue

    714     700  
 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

    10,846     7,628  
           
   

Total current liabilities

    29,133     10,332  

Noncurrent Liabilities

             
 

Line of credit, related party

        5,000  
 

Notes payable

    171,361     186,361  
 

Deferred revenue

    359     992  
           
   

Total liabilities

    200,853     202,685  
           

Commitments and Contingencies

             

Stockholders' Equity

             
 

Common stock

    10     10  
 

Additional paid-in capital

    58,023     57,685  
 

Retained earnings

    51,577     20,096  
 

Non-controlling interests

    181      
           
   

Total stockholders' equity

    109,791     77,791  
           
   

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $ 310,644   $ 280,476  
           

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-3


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Operations

Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(in thousands)

 
  2010   2009   2008  

Revenues:

                   

Finance receivable fees

  $ 146,059   $ 136,957   $ 152,732  

Check cashing fees

    55,930     53,049     25,634  

Card Fees

    10,731     2,063     1,808  

Other

    11,560     10,614     8,845  
               

Total revenues

    224,280     202,683     189,019  
               

Branch expenses:

                   

Salaries and benefits

    38,759     34,343     33,738  

Provision for loan losses

    40,316     43,463     37,544  

Occupancy

    14,813     13,855     13,457  

Depreciation and amortization

    5,318     6,613     10,422  

Other

    27,994     22,652     21,420  
               

Total branch expenses

    127,200     120,926     116,581  
               

Branch gross profit

    97,080     81,757     72,438  
               

Corporate expenses

   
34,177
   
31,518
   
31,795
 

Depreciation and amortization

    1,222     568     1,063  

Interest expense, net

    8,501     11,532     16,191  

Goodwill impairment

            53,263  

Nonoperating income, management fees

    (46 )   (172 )   (260 )
               
 

Income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes, discontinued operations, and extraordinary item

    53,226     38,311     (29,614 )

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

    19,801     14,042     (10,635 )
               
 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

    33,425     24,269     (18,979 )

Discontinued operations (net of provision (benefit) for income tax of ($1,346), $226 and $295)

    (2,196 )   368     482  
               
 

Income (loss) before extraordinary item

    31,229     24,637     (18,497 )

Extraordinary item

            3,913  
               
 

Net income (loss)

    31,229     24,637     (22,410 )

Net loss attributable to non-controlling interests

    (252 )        
               
 

Net income (loss) attributable to controlling interests

  $ 31,481   $ 24,637   $ (22,410 )
               

Earnings per share-basic

                   
 

Operating income (loss) available to controlling interests—per share

  $ 32.91   $ 23.72   $ (18.55 )
   

Discontinued operations—per share

    (2.15 )   0.36     0.47  
   

Extraordinary item—per share

                (3.82 )
               
 

Net income (loss) available to controlling interests—per share

  $ 30.76   $ 24.08   $ (21.90 )
               

Earnings per share—diluted

                   
 

Operating income (loss) available to controlling interests—per share

  $ 32.00   $ 23.29   $ (18.55 )
   

Discontinued operations—per share

    (2.09 )   0.35     0.47  
   

Extraordinary item—per share

                (3.82 )
               
 

Net income (loss) available to controlling interests—per share

  $ 29.91   $ 23.64   $ (21.90 )
               

Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic

   
1,023,256
   
1,023,256
   
1,023,256
 
               

Weighted average common shares outstanding—diluted

    1,052,393     1,041,886     1,023,256  
               

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-4


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity

Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(Dollars in thousands)

 
  Common Stock    
   
   
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
   
   
 
 
  Additional
Paid-In
Capital
  Retained
Earnings
(Deficit)
  Non-Controlling
Interest
  Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
   
 
 
  Shares   Amount   Total  

Balance, December 31, 2007

    1,023,256   $ 10   $ 56,099   $ 17,869   $   $ (1,545 )       $ 72,433  
 

Stock-based compensation expense

            529                       529  
 

Comprehensive income (loss):

                                                 
   

Net income (loss)

                (22,410 )         $ (22,410 )   (22,410 )
   

Unrealized gain on derivative instruments, net of tax, $133

                        216     216     216  
                                   

Comprehensive income (loss) for the year ended December 31, 2008

                                      $ (22,194 )      
                                                 

Balance, December 31, 2008

    1,023,256     10     56,628     (4,541 )       (1,329 )         50,768  
 

Stock-based compensation expense

            1,057                       1,057  
 

Comprehensive income:

                                                 
   

Net income

                24,637             24,637     24,637  
   

Unrealized gain on derivative instruments, net of tax, $815

                        1,329     1,329     1,329  
                                   

Comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2009

                                      $ 25,966        
                                                 

Balance, December 31, 2009

    1,023,256     10     57,685     20,096                   77,791  
 

Stock-based compensation expense

            338                       338  
 

Comprehensive income:

                                                 
   

Net income (loss)

                31,481     (252 )     $ 31,229     31,229  
   

Non-controlling Interests contributions

                    433             433  
                                   

Comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2010

                                      $ 31,229        
                                                 

Balance, December 31, 2010

    1,023,256   $ 10   $ 58,023   $ 51,577   $ 181   $         $ 109,791  
                                     

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(in thousands)

 
  2010   2009   2008  

Cash Flows From Operating Activities

                   
 

Net income (loss)

  $ 31,229   $ 24,637   $ (22,410 )
 

(Gain) loss from discontinued operations

    2,196     (368 )   (482 )
               
 

Net income attributable to continuing operations

    33,425     24,269     (22,892 )
 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

                   
   

Provision for credit losses

    40,316     43,463     37,544  
   

Goodwill impairment

            53,263  
   

(Gain) Loss on Disposal of Assets

        361     383  
   

Depreciation

    6,206     6,820     10,544  
   

Amortization of deferred financing cost

    882     958     883  
   

Amortization of intangibles

    338     361     884  
   

Deferred income taxes

    7,680     4,397     (16,387 )
   

Stock-based compensation

    338     1,057     529  
   

Changes in assets and liabilities:

                   
     

Deferred loan costs

    (6 )   (32 )   (5 )
     

Related party receivables

    7     178     138  
     

Prepaid money orders

    5,523     (2,087 )   (11,446 )
     

Card related pre-funds and receivables

    (10,434 )   (660 )    
     

Other assets

    768     (2,123 )   (486 )
     

Money orders payable

    (4,059 )       (9,195 )
     

Deferred revenue

    (619 )   (700 )   (700 )
     

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    3,801     (8,191 )   5,851  
               
     

Net cash provided by operating activities—continuing operations

    84,166     68,071     48,908  
               
     

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities—discontinued operations

    (1,797 )   540     491  
               

Cash Flows From Investing Activities

                   
 

Net receivables originated

    (51,617 )   (57,183 )   (40,902 )
 

Net acquired assets, net of cash

    (3,381 )   (484 )   (634 )
 

Sale (purchase) of short-term investments

    1,736     (3,550 )    
 

Purchase of leasehold improvements and equipment

    (1,688 )   (2,382 )   (2,969 )
 

Purchase of finance receivables

        (501 )    
               
     

Net cash used in investing activities—continuing operations

    (54,950 )   (64,100 )   (44,505 )
               

F-6


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(in thousands)

 
  2010   2009   2008  

Cash Flows From Financing Activities

                   
 

Net payments on lines of credit

    (5,000 )       (4,314 )
 

Net payments of long-term debt

    (11,031 )       (1,600 )
 

Contributions from non-controlling interest

    433          
 

Deferred financing fees

        (2,435 )   (75 )
               
     

Net cash used in financing activities—continuing operations

    (15,598 )   (2,435 )   (5,989 )
               
     

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    11,821     2,076     (1,095 )

Cash and cash equivalents:

                   
 

Beginning

    27,959     25,883     26,978  
               
 

Ending

  $ 39,780   $ 27,959   $ 25,883  
               

Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information

                   
 

Cash payments for:

                   
   

Interest

  $ 7,340   $ 11,375   $ 14,525  
               
   

Income taxes, net of refunds

  $ 14,366   $ 15,817   $ 126  
               

Supplemental Schedule of Noncash Investing and Financing Activities

                   
 

Acquisitions (Note 15):

                   
   

Cash purchase price

  $ 15,900   $ 484   $ 634  
               
   

Fair value of finance receivables acquired

  $ 3,995   $   $  
   

Fair value of cash acquired

    12,602          
   

Fair value of other current assets acquired

    122          
   

Fair value of other tangible assets acquired, principally property and equipment

    1,144          
   

Fair value of liabilities assumed

    (15,013 )        
   

Cost in excess of net assets acquired

    11,396     324     634  
   

Fair value of other intangible assets acquired, principally non-compete

    1,737     160      
               
   

Less cash aquired

    (12,602 )        
               

  $ 3,381   $ 484   $ 634  
               

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-7


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 1. Nature of Business and Ownership and Significant Accounting Policies

        Nature of business: Community Choice Financial Inc. (together with its consolidated subsidiaries, "CCFI") (formerly CheckSmart Financial Holdings Inc.) was formed on April 6, 2011 under the laws of the State of Ohio by the shareholders of CheckSmart Financial Holdings Inc. to be the holding company of CheckSmart Financial Holdings Corp. CheckSmart Financial Holdings Corp. was incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware in April 2006 as a holding Company for all of its subsidiaries. The subsidiaries of the Company include:

    CheckSmart Financial Company ("CFC"),
    CheckSmart Financial, LLC ("PAYROLL"),
    Buckeye Check Cashing, Inc. ("BCCI"),
    Buckeye Check Cashing II, Inc. ("BCCI II"),
    Buckeye Check Cashing of Arizona, Inc. ("BCCI AZ"),
    Buckeye Check Cashing of Virginia, Inc. ("BCCI VA"),
    Buckeye Check Cashing of Michigan, Inc. ("BCCI MI"),
    Buckeye Check Cashing of Florida, Inc. ("BCCI FL"),
    Buckeye Check Cashing of Kentucky, Inc. ("BCCI KY"),
    Buckeye Check Cashing of Utah, Inc. ("BCCI UT"),
    Buckeye Check Cashing of Kansas, LLC ("BCCI KS"),
    Buckeye Check Cashing of Missouri, LLC ("BCCI MO"),
    Buckeye Check Cashing of California, LLC ("BCCI CA"),
    Buckeye Check Cashing of Texas, LLC ("BCCI TX"),
    Hoosier Check Cashing of Ohio, LTD. ("Hoosier"),
    BCCI Management Company, Inc. ("BCCI MGMT"),
    BCCI CA, LLC ("CA Coll"),
    Buckeye Title Loans, Inc. ("Title"),
    Buckeye Title Loans of Kansas, LLC ("Title KS"),
    Buckeye Title Loans of Utah, LLC ("Title UT"),
    Buckeye Title Loans of Missouri, LLC ("Title MO"),
    Buckeye Title Loans of Virginia, LLC ("Title VA"),
    Buckeye Title Loans of California, LLC ("Title CA"),
    Buckeye Title Loans of Illinois, LLC ("Title IL"),
    Express Payroll Advance of Ohio, Inc. ("OH Express"),
    Express Payroll Advance of Virginia, Inc. ("VA Express"),
    CheckSmart Money Order Services, Inc. ("CSMO"),
    Buckeye Lending Solutions, LLC ("OHIOLEND"),
    Buckeye Small Loans, LLC ("OHSMLOAN"),
    Buckeye Credit Solutions, LLC ("BCS"),
    First Virginia Financial Services, LLC ("FIRSTVA"),
    Insight Capital, LLC,
    First Virginia Credit Solutions, LLC,
    Buckeye Credit Solutions of Arizona, LLC,
    Buckeye Credit Solutions of California, LLC
    Buckeye Credit Solutions of Indiana, LLC
    Buckeye Credit Solutions of Kansas, LLC

F-8


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 1. Nature of Business and Ownership and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Buckeye Credit Solutions of Kentucky, LLC
    Buckeye Credit Solutions of Michigan, LLC
    Coalition for Financial Education and Independence
    CheckSmart Money Order Services of Arizona, Inc.
    Buckeye Credit Solutions of Missouri, LLC
    Buckeye Lending Solutions of Arizona, LLC
    Buckeye Check Cashing of Illinois, LLC,
    ARH—Arizona, LLC,
    CS Arizona, LLC,
    National Tax Lending, LLC,
    Latin Card Strategy, LLC.

        The Company is primarily engaged in the business of providing consumers check cashing and short-term loans.

        The Company's primary consumer loan products provide customers with cash or a money order, typically ranging in size from $.1 to $1, in exchange for a promissory note with a maturity generally 14 to 30 days and supported by that customer's personal check for the aggregate amount of the advance plus fees. This form of lending is based on applicable laws and regulations which vary by state. Statutes vary from providing fees of 15% to 20% per $.1 borrowed, to providing interest at 25% per annum plus origination fees. The customers repay the cash advance by paying cash or allowing the check to be presented.

        The Company also provides other retail products and services, such as check cashing, title loans, open-end credit, card products, money transfers and money orders. Additionally, the Company purchases participations in loan portfolios. All of the Company's services are subject to state regulation, which vary from state to state, as well as federal and local regulation, where applicable. As of December 31, 2010, the Company owned and operated 282 stores in 12 states.

        A summary of the Company's significant accounting policies follows:

    Basis of consolidation:  The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Community Choice Financial Inc. and its wholly and majority owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

    Use of estimates:  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

    Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to change relate to the determination of the allowance for credit losses, the valuation of goodwill, the value of stock based compensation and the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities.

    Business segment:  The Company reports operating segments in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 280. Operating segments are components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in

F-9


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 1. Nature of Business and Ownership and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


    determining how to allocate resources and assess performance. FASB ASC Topic 280 requires that a public enterprise report a measure of segment profit or loss, certain specific revenue and expense items, segment assets, information about the way operating segments were determined, and other items. For purposes of disclosures required by ASC 280, the Company operates in one segment, retail financial services.

    Revenue recognition:  All of the Company's branch transactions are processed through its point-of-sale systems. These transactions include check cashing, bill payment, money transfer, money order sales, and other miscellaneous products and services. The full amount of the check cashing fee is recognized as revenue at the time of the transaction with no allowance for anticipated returned checks. The Company acts in an agency capacity regarding bill payment services, money transfers, card products, and money orders offered and sold at its branches. The Company records the net amount retained as revenue because the supplier is the primary obligor in the arrangement, the amount earned by the Company is fixed, and the supplier is determined to have the ultimate credit risk.

    For short-term or payday loans, consumer loans and title loans, the Company recognizes advance fees on the interest (actuarial) method over the term of each loan, which is generally between 14 to 30 days for payday loans and 30 days for title loans. For other finance receivables, interest and fees are recognized on the interest (actuarial) method over the term of each loan.

    As a result of the Company's charge-off policies, most accounts are charged-off rather than being placed in nonaccrual status and thus any impact to the consolidated financial statements is immaterial.

    Cash and cash equivalents:  Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less. At times, the Company may maintain deposits with banks in amounts in excess of federal depository insurance limits, but believes any such amounts do not represent significant credit risk.

    Finance receivables:  Customer advances consist of providing a customer cash, typically in exchange for the customer's check, along with an agreement to defer the presentment of that check until the deferred presentment date. The amount of the customer's check is the amount of the cash provided to the customer plus a fee to the Company. To assist customers in staying current on their customer advance obligations, the Company offers some customers an opportunity to amortize their debt over an interest free period, referred to by the Company as extended payment plan receivables.

    In certain stores in Virginia, the Company offers customers an open ended line of credit. The line of credit allows customers to make principal draws and payments against an open line which typically requires interest payments monthly.

    In certain states the Company makes loans to consumers secured by a lien on their vehicle title. These loans typically vary from $.75 to $2.5 and have terms of 30 days.

    Short-term investments, certificates of deposit:  Short-term investments consist of certificates of deposit with original maturities of more than three months. Short-term investments are recorded at the carrying value, which approximates fair value and interest is recognized as earned.

F-10


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 1. Nature of Business and Ownership and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Allowance for loan losses:  Provisions for loan losses are charged to income in amounts sufficient to cover estimated losses in the loan portfolio. All finance receivables are evaluated collectively for impairment. Historical loan loss experience, overall portfolio quality, current economic conditions that may affect the borrower's ability to pay and management's judgment are factors used in assessing the overall adequacy of the allowance and the resulting provision for loan losses. While management uses the best information available to make its evaluation, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary if there are significant changes in economic conditions.

    The Company maintains a charge-off policy in which payday advances and consumer loans are charged off once they become past due. If the customer has not paid off the loan by the due date, the Company will deposit the borrower's held check or draft the customer's bank account for the amount due. If the check or draft is returned as uncollected, all accrued fees and outstanding principal are charged-off as uncollectible. The Company will attempt to collect on the account with up to two additional deposits of the check or drafts, where allowed by law. The Company will continue to attempt to collect after presentment has been completed. Recoveries are recorded in the period in which they are received.

    The Company's charge-off policy related to open-end credit loans and title loans generally requires that balances be charged off when accounts are 30 days past due on a contractual basis. The loans may be charged off earlier or later based upon management's review of information for each delinquent or impaired loan.

    In some instances the Company may have debt-buying arrangements with third-party lenders. The Company accrues for this obligation through management's estimation of anticipated purchases based on expected losses in the lender's portfolio. This obligation is recorded as a current liability on the Company's balance sheet.

    Card related pre-funding and receivables:  The Company acts as an agent for an entity marketing prepaid debit cards. Pursuant to the Company's agreement, the Company is required to pre-fund certain card activity; the Company is also the beneficiary of certain receivables resulting from its card sales which relate to the commissions earned from this entity payable per negotiated terms.

    Leasehold improvements and equipment:  Leasehold improvements and equipment are carried at cost. Depreciation is provided principally by straight-line methods over the estimated useful lives of the assets or the lease term, whichever is shorter.

    The useful lives of leasehold improvements and equipment by class are as follows:

 
  Years

Furniture and fixtures

  5

Leasehold improvements

  3 - 15

Equipment

  5 - 7

Vehicles

  5

    Deferred loan costs:  Direct costs incurred for the origination of loans are deferred and amortized to loan fee income over the contractual lives of the loans using the interest method. Unamortized amounts are recognized in income at the time that loans are paid in full.

F-11


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 1. Nature of Business and Ownership and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Goodwill and other intangibles:  Goodwill, or cost in excess of fair value of net assets of the companies acquired, is recorded at its carrying value and is periodically evaluated for impairment. The Company tests the carrying value of goodwill and other intangible assets annually as of December 31 or when the events and circumstances warrant such a review. One of the methods for this review is performed using estimates of future cash flows. If the carrying value of goodwill or other intangible assets is considered impaired, an impairment charge is recorded for the amount by which the carrying value of the goodwill or intangible assets exceeds its fair value. The Company believes that the estimates of future cash flows and fair value are reasonable. Changes in estimates of such cash flows and fair value, however, could affect the evaluation. Based on the annual impairment testing performed by the Company, management determined that goodwill was impaired as of December 31, 2008.

    The Company's other intangible assets consists of non-compete agreements, customer lists and trade names. The amounts recorded for trade names, customer lists, and non-compete agreements are amortized using the straight-line method over 5 years. Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $399, $361 and $884, respectively.

    Deferred financing fees:  Deferred financing fees are amortized on the interest method of accounting over the life of the related note payable agreement.

    Deferred revenue:  The Company's deferred revenue is comprised of a fee received under an agency agreement to offer wire transfer services at the Company's branches. The deferred revenue is recognized over the contract period on a straight-line basis.

    Advertising costs:  Costs incurred for producing and communicating advertising are charged to operations when incurred or the first time advertising takes place. Advertising expense was $3,961, $4,181 and $3,441 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

    Branch expenses:  The direct costs incurred in operating the Company's branches have been classified as branch expenses. Branch expenses include salaries and benefits of branch employees, loan losses, rent and other occupancy costs, depreciation and amortization of branch property and equipment, armored services and security costs, and other costs incurred by the branches. The district and regional managers' salaries are included in corporate expenses.

    Preopening costs:  New store preopening costs are expensed when incurred.

    Impairment of long-lived assets:  The Company evaluates all long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Impairment is recognized when the carrying amount of these assets cannot be recovered by the undiscounted net cash flows they will generate.

    Income taxes:  Deferred income taxes are recorded to reflect the tax consequences in future years of differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts, based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized. Income tax expense represents the tax obligations and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities.

F-12


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 1. Nature of Business and Ownership and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    On January 1, 2008, the Company adopted the accounting standard on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, which addresses the determination of whether tax benefits claimed or expected to be claimed on a tax return should be recorded in the financial statements. Under this guidance, the Company may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more-likely-than-not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes also addresses de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties on income taxes, and accounting in interim periods.

    Earnings per common share

    Basic earnings per common share is computed using the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period, while diluted earnings per share is calculated to reflect the potential dilution that occurs related to the issuance of capital stock under stock option stock options and stock appreciation rights. The difference between basic and diluted earnings per share relates solely to the effect of capital stock options and stock appreciation rights.

    For purposes of determining the amount of net income / (loss) available to common shareholders, net income is adjusted for any non-controlling interest during periods in which the Company held a non-controlling interest, that is consolidated within the Company's financial statements.

    Financial Statement Reclassification:  Certain amounts in the Company's financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 have been reclassified to be consistent with the classifications adopted for the year ended December 31, 2010, with no impact on net income or stockholders' equity.

    Governmental regulation:  The Company is subject to various state and federal laws and regulations, which are subject to change and which may impose significant costs or limitations on the way the Company conducts or expands its business. Certain limitations include among other things imposed limits on fee rates and other charges, the number of loans to a customer, a cooling off period, the number of permitted rollovers and required licensing and qualification. Changes in Ohio laws have caused the Company to begin offering consumer loans in the state of Ohio under the Ohio Mortgage Loan Act. The law under which the Company provides short-term loans in Arizona terminated in June 2010. The Company converted the Arizona customers to title loan and card based products.

    As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, 33 and 32 states, respectively had specific laws that permitted payday cash advances or allowed a form of short term consumer advances under small loan laws. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company operated in 12 and 11, respectively, of these states.

F-13


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 1. Nature of Business and Ownership and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Although states provide the primary regulatory framework under which the Company offers payday cash advance services and consumer loans, certain federal laws also impact the business. The Company's payday cash advance services and consumer loans are subject to federal laws and regulations, including the Truth-in-Lending Act ("TILA"), the Equal Credit Opportunity Act ("ECOA"), the Fair Credit Reporting Act ("FCRA"), the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act ("FDCPA"), the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act ("GLBA"), the Bank Secrecy Act, the Money Laundering Control Act of 1986, the Money Laundering Suppression Act of 1994, and the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act (the "PATRIOT Act") and the regulations promulgated for each. Among other things, these laws require disclosure of the principal terms of each transaction to every customer, prohibit misleading advertising, protect against discriminatory lending practices, proscribe unfair credit practices and prohibit creditors from discriminating against credit applicants on the basis of race, sex, age or marital status. The GLBA and its implementing regulations generally require the Company to protect the confidentiality of its customers' nonpublic personal information and to disclose to the Company's customers its privacy policy and practices.

    Additionally, legislation has been proposed or introduced in the U.S. Congress to further regulate the cash advance business. Congressional members continue to receive pressure from customer advocates and other industry opposition groups to adopt such legislation. In 2008 and 2009, bills were introduced in Congress that would have placed a federal cap of 36% on the effective annual percentage ("APR") on all consumer loan transactions. Another bill would have placed a 15-cent-per dollar borrowed ($.15/$1.00) cap on fees for cash advances, banned rollovers (payment of a fee to extend the term of a cash advance or other short-term financing) and required the Company to offer an extended payment plan that would have severely restricted the Company's cash advance product.

    On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act was enacted into law. This act established the semi-autonomous Consumer Financial Protection Bureau ("CFPB") as a consumer watchdog to regulate mortgages, credit cards, payday loans and other financial products. Any changes in state or federal legislation regulating products and services offered by the Company could cause the Company to convert to selling a different product or service, reduce rates, or stop selling a specific product or service. Such changes could have significant adverse impacts on the business by reducing operating margins, eliminating geographic selling areas or curtailing expansion.

    Derivative financial instruments:  All derivatives are recognized on the consolidated balance sheets at their fair value. On the date the derivative contract is entered into, the Company designates the derivative as a hedge of a forecasted transaction or of the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability "cash-flow" hedge. Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective as, and that is designated and qualifies as, a cash-flow hedge are recorded in other comprehensive income, until earnings are affected by the variability of cash flows (e.g., when periodic settlements on a variable-rate asset or liability are recorded in earnings).

    The Company formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk-management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedged transactions. This process includes linking all derivatives that are designated as cash-flow hedges to

F-14


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 1. Nature of Business and Ownership and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    specific assets and liabilities on the balance sheet or forecasted transactions. The Company also formally assesses, both at the hedge's inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of hedged items. When it is determined that a derivative is not highly effective as a hedge or that it has ceased to be a highly effective hedge, the Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively, as discussed below.

    The Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when (1) it is determined that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in the cash flows of a hedged item (including forecasted transactions); (2) the derivative expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised; (3) the derivative is designated as a hedge instrument, because it is unlikely that a forecasted transaction will occur; or (4) management determines that designation of the derivative as a hedge instrument is no longer appropriate.

    When hedge accounting is discontinued because it is probable that a forecasted transaction will not occur, the derivative will continue to be carried on the balance sheet at its fair value, and gains and losses that were accumulated in other comprehensive income will be recognized immediately in earnings. In all other situations in which hedge accounting is discontinued, the derivative will be carried at its fair value on the balance sheet, with subsequent changes in its fair value recognized in current-period earnings.

    Comprehensive income (loss):  The Company's comprehensive income (loss) is comprised of net income (loss) and the change in the fair value of the interest rate swap.

    Fair value of financial instruments:  Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value are grouped in three levels. The levels prioritize the inputs used to measure the fair value of the assets or liabilities. These levels are:

    Level 1—Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

    Level 2—Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for assets and liabilities, either directly or indirectly. These inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets and quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are less attractive.

    Level 3—Unobservable inputs for assets and liabilities reflecting the reporting entity's own assumptions.

    The Company recognized an interest rate swap liability for the year ended December 31, 2008 in the amount of $2,143 for which fair value was determined in accordance with a level 2 input. The interest rate swap expired during 2009.

    The carrying amounts of financial instruments, including the amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheets for cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, finance receivables and accounts payable, approximates fair value due to the short maturity of these instruments. The estimated fair values for the debt were based on indicative market prices for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities currently available to companies with similar credit ratings. The amounts reported for debt approximates fair value.

F-15


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 1. Nature of Business and Ownership and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    In determining the appropriate levels, the Company performs a detailed analysis of the assets and liabilities that are subject to ASC 820. At each reporting period, all assets and liabilities for which the fair value measurement is based on significant unobservable inputs are classified as Level 3.

    Change in accounting estimate:  The estimated useful lives of certain leasehold improvements and equipment were changed in recognition of the current estimated useful life of these assets. The effect of this change in accounting estimate was to decrease net income for 2009 by $3.6 million.

    Recent accounting pronouncements:  In September 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-17, Consolidations (Topic 810): Improvement to Financial Reporting by Enterprises involved with Variable Interest Entities ("VIE"), codifies Statement No. 167, Amendments to ASC 810. Among other provisions, this ASU amends ASC 810 to require an enterprise to perform an analysis to determine whether the enterprise's variable interest or interests give it a controlling financial interest in a VIE. This analysis identifies the primary beneficiary of a VIE as the enterprise that has both (a) the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the entity's economic performance, and (b) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE. Additionally, ASU No. 2009-17 requires an enterprise to assess whether it has an implicit financial responsibility to ensure that a VIE operates as designed when determining whether it has the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the entity's economic performance. The Company adopted the provisions of this guidance in its 2010 financial statements which did not have an impact on the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

    In August 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-05, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820)—Measuring Liabilities at Fair Value. ASU 2009-05 provides clarification that in circumstances in which a quoted price in an active market for the identical liability is not available, a reporting entity is required to measure fair value of such liability using one or more techniques prescribed by the ASU. The Company adopted the provisions of this guidance in its 2010 financial statements which did not have an impact on the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

    Recent Accounting Pronouncements:  In July 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standard Update ("ASU") No. 2010-20, Receivables (Topic 310): Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses ("ASU No. 2010-20"). The ASU amends FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 310, Receivables, to improve the disclosures that an entity provides about the credit quality of its financing receivables and the related allowance for credit losses. As a result of these amendements, an entity is required to disaggregate, by portfolio segment or class of financing receivable, certain existing disclosures and provide certain new disclosures about its financing receivables and related allowance for credit losses. For public entities, the disclosures as of the end of a reporting period are effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2010. The disclosures about activity that occurs during a reporting period are effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2010. The disclosures about the credit quality of the Company's receivables required by the ASU are in Note 2-Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Accrual for Third-Party Lender Losses. As this ASU amends only the disclosure requirements for loans and the allowance

F-16


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 1. Nature of Business and Ownership and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


    for credit losses, the adoption of ASU No. 2010-20 did not have a significant impact on the Company's financial statements.

    In December 2010, the FASB isssued ASU No. 2010-29, Business Combinations (Topic 805)—Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations. This standard update clarifies that, when presenting comparative financial statements, SEC registrants should disclose revenue and earnings of the combined entity as though the current period business combinations had occurred as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period only. The update also expands the supplemental pro forma disclosures to include a description of the nature and amount of material, nonrecurring pro froma adjustments directly attributable to the business combination included in the reported pro forma revenue and earnings. ASU 2010-29 is effective prospectively for material (either on an individual or aggregate basis) business combinations entered into in fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2010 with early adoption permitted. The disclosures about the Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations required by the ASU are in Note 9—Business Combinations. As this ASU amends only the disclosure requirement for business combinations, the adoption of ASU No. 2010-29 did not have a significant impact on the Company's financial statements.

    Reclassifications:  Certain amounts reported in the 2009 and 2008 consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the classifications presented in the 2010 consolidated financial statements, without affecting the previously reported net income or stockholders' equity.

    Subsequent events:  The Company has evaluated its subsequent events (events occurring after December 31, 2010) through August 22, 2011, which represents the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

Note 2. Finance Receivables, Credit Quality Information and Allowance for Loan Losses

        Finance receivables represent amounts due from customers at December 31, 2010 and 2009 consisted of the following:

 
  2010   2009  

Payroll advances

  $ 28,677   $ 26,690  

Consumer loans

    39,220     36,863  

Title loans

    11,855     7,037  

Open-end lines of credit

    4,723     3,983  

Loan participations

    3,700      
           
 

Gross receivables

    88,175     74,573  

Unearned advance fees, net of deferred loan costs

    (3,481 )   (3,132 )
           
 

Finance receivables before allowance for loan losses

    84,694     71,441  

Allowance for loan losses

    (3,357 )   (5,406 )
           
 

Finance receivables, net

  $ 81,337   $ 66,035  
           

F-17


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 2. Finance Receivables, Credit Quality Information and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

        Changes in the allowance for loan losses by product type for the year ended December 31, 2010 was as follows:

 
  Balance
1/1/2010
  Provision   Charge-Offs   Recoveries   Balance
12/31/2010
  Finance
Receivables
12/31/2010
  Allowance as
a percentage
of receivable
 

Payroll advances

  $ 2,231   $ 12,073   $ (37,441 ) $ 24,042   $ 905   $ 28,677     3.16 %

Consumer loans

    1,009     15,487     (46,838 )   31,183     841     39,220     2.14 %

Title loans

    483     3,497     (25,042 )   21,684     622     11,855     5.25 %

Open-end lines of credit

    1,683     2,524     (4,928 )   1,364     643     4,723     13.61 %

Loan participations

    0     2,743     (3,388 )   991     346     3,700     9.35 %
                               

  $ 5,406   $ 36,324   $ (117,637 ) $ 79,264   $ 3,357   $ 88,175     3.81 %
                               

        The provision for loan losses for year ended December 31, 2010 also includes losses from returned items from check cashing of $3,034 and card losses of $193.

        Changes in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 were as follows:

 
  2009   2008  

Balance, beginning of period

  $ 2,451   $ 1,779  
 

Provision for loan losses

    40,255     35,784  
 

Charge-offs, net

    (37,300 )   (35,112 )
           

Balance, end of period

  $ 5,406   $ 2,451  
           

        The provision for losses for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 also includes losses from returned items from check cashing of $3,058 and $1,760, respectively.

        Changes in the accrual for third-party lender losses for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 were as follows:

 
  2010   2009   2008  

Balance, beginning of period

  $ 150   $   $  
 

Provision for loan losses

    765     150      
 

Charge-offs, net

    (805 )        
               

Balance, end of period

  $ 110   $ 150   $  
               

F-18


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 2. Finance Receivables, Credit Quality Information and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

        The total changes in the allowance for credit losses, and the accrual for third-party lender losses for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 were as follows:

 
  2009   2008  

Balance, beginning of period

  $ 2,451   $ 1,779  
 

Provision for loan losses

    40,405     35,784  
 

Charge-offs, net

    (37,300 )   (35,112 )
           

Balance, end of period

  $ 5,556   $ 2,451  
           

        The provision for losses for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 also includes losses from returned items from check cashing of $3,058 and $1,760, respectively.

        The Company considers the near term repayment performance of finance receivables as its primary credit quality indicator. The Company does not perform credit checks through consumer reporting agencies. If a third-party lender provides the advance, the applicable third-party lender decides whether to approve the cash advance and establishes all of the underwriting criteria and terms, conditions, and features of the customer agreements. The due date depends on the product.

        Aging of Receivables are as follows (in thousands):

 
  December 31,
2010
 

Current finance receivables

  $ 86,544  

Past Due finance receivables (1-30 days)

    1,631  
       

  $ 88,175  
       

Note 3. Related Party Transactions and Balances

        On May 1, 2006, the Company entered into an Advisory Services and Monitoring Agreement with an affiliate of the majority stockholder. A quarterly fee is paid in consideration for ongoing management and other advisory services provided to the Company and its subsidiaries in the greater amount of a) $150 or b) 25% multiplied by 1.5% of the average EBITDA for the previous twelve-month period. Total fees paid related to this agreement for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $1,184, $833 and $797, respectively.

        The Company has a management agreement with several related parties in which the Company receives management fee revenue on a monthly basis for providing certain accounting and management functions to these parties. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, management fee revenue from related parties totaled $46, $172 and $260, respectively.

        The Company's senior management had access to use various aircraft owned by three related parties through May 2008. The Company rented the aircraft from these related parties and all personal use of the aircraft was reimbursed to the Company. Total rent paid to these related parties for usage of the aircraft totaled $532 for the year ended December 31, 2008.

F-19


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 3. Related Party Transactions and Balances (Continued)

        The Company's senior management has access to use an aircraft owned by a related party. The Company rents the aircraft from this related party and all personal use of the aircraft is reimbursed to the Company. Total rent paid to these related parties for usage of the aircraft totaled $94, $54 and $6 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

        The corporate office and certain branches of the Company are owned and operated by related parties and leased from the related party by the Company. Rent paid to the related parties was $1,810, $1,772 and $1,724 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

        The Company's payroll and accounting departments administer benefits, background checks and payroll administration for various related parties. Each of the related companies is charged actual costs for benefits, worker's compensation, and background checks, plus fees to cover related costs.

        At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had $4 and $11, respectively recorded as receivables from stockholders and other related entities.

        Certain members of management have a noncontrolling, minority interest in a card program managing company. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company, as an agent for the card program managing company had made net prepayments of $11,094 and $660, respectively, to the card program managing company for various items related to a product offering of the Company.

        On December 31, 2008 the Company entered into a $5,000 line of credit with a related party. The line of credit bears interest of 20% and is due February 2011. Interest expense and unused line fees recognized on this borrowing totaled $255 and $305 for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. During 2008, the Company entered into an agreement with a related party, whereby the related party put up a deposit of $5,000 on a non-recourse basis to support the risk associated with the Company's treasury management activity. Fees in the year ended December 31, 2010 associated with this collateral support were $400.

Note 4. Leasehold Improvements and Equipment

        At December 31, 2010 and 2009, leasehold improvements and equipment consisted of the following:

 
  2010   2009  

Furniture and fixtures

  $ 15,596   $ 14,964  

Leasehold improvements

    25,201     23,929  

Equipment

    5,758     4,834  

Vehicles

    22     19  

Assets acquired not yet placed in service

    454     454  
           

    47,031     44,200  

Less accumulated depreciation

    (31,876 )   (25,671 )
           
 

Leasehold improvements and equipment, net

  $ 15,155   $ 18,529  
           

F-20


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 5. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

        The following table summarizes goodwill and other intangible assets as of December 31, 2010 and 2009:

 
  2010   2009  

Goodwill from acquisitions

  $ 138,963   $ 129,647  

Intangible assets acquired from acquisitions:

             
 

Non-compete

    1,178     342  
 

Trade name

    243     8  
 

Customer list

    96     9  
           

  $ 140,480   $ 130,006  
           

        The Company conducted its annual test for impairment of goodwill as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 which resulted in no impairment of goodwill. The annual impairment test of goodwill as of December 31, 2008 resulted in the impairment of goodwill totaling $53,300. The methodology for determining the fair value was a combination of quoted market prices, prices of comparable businesses, discounted estimated cash flows and other valuation techniques. The significant downturn in the equity markets during 2008 exacerbated the decreased valuations for 2008 calculated using these methodologies.

        The amount of tax goodwill at the acquisition date of the Company exceeded the reported amount of goodwill for financial statement reporting purposes by approximately $50,965. The total estimated effect of the tax benefit attributable to tax goodwill in excess of the amount reported in these financial statements was $31,237 which will reduce financial statement goodwill each year as the tax benefits are recognized. This benefit will be recognized over a 15-year period from the date of acquisition by recording deferred income tax expense and reducing the carrying amount of goodwill as those tax benefits occur. The tax benefit for each of the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008 was $2,082. The effect of the tax benefits for each subsequent year is expected to be $2,082 and will result in future reductions to the carrying amount of goodwill.

        Amortization expense on specifically identifiable intangibles for the next 5 years is estimated to be:

Year Ending December 31,
  Amount  

2011

  $ 399  

2012

    360  

2013

    348  

2014

    348  

2015

    62  
       

  $ 1,517  
       

        Total intangible amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $399, $361, and $884, respectively.

F-21


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 6. Pledged Assets and Debt

        Debt at December 31, 2010 and 2009 consisted of the following:

 
  2010   2009  

First lien term loan, secured, LIBOR plus 2.75%, collateralized by all Company assets, quarterly principal payments of $400 and excess cash payments as defined in the agreement, with remaining principal balance due May 2012

  $ 146,361   $ 148,365  
 

Second lien term loan, secured, LIBOR plus 5.50%, collateralized by all Company assets, interest only payments with principal due May 2013

    40,000     40,000  

Note payable, unsecured, 10%, interest only payments, with principal due April 2011

    2,573      
           

    188,934     188,365  
 

Less current maturities

    17,573     2,004  
           
   

Long-term portion

  $ 171,361   $ 186,361  
           

        The 3-month LIBOR rate at December 31, 2010 and 2009 was 0.31% and 0.26%, respectively.

        The Company's debt under line-of-credit agreements at December 31, 2010 and 2009 consisted of the following:

 
  2010   2009  

Revolving credit loan, related party, 20.00%, unsecured, due February 2011

  $   $ 5,000  
           

        On December 31, 2008 the Company entered into a $5,000 revolving credit loan with a related party. The balance outstanding at December 31, 2010 was $-0-.

        On March 1, 2010, the Company entered into a revolving credit loan agreement totaling $9,000; $4,000 of which was available only seasonally. On July 31, 2010 this agreement was amended to $9,000; $2,000 of which is available only seasonally. The balance outstanding at December 31, 2010 was $-0-. The line of credit has an effective interest rate of prime plus 1.00%, not less than 5.00%. At December 31, 2010 and 2009 the prime rate was 3.25%. The line expires July 31, 2012.

        On May 1, 2006, the Company entered into a line of credit agreement totaling $30,000. The balance outstanding at December 31, 2010 was $-0-. The applicable margin for prime loans is 1.75% and 2.75% for LIBOR loans if the consolidated leverage ratio, as defined in the agreement, is greater than or equal to 3.00 to 1.00. The applicable margin for prime loans is 1.50% and 2.50% for LIBOR loans if the consolidated leverage ratio, as defined in the agreement, is less than 3.00 to 1.00. The effective interest rate at December 31, 2010 and 2009 was 5.00%. The line of credit is collateralized by substantially all assets of the Company. The line expires May 1, 2012.

        The line of credit agreements and term loans agreements contain various restrictions, including maintenance of certain financial ratios, limitations on capital expenditures and certain other restrictions. In addition, the Company must repay certain amounts the term loans when the cash held by the Company exceeds the maximum allowable amount as determined by the agreement calculation. Payments made as a result of this have satisfied the required quarterly principal payments.

F-22


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 6. Pledged Assets and Debt (Continued)

        Aggregate debt maturities at December 31, 2010, are as follows:

Year Ending December 31,
  Term Loans   Note Payable   Total  

2011

  $ 15,000   $ 2,573   $ 17,573  

2012

    131,361         131,361  

2013

    40,000         40,000  
               
 

Total

  $ 186,361   $ 2,573   $ 188,934  
               

Note 7. Agency Agreements

        On June 14, 2007, the Company entered into an agency agreement with Western Union whereby the Company facilitates wire transfers and money orders via Western Union's network. The initial term of this agreement is a period of 5 years. Under this agreement, the Company receives a commission for each transfer conducted. During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the total amount of commissions earned related to the agreement totaled $817, $917 and $871, respectively.

        Under the Western Union Agreement, the Company received approximately $3,500 in upfront bonuses at the inception of the agreement related to expected future business volumes. Should the Company close a location, discontinue service at an existing location, or terminate the agreement at any time during the initial term, a prorated portion of this signing bonus must be repaid. In addition, the Company is also entitled to receive certain incentive bonuses, not to exceed $500 for the duration of the agreement, related to new Western Union service locations opened or acquired during the term of the agreement.

        During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the total amount of revenue recognized related to bonuses under the Western Union Agreement was $714, $700 and $700, respectively. The total deferred revenue related to these bonuses and incentive bonuses as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, was $1,073 and $1,692, respectively, and is included in other current and noncurrent liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

        The Company has also entered into an agency agreement with another vendor whereby the Company facilitates prepaid debit card services. During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the total amount of fees earned related to the agreement totaled $879, $1,937 and $1,808, respectively. The agreement was cancelled during 2010.

        The Company entered into an agency agreement with an entity which is a prepaid debit card program manager during 2009. During the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 the total amount of fees earned related to the agreement totaled $9,853 and $126, respectively. At December 31, 2010 and 2009 the Company had $11,094 and $660, respectively in card related pre-funds and receivables on its balance sheet associated with this agreement.

        In November 2008, the Company entered into an agency agreement with an additional money order provider. Through this agreement the Company issues certain loan proceeds in the state of Ohio via a third-party money order provider. Under this agreement the Company is responsible for compensating for the use of the money orders and is also required to pre-fund certain amounts to mitigate the risk exposure of the third-party money order company related to the outstanding and

F-23


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 7. Agency Agreements (Continued)


projected outstanding money orders. At December 31, 2010 and 2009 the Company had $8,030 and $10,659 in pre-funding assets, respectively.

Note 8. Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities

        Accounts payable and accrued liabilities at December 31, 2010 and 2009 consisted of the following:

 
  2010   2009  

Accounts payable

  $ 1,048   $ 3,426  

Money orders payable

    4,049      

Income tax payable

        482  

Accrued interest

    389     57  

Accrued payroll and benefits

    1,929     539  

Compensated absences

    596     492  

Bill payment services payable

    56     87  

Wire transfers payable

    692     812  

Western Union payable

    127     153  

Accrual for third-party losses

    110     150  

Other

    1,850     1,430  
           

  $ 10,846   $ 7,628  
           

Note 9. Lease Commitments and Total Rental Expense

        The Company leases its facilities under various noncancelable agreements, which require various minimum annual rentals. Certain of the leases also require the payment of normal maintenance on the properties. The total minimum rental commitment at December 31, 2010, is due as follows:

Year Ending December 31,
  Amount  

2011

  $ 10,169  

2012

    7,910  

2013

    5,877  

2014

    4,068  

2015

    1,684  

Thereafter

    6,225  
       
 

Total minimum lease payments

  $ 35,933  
       

        Rental expense totaled $15,624, $14,825 and $14,198 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Note 10. Bonus Agreements

        The Company pays a discretionary bonus or other bonuses as defined in agreements to employees based on performance. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the bonus expense related to these agreements totaled $1,650, $1,000 and $975, respectively.

F-24


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 11. Concentrations of Credit Risk

        The Company's portfolio of finance receivables is with consumers living in twelve states and consequently such consumers' ability to honor their contracts may be affected by economic conditions in these areas. Additionally, the Company is subject to regulation by federal and state governments that affect the products and services provided by the Company, particularly payday advances. To the extent that laws and regulations are passed that affect the Company's ability to offer loans or similar products in any of the states in which it operates, the Company's financial position could be adversely affected. As an example, the law under which the Company provided payday advances in Arizona terminated in June 2010. The Company was able to transition customers to a card based product and title loans.

        The following table summarizes the allocation of the portfolio balance by state at December 31, 2010 and 2009:

 
  2010   2009  
State
  Balance
Outstanding
  Percentage of
Total Outstanding
  Balance
Outstanding
  Percentage of
Total Outstanding
 

Alabama

  $ 9,175     10.4 % $     %

Arizona

    9,896     11.2     12,094     16.2  

California

    4,548     5.2     4,448     6.0  

Florida

    1,818     2.1     1,693     2.3  

Indiana

    4,594     5.2     4,161     5.6  

Kansas

    1,329     1.5     1,163     1.6  

Kentucky

    2,648     3.0     2,480     3.3  

Michigan

    2,465     2.8     1,994     2.7  

Missouri

    1,390     1.6     1,091     1.5  

Ohio

    39,238     44.5     36,945     49.6  

Utah

    3,559     4.0     2,791     3.7  

Virginia

    7,515     8.5     5,713     7.7  
                   
 

Total

  $ 88,175     100.0 % $ 74,573     100.0 %
                   

Note 12. Common Stock

        Common stock at December 31, 2010 and 2009 consists of the following (these amounts have not been rounded in thousands):

 
  Common Stock  
 
  Authorized   Issued and
Outstanding
  Stated
Value
  Par
Value
 

Class A—voting

    1,180,000     1,003,256   $ 10,033   $ 0.01  

Class B—nonvoting

    20,000     20,000     200     0.01  
                   

    1,200,000     1,023,256   $ 10,233   $ 0.01  
                   

F-25


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 13. Litigation

        Lawsuits have been filed against the Company alleging violations of certain consumer lending practices and other laws in certain states which the Company operates. The Company has conditionally settled a case which includes class allegations. The settlement is pending approval by the court. The Company believes the estimated settlement amount is fully accrued and recorded in accounts payable and accrued liabilities on the Company's balance sheet.

        In addition, from time-to-time the Company is a defendant in various lawsuits and administrative proceedings wherein certain amounts are claimed or violations of laws or regulations are asserted. In the opinion of the Company's management, these claims are without substantial merit and should not result in judgments which in the aggregate would have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial statements.

Note 14. Employee Benefit Plan

        The Company has established a salary deferral plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The plan allows eligible employees to defer a portion of their compensation. Such deferrals accumulate on a tax deferred basis until the employee withdraws the funds. The Company is required to match 100 percent of the employee contributions not exceeding 3 percent of compensation, plus 50 percent of the employee contributions exceeding 3 percent but not to exceed 5 percent of compensation. Total expense recorded for the Company's match was $710, $579 and $563 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

        The plan also provides a profit sharing component where the Company can make a discretionary contribution to the plan, which is allocated based on the compensation of eligible employees. No contributions were made for 2010, 2009 or 2008.

Note 15. Business Combination

        On February 28, 2010, the Company entered into a Membership Interest Purchase Agreement in which the Company acquired all membership interest of Insight Capital, LLC for $15,900 in cash consideration. The purchase price was negotiated based upon a multiple of prior financial results and perceived opportunities. The acquisition was financed through cash plus assumed liabilities. The results

F-26


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 15. Business Combination (Continued)


of operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition. The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of assets acquired at the date of acquisition:

Fair value of total consideration transferred, cash

  $ 15,900  
       

Acquisition-related costs (included corporate expenses in the Company statement of operations for the year ending December 31, 2010)

  $ 237  
       

Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed

       
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 12,602  
 

Finance receivables

    3,995  
 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    122  
 

Leasehold improvements and equipment

    1,144  
 

Identifiable intangible assets

    1,654  
 

Note payable

    (2,600 )
 

Line of credit

    (9,000 )
 

Other liabilities

    (3,413 )
       
   

Total identifiable net assets

    4,504  

Goodwill

    11,396  
       

  $ 15,900  
       

Note 16. Interest Rate Swaps

        The Company maintained an interest-rate risk-management strategy that used derivative instruments to minimize significant, unanticipated earnings fluctuations caused by interest-rate volatility.

        In June 2006, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement related to their borrowings on their term loan. These swaps are utilized to manage interest rate exposures and are designated as highly effective cash flow hedges. The differential to be paid or received on all swap agreements is accrued as interest rates change and is recognized over the lives of the agreements in interest expense. The swap agreement expired in June 2009 and had a fixed rate of 5.55%. The notional amount was $100,000. Included in accumulated other comprehensive income is a gain (loss) of approximately $-0-, $2,143 and $2,143 relating to the fair value of the swap agreements as of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. These fair values were made utilizing inputs other than quoted prices that are observable (Level 2).

Note 17. Stock-Based Compensation

        On May 1, 2006, the Company adopted the 2006 Management Equity Incentive Plan (the "Plan") pursuant to which the Company's Board of Directors, or a duly-authorized committee thereof, may grant stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and stock appreciation rights to employees and consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries. The maximum number of shares that may be subject to awards under the Plan is 212,791. Options that have been granted under the Plan have been granted at an exercise price equal to (or greater than) the stock's fair market value at the date of the grant, with terms of 10 years and vesting generally over four to five years.

F-27


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 17. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

        The Company recognizes compensation costs in the financial statements for all share-based payments granted on or after May 1, 2006 based on the estimated grant date fair value. No options were outstanding prior to May 1, 2006.

        The Plan allows for awards based on time, performance and market conditions. Compensation expense for awards based on time is expensed on a straight-line basis over the service period. Compensation expense for performance awards are recognized using the graded vesting method. Compensation expense for market conditions which contain a liquidity event condition and a specified performance condition have not been recognized and will be recognized upon consummation of the liquidity event.

        The fair value of the option award is estimated on the date of grant using a lattice-based option valuation model that uses the assumptions noted in the following table. Because lattice-based option valuation models incorporate ranges of assumptions for inputs, those ranges are disclosed. Expected volatilities are based on comparable public companies historical volatility of their stock. The Company uses historical data to estimate option exercise and employee termination within the valuation model; separate groups of employees that have similar historical exercise behavior are considered separately for valuation purposes. The expected term of options granted is derived from the output of the option valuation model and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.

        The weighted average assumptions used by the Company for option grants in 2010, 2009, and 2008 are illustrated in the following table:

 
  2010   2009   2008  

Risk-free interest rate

    0.31 %   1.00 %   1.00 %

Dividend yield

    0.00 %   0.00 %   0.00 %

Expected volatility

    41.90 %   52.00 %   52.00 %

Expected life (years)

    1.25     3.33     3.33  

Weighted average fair value of options granted

  $ 18.13   $   $ 13.42  

Weighted average fair value of stock appreciation rights granted

  $   $   $ 13.42  

        For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company recorded stock-based compensation costs in the amount of $338, $1,057 and $529, respectively. As of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, unrecognized stock-based compensation costs to be recognized over future periods approximated $3,400, $3,700 and $4,800, respectively. This amount will be recognized as expense over a weighted-average period of 1 year. The total income tax benefit recognized in the income statement for the share-based compensation arrangements was $125, $391 and $201 for December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

        At December 31, 2010, there were a total of 9,094 additional shares available for grant under the Plan.

F-28


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 17. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

        Stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2010 is as follows (these amounts have not been rounded in thousands):

 
  Shares   Weighted-Average
Exercise Price
(actual per share
price)
  Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(thousands)

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

    135,938   $ 59.65     7.1   n/a
 

Granted

    21,500     49.61       n/a
 

Exercised

              n/a
 

Forfeited or expired

              n/a
                     

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

    157,438     58.29     6.8   n/a
                 

Exercisable at December 31, 2010

    53,043   $ 51.30     5.8   $3,683
                 

Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2010

    55,379   $ 112.95     5.8   $3,702
                 

        Stock appreciation rights activity for the year ended December 31, 2010 is as follows (these amounts have not been rounded into thousands):

 
  Shares   Weighted-Average
Exercise Price
(actual per share
price)
  Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(thousands)

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

    44,756   $     9.0   n/a
 

Granted

              n/a
 

Exercised

              n/a
 

Forfeited or expired

              n/a
                     

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

    44,756         8.0   n/a
                 

Exercisable at December 31, 2010

    22,378   $     6.1   $1,140
                 

Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2010

    24,704   $     6.1   $1,183
                 

        The following table summarizes information regarding non-vested outstanding stock options for the year ended December 31, 2010:

 
  Shares   Weighted Average
Fair Value
at Grant Date
 

Non-vested at January 1, 2010

    85,080   $ 32.12  
 

Granted

    21,500     18.13  
 

Vested

    (2,185 )   78.96  
           

Non-vested at December 31, 2010

    104,395   $ 29.41  
           

F-29


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 17. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

        The following table summarizes information regarding non-vested outstanding stock appreciation rights for the year ended December 31, 2010:

 
  Shares   Weighted Average
Fair Value
at Grant Date
 

Non-vested at January 1, 2010

    22,378   $ 50.40  
 

Granted

         
 

Vested

         
           

Non-vested at December 31, 2010

    22,378   $ 50.40  
           

        Other information related to Stock Option activity for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008:

 
  2010   2009   2008  

Total fair value of options vested

  $ 6,472   $ 4,388   $ 250  

Total intrinsic value of options exercised

             

        Other information related to Stock Appreciation activity for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008:

 
  2010   2009   2008  

Total fair value of SARs vested

  $ 2,730   $ 1,735   $ 241  

Total intrinsic value of SARs exercised

             

        No awards were granted during 2009. The weighted-average grant-date fair value of awards granted during 2010 was $18.13.

Note 18. Income Taxes

        Community Choice Financial Inc. and subsidiaries (formerly CheckSmart Financial Holdings Corp.) file a consolidated federal income tax return. The Company files consolidated or separate state income tax returns as permitted by the individual states in which it operates.

        Net deferred tax assets consist of the following components as of December 31, 2010:

 
  Deferred Tax Assets  
 
  Current   Noncurrent  

Allowance for credit losses

  $ 1,735   $  

Goodwill

        1,191  

Accrued expenses

    192      

Depreciable assets

        1,624  

Intangible asset

        874  

Stock based compensation

        974  

Deferred revenue

    205     202  

Other

    15      
           

  $ 2,147   $ 4,865  
           

F-30


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 18. Income Taxes (Continued)

        Net deferred tax assets consist of the following components as of December 31, 2009:

 
  Deferred Tax Assets  
 
  Current   Noncurrent  

Allowance for credit losses

  $ 2,118   $  

Goodwill

        6,213  

Accrued expenses

    630      

Depreciable assets

        1,291  

Intangible asset

        858  

Stock based compensation

        845  

Deferred revenue

    266     377  

Other

    12      
           

  $ 3,026   $ 9,584  
           

        The net deferred tax assets and (liabilities) are classified in the consolidated balance sheet as follows:

 
  2010   2009  

Current

  $ 2,147   $ 3,026  

Noncurrent

    4,865     9,584  
           

  $ 7,012   $ 12,610  
           

        The provision for income taxes charged to operations for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 consists of the following:

 
  2010   2009   2008  

Current tax expense

  $ 10,775   $ 9,871   $ 6,047  

Deferred tax expense

    5,598     2,315     (18,469 )

Benefit applied to reduce goodwill

    2,082     2,082     2,082  
               

  $ 18,455   $ 14,268   $ (10,340 )
               

        Income tax expense (benefit) has been allocated as follows:

 
  2010   2009   2008  

Continuting operations

  $ 19,801   $ 14,042   $ (10,635 )

Discontinued operations

    (1,346 )   226     295  
               

  $ 18,455   $ 14,268   $ (10,340 )
               

        The Company's tax basis goodwill exceeds the amount recorded for financial reporting purposes. The accounting for deferred income taxes prohibits immediate recognition of a deferred tax asset created by tax goodwill in excess of book goodwill. The recognition of the tax benefits are required to be recognized when the excess tax goodwill is amortized and deducted on the Company's income tax

F-31


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 18. Income Taxes (Continued)


return. This deduction will occur over the next 15 years from the acquisition date. The benefit for that tax deduction is recognized consistent with the initial recognition of an acquired tax benefit, which requires this amount to be applied as a reduction of goodwill. For reporting purposes, the amount of the tax deduction and the tax benefit attributable to the tax deduction is referred to as "the benefit applied to reduce goodwill" and will be recorded as additional income tax expense in these financial statements and will reduce the carrying amount of goodwill. The total amount of tax amortization of goodwill for the original purchase amounted to approximately $14,600 in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

        The reconciliation between income tax expense for financial statement purposes and the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 35% to pretax income before extraordinary item for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

 
  2010   2009   2008  

Federal tax expense at statutory rate

  $ 17,389   $ 13,617   $ (10,093 )

Increase (decrease) in income taxes resulting from:

                   
 

State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit

    1,317     1,026     (661 )
 

Nondeductible expenses and other items

    (251 )   (375 )   112  
 

Expired stock awards

            302  
               

  $ 18,455   $ 14,268   $ (10,340 )
               

        Community Choice Financial Inc. and subsidiaries (formerly CheckSmart Financial Holdings Corp.) are subject to taxation by the United States and various state jurisdictions. The federal tax return for its 2007 tax year and the certain state tax returns for its 2006 year and forward remain open to examination by tax authorities. The Internal Revenue Service (IRS) commenced an examination of the Company's U.S. income tax returns for 2008 during 2010 that is anticipated to be completed by the end of 2011. The IRS has proposed certain tax adjustments. Management is currently evaluating those proposed adjustments to determine if it agrees, but if accepted, the Company does not anticipate the adjustments would result in a material change to its financial position.

Note 19: Earnings per common share

        Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per common share is computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders, increased by the weighted average number of outstanding common shares and incremental shares that may be issued in future periods related to outstanding stock options and stock appreciation rights, if dilutive. When calculating incremental shares related to outstanding stock options and stock appreciation rights, the Company applies the treasury stock method. The treasury stock method assumes that proceeds, consisting of the amount the employee must pay on exercise, compensation cost attributed to future services and not yet recognized, and excess tax benefits that would be credited to additional paid-in capital on exercise of the stock options and stock appreciation rights, are used to repurchase outstanding shares at the average market price for the period. The treasury stock method is applied only to share grants for which the effect is dilutive.

F-32


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 19: Earnings per common share (Continued)

        The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share:

 
  2010   2009   2008  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Income (Loss) from continuing operations as reported

  $ 33,425   $ 24,269   $ (18,979 )
 

add net loss attributable to non-controlling interests

    252          
               
   

Numerator for basic and diluted earnings per share—operating income available to common shareholders

    33,677     24,269     (18,979 )

Discontinued operations

    (2,196 )   368     482  

Extraordinary item

            (3,913 )
               

Numerator for basic and diluted earnings per share—net income (loss) available to common shareholders

  $ 31,481   $ 24,637   $ (22,410 )
               

        The following is a reconciliation of the outstanding shares utilized in the computation of earnings per common share:

 
  2010   2009   2008  

Weighted-average shares outstanding—basic

    1,023,256     1,023,256     1,023,256  

Effect of dilutive options and stock appreciation rights to purchase common stock

    29,137     18,630      
               

As adjusted for diluted calculation

    1,052,393     1,041,886     1,023,256  
               

        Diluted earnings per share presented does not include potential common shares that were anti-dilutive or contingent on either a liquidity event or certain performance measures. The potential common shares excluded were 145,464 and 128,278 for 2010 and 2009 respectively.

        For the year ended December 31, 2008, there were no securities that were not included in the computations of diluted net loss attributable to common stockholders per share because their inclusion would be anti-dilutive.

Note 20. Transaction with Variable Interest Entities

        The Company began conducting business through a wholly owned subsidiary registered as a Credit Services Organization ("CSO") under Ohio law during 2009. In connection with operating as a CSO, the Company entered into a credit services organization agreement with an unaffiliated third-party lender in 2009. The agreement governed the terms by which the Company refers customers to that lender, on a non-exclusive basis, for a possible extension of credit, processes loan applications and commits to reimburse the lender for any loans or related fees that were not collected from such customers. During 2010, the Company transitioned away from the CSO model but continued to offer customers access to the third-party lender.

        The company has a debt-buying arrangement with the lender whereby it purchases defaulted accounts. The Company accrues for this obligation through management's estimation of anticipated purchases based on expected losses in the lender's portfolio. This obligation is recorded as a current liability on the Company's balance sheet. The accrual for these obligations totaled $110 and $150 at

F-33


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 20. Transaction with Variable Interest Entities (Continued)


December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company has determined that the lender is a VIE but that the Company is not the primary beneficiary of this VIE. Therefore, the Company has not consolidated the lender in 2010 and 2009.

Note 21. Optional Card Feature

        An optional feature available to some customers who sign up for a prepaid debit card through the Company, as Agent for Insight Card Services, is the ability to have an unrelated third-party lender to the customer direct loan proceeds onto the customer's card. The Company purchases a participation in these loans which is recorded in the finance receivables.

Note 22. Discontinued Operations

        In December 2010, the Company decided to discontinue Buckeye Commercial Check Cashing of Florida, LLC ("Commercial") due to operational performance. The Company completed the liquidation of Commercial and ceased operations in December 2010. The liquidation consisted of normal collection practices with any uncollected balances charged-off by December 31, 2010. No recoveries are anticipated by the Company.

        In accordance with current accounting guidance, non-financial assets related to discontinued operations were written down to their fair values, resulting in asset impairment charges of $244 which were included in the loss from discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2010.

        Results from discontinued operations of Commercial for the years ending December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 were as follows:

 
  2010   2009   2008  

Total revenue

  $ 568   $ 1,175   $ 1,241  
               

Branch expenses:

                   
 

Provision for loan losses

    3,471     171     29  
 

Selling, general and administrative

    571     407     430  
               

Total operating expenses

    4,042     578     459  

Corporate exenses

    68     3     5  
               

Net income (loss) before income taxes

    (3,542 )   594     777  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

    (1,346 )   226     295  
               

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations

  $ (2,196 ) $ 368   $ 482  
               

        Corporate expenses include only direct expenses that are related to Commercial Check Cashing but were considered corporate type expenses that are typically not allocated to store level operations. There were no significant non-cash assets or liabilities included in the balance sheets at December 31, 2010 and 2009.

F-34


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 23. Subsequent Events

        In April 2011, Community Choice Financial Inc., ("CCFI") a newly formed holding company and CheckSmart Financial Holdings Corp., together with CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. and CCCS Holdings, LLC entities (collectively, "CCCS") located in the western United States and certain other parties executed an Agreement and Plan of Merger pursuant to which CCFI acquired all outstanding shares of both CheckSmart Financial Holdings Corp. and CCCS. The combination of CheckSmart and CCFI is structured as a stock-for-stock transaction, in which the equity holders of each of CheckSmart and CCCS agreed to contribute the equity of the separate companies to CCFI in exchange for shares of the combined company. As a result of the transaction, the equity holders of CheckSmart Financial Holdings Corp. and CCCS own approximately 77% and 23% of CCFI, respectively.

        In connection with the above transaction, Community Choice Financial Inc. ("CCFI") issued $395,000 8-year senior secured notes. The notes have an interest rate of 10.75% payable semi-annually and will mature on May 1, 2019. The proceeds were used to refinance existing debt, pay fees and expenses, and to finance a special dividend to shareholders and bonuses to management. The amount of special dividend was $120,566 and the amount of the management bonuses was $4,434.

        In April 2011, the Company also entered into a 4-year, $40 million revolving credit facility concurrent with the notes offering. The revolving credit facility, at the Company's option, bears interest at either (a) LIBOR plus a margin of 5% or (b) an alternative base rate (determined as the greatest of the prime rate, the federal funds effective rate plus 0.5% or 1-month LIBOR plus 1%) plus a margin of 4%, and will mature on April 29, 2015.

        Substantially all assets of the Company are pledged as collateral on the senior secured notes and revolving credit facility. The agreements contain various restrictions, including, in the case of the revolving credit facility, a requirement to maintain certain financial ratios, and certain other restrictions.

        On August 19, 2011, the Company's Board of Directors approved the filing of a registration statement on Form S-1 for an initial public offering of the Company's common stock.

F-35


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010

(In thousands, except per share data)

 
  June 30,
2011
  December 31,
2010
 
 
  (unaudited)
   
 

Assets

             

Current Assets

             
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 57,084   $ 39,780  
 

Finance receivables, net

    96,997     81,337  
 

Short-term investments, certificates of deposit

    1,814     1,814  
 

Prepaid money orders

    5,000     8,030  
 

Card related pre-funding and receivables

    9,922     11,094  
 

Other current assets

    8,649     3,627  
 

Deferred tax asset, net

    2,633     2,147  
           
   

Total current assets

    182,099     147,829  

Noncurrent Assets

             
 

Leasehold improvements and equipment, net

    20,257     15,155  
 

Goodwill and other identified intangibles

    259,033     140,480  
 

Security deposits and other noncurrent assets

    1,638     1,130  
 

Deferred tax asset, net

    2,360     4,865  
 

Deferred financing costs

    15,281     1,185  
           
   

Total assets

  $ 480,668   $ 310,644  
           

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

             

Current Liabilities

             
 

Notes payable

  $   $ 17,573  
 

Deferred revenue

    1,716     714  
 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

    29,794     10,846  
           
   

Total current liabilities

    31,510     29,133  

Noncurrent Liabilities

             
 

Notes payable

    395,000     171,361  
 

Deferred revenue

    2,810     359  
           
   

Total liabilities

    429,320     200,853  
           

Commitments and Contingencies

             

Stockholders' Equity

             
 

Preferred stock, par value $.01 per share, 3,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding

         
 

Common stock, par value $.01 per share, 5,000 and 1,200 shares authorized at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, 1,330 and 1,023 outstanding as June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010

    13     10  
 

Additional paid-in capital

    113,264     58,023  
 

Retained earnings (deficit)

    (61,929 )   51,577  
 

Non-controlling interests

        181  
           
   

Total stockholders' equity

    51,348     109,791  
           
   

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $ 480,668   $ 310,644  
           

See Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-36


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Operations

Three Months and Six Months Ended June 30, 2011 and 2010

(unaudited)

(In thousands)

 
  Three Months Ended
June 30,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2011   2010   2011   2010  

Revenues:

                         
 

Finance receivable fees

  $ 45,318   $ 35,171   $ 81,471   $ 69,929  
 

Check cashing fees

    17,767     13,273     32,814     27,746  
 

Card fees

    4,809     2,113     8,757     2,663  
 

Other

    4,138     2,581     8,218     5,921  
                   
   

Total revenues

    72,032     53,138     131,260     106,259  
                   

Branch expenses:

                         
 

Salaries and benefits

    13,868     10,170     24,129     19,869  
 

Provision for losses

    15,286     10,944     23,694     17,682  
 

Occupancy

    5,012     3,765     8,840     7,173  
 

Depreciation and amortization

    1,217     1,092     2,545     2,458  
 

Other

    8,390     7,776     15,728     12,666  
                   
   

Total branch expenses

    43,773     33,747     74,936     59,848  
                   
   

Branch gross profit

    28,259     19,391     56,324     46,411  
                   

Corporate expenses

    11,615     8,711     21,899     16,439  

Transaction expenses

    8,613         8,698     237  

Depreciation and amortization

    726     389     1,012     652  

Interest expense, net

    9,625     2,127     11,660     4,429  

Nonoperating income, management fees

    (11 )   (11 )   (22 )   (22 )
                   
   

Income (loss) before income taxes and discontinued operations

    (2,309 )   8,175     13,077     24,676  

Provision for income taxes

   
234
   
3,149
   
6,137
   
9,469
 
                   
   

Income (loss) from continuing operations

    (2,543 )   5,026     6,940     15,207  

Discontinued operations (net of benefit for income tax of $544 for the three months and $1,345 for the six months ending June 30, 2010)

   
   
(889

)
 
   
(2,196

)
                   
   

Net income (loss)

    (2,543 )   4,137     6,940     13,011  

Net loss attributable to non-controlling interests

   
   
   
120
   
 
                   
   

Net income (loss) attributable to controlling interests

  $ (2,543 ) $ 4,137   $ 7,060   $ 13,011  
                   

 

 
  Six Months
Ended
June 30, 2011
  Six Months
Ended
June 30, 2010
 

Earnings per share—basic

             
 

Operating income (loss) available to controlling interests—per share

  $ 6.26   $ 14.86  
   

Discontinued operations—per share

        (2.15 )
   

Extraordinary item—per share

         
           

Net income (loss) available to controlling interests—per share

  $ 6.26   $ 12.71  
           

Earnings per share—diluted

             
 

Operating income (loss) available to controlling interests—per share

  $ 5.99   $ 14.44  
   

Discontinued operations—per share

        (2.08 )
   

Extraordinary item—per share

         
           

Net income (loss) available to controlling interests—per share

  $ 5.99   $ 12.36  
           

Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic

   
1,128,329
   
1,023,256
 
           

Weighted average common shares outstanding—diluted

    1,178,622     1,052,974  
           

See Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-37


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity

Six Months Ended June 30, 2011

(Unaudited)

(In thousands)

 
  Common Stock    
   
   
   
 
 
  Additional
Paid-In
Capital
  Retained
Earnings
(Deficit)
  Non-Controlling
Interest
   
 
 
  Shares   Amount   Total  

Balance, December 31, 2010

    1,023   $ 10   $ 58,023   $ 51,577   $ 181   $ 109,791  
 

Stock-based compensation

                                     
   

expense

            52             52  
 

Issuance of common stock for

                                     
   

merger

    307     3     55,189             55,192  
 

Net income (loss)

                7,060     (120 )   6,940  
 

Non-controlling interests

                                     
   

conversion elimination

                    (61 )   (61 )
 

Dividend distribution

                (120,566 )       (120,566 )
                           

Balance, June 30, 2011

    1,330   $ 13   $ 113,264   $ (61,929 ) $   $ 51,348  
                           

See Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-38


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Six Months Ended June 30, 2011 and 2010

(Unaudited)

(In thousands)

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2011   2010  

Cash flows from operating activities

             
 

Net income

  $ 6,940   $ 13,011  
 

Loss from discontinued operations

        2,196  
           
 

Net income attributable to continuing operations

    6,940     15,207  
 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

             
   

Provision for credit losses

    23,694     17,682  
   

Loss on disposal of assets

    19      
   

Depreciation

    3,250     2,965  
   

Amortization of deferred financing cost

    640     467  
   

Amortization of intangibles

    296     415  
   

Deferred income taxes

    3,157     2,020  
   

Stock-based compensation

    52     169  
   

Changes in assets and liabilities:

             
     

Related party receivables

        7  
     

Prepaid money orders

    3,030     8,553  
     

Card related pre-funding and receivables

    1,172     (5,958 )
     

Other assets

    (4,019 )   (6,910 )
     

Deferred revenue

    (928 )   (263 )
     

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    4,921     4,409  
           
     

Net cash provided by operating activities—continuing operations

    42,224     38,763  
           
     

Net cash used in operating activities—discontinued operations

        (2,186 )
           

Cash flows from investing activities

             
 

Net receivables originated

    (23,661 )   (16,059 )
 

Net acquired assets, net of cash

    3,036     (12,125 )
 

Purchase of short-term investments

        (400 )
 

Purchase of leasehold improvements and equipment

    (1,136 )   (1,620 )
           
     

Net cash used in investing activities—continuing operations

    (21,761 )   (30,204 )
           

Cash flows from financing activities

             
 

Net payments on lines of credit

        (2,500 )
 

Proceeds from notes payable

    395,000     590  
 

Financing costs

    (14,736 )    
 

Payments on notes payable

    (262,857 )    
 

Dividend distribution

    (120,566 )    
           
     

Net cash used in financing activities—continuing operations

    (3,159 )   (1,910 )
           
     

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

    17,304     4,463  

Cash and cash equivalents:

             
 

Beginning

    39,780     27,959  
           
 

Ending

  $ 57,084   $ 32,422  
           

See Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-39


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 1. Ownership, Nature of Business, and Significant Accounting Policies

        Nature of business:    Community Choice Financial Inc. (together with its consolidated subsidiaries, "CCFI") was formed on April 6, 2011 under the laws of the State of Ohio by the shareholders of Checksmart Financial Holdings Inc. (together with its consolidated subsidiaries, "Checksmart") to be the holding company of Checksmart Financial Holdings Corp. and to acquire the ownership interests of CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. (together with its consolidated subsidiaries, "CCCS") through a merger. The contribution of equity from Checksmart to CCFI is considered to be a merger of entities under common control and as result does not change the basis in accounting. CCFI acquired CCCS through a merger on April 29, 2011 and the acquisition of CCCS has been treated as a business combination. As of June 30, 2011, the Company owned and operated 433 stores in 14 states.

        The Company is primarily engaged in the business of providing consumer retail financial services including check cashing and short-term loans.

        The Company's primary consumer loan products provide customers with cash or a money order, typically ranging in size from $.1 to $1, in exchange for a promissory note with a maturity generally 14 to 30 days and supported by that customer's personal check for the aggregate amount of the advance plus fees. This form of lending is based on applicable laws and regulations which vary by state. Statutes vary from providing fees of 15% to 20% per $.1 borrowed, to providing interest at 25% per annum plus origination fees. The customers repay the cash advance by paying cash or allowing the check to be presented.

        The Company also provides other retail products and services, such as check cashing, title loans, open-end credit, card products, money transfers and money orders. Additionally, the Company purchases participations in loan portfolios. All of the Company's services are subject to state regulation, which vary from state to state, as well as federal and local regulation, where applicable.

        A summary of the Company's significant accounting policies follows:

        Basis of presentation:    The accompanying interim unaudited consolidated financial statements of Community Choice Financial Inc. and its subsidiaries have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States for interim financial information. They do not include all information and footnotes required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States for complete financial statements. Although management believes that the disclosures are adequate to prevent the information from being misleading, the interim unaudited consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company's audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010. In the opinion of the Company's management, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, considered necessary for a fair statement of the Company's financial condition, have been included. The results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2011.

        Basis of consolidation:    The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Community Choice Financial Inc. and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

F-40


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 1. Ownership, Nature of Business, and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Use of estimates:    The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to change relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of goodwill, the value of stock based compensation and the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities.

        Business Segment:    The Company reports operating segments in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 280. Operating segments are components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in determining how to allocate resources and assess performance. FASB ASC Topic 280 requires that a public enterprise report a measure of segment profit or loss, certain specific revenue and expense items, segment assets, information about the way operating segments were determined, and other items. For purposes of disclosures required by ASC 280, the Company operates in one segment, retail financial services.

        Revenue recognition:    All of the Company's branch transactions are processed through its point-of-sale systems. These transactions include check cashing, bill payment, money transfer, money order sales, and other miscellaneous products and services. The full amount of the check cashing fee is recognized as revenue at the time of the transaction. The Company acts in an agency capacity regarding bill payment services, money transfers, card products, and money orders offered and sold at its branches. The Company records the net amount retained as revenue because the supplier is the primary obligor in the arrangement, the amount earned by the Company is fixed, and the supplier is determined to have the ultimate credit risk. Fees and direct costs incurred for the origination of finance receivables are deferred and amortized over the loan period using the interest method.

        For short-term or payday loans, consumer loans and title loans, the Company recognizes advance fees on the interest (actuarial) method over the term of each loan, which is generally between 14 to 30 days for payday loans. Title loans are offered with terms from 30 days to 26 months depending on market. For lines of credit, title loans, and loan participations, interest and fees are recognized as revenue ratably over the term of the loan.

        As a result of the Company's charge-off policies, all accounts are charged-off between 1 and 30 days past due rather than being placed in nonaccrual status.

        Finance receivables:    Customer advances consist of providing a customer cash, typically in exchange for the customer's check, along with an agreement to defer the presentment of that check until the deferred presentment date. The amount of the customer's check is the amount of the cash provided to the customer plus a fee to the Company.

        In certain stores in Virginia, the Company offers customers an open ended line of credit. The line of credit allows customers to make principal draws and payments against an open line which typically requires interest payments monthly. In certain states, the Company makes loans to consumers secured by a lien on their vehicle title. These loans typically vary from $.75 to $2.5 and have terms of 30 days.

        The Company also purchases a participation in our third party lender's portfolio and they are charged off after thirty days past due.

F-41


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 1. Ownership, Nature of Business, and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Allowance for loan losses:    Provisions for loan losses are charged to income in amounts sufficient to cover estimated losses in the loan portfolio. All finance receivables are evaluated collectively for impairment. Historical loan loss experience, overall portfolio quality, current economic conditions that may affect the borrower's ability to pay and management's judgment are factors used in assessing the overall adequacy of the allowance and the resulting provision for loan losses. While management uses the best information available to make its evaluation, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary if there are significant changes in economic conditions.

        The Company maintains a charge-off policy in which payday advances and consumer loans are charged off once they become past due. If the customer has not paid off the loan by the due date, the Company will deposit the borrower's held check or draft the customer's bank account for the amount due. If the check or draft is returned as uncollected, all accrued fees and outstanding principal are charged-off as uncollectible. The Company will attempt to collect on the account with up to two additional deposits of the check or drafts, where allowed by law. The Company will continue to attempt to collect after presentment has been completed. Recoveries are recorded in the period in which they are received.

        The Company's charge-off policy related to open-end credit loans and title loans generally requires that balances be charged off when accounts are 30 days past due on a contractual basis. The loans may be charged off earlier or later based upon management's review of information for each delinquent or impaired loan. Loan participations are charged off after thirty days past due.

        In some instances, the Company may have debt-buying arrangements with third-party lenders. The Company accrues for this obligation through management's estimation of anticipated purchases based on expected losses in the lender's portfolio. This obligation is recorded as a current liability on the Company's consolidated balance sheet.

        Goodwill and other intangibles:    Goodwill, or cost in excess of fair value of net assets of the companies acquired, is recorded at its carrying value and is periodically evaluated for impairment. The Company tests the carrying value of goodwill and other intangible assets annually as of December 31 or when the events and circumstances warrant such a review. One of the methods for this review is performed using estimates of future cash flows. If the carrying value of goodwill or other intangible assets is considered impaired, an impairment charge is recorded for the amount by which the carrying value of the goodwill or intangible assets exceeds its fair value. The Company believes that the estimates of future cash flows and fair value are reasonable. Changes in estimates of such cash flows and fair value, however, could affect the evaluation.

        The Company's other intangible assets consists of non-compete agreements, customer lists and trade names. The amounts recorded for non-compete agreements, customer lists and trade names are amortized using the straight-line method over 5 years. Amortization expense for the three months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 was $202 and $349, respectively, and for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 was $296 and $415, respectively.

        Impairment of long-lived assets:    The Company evaluates all long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Impairment is recognized when the carrying amount of these assets cannot be recovered by the undiscounted net cash flows they will generate.

F-42


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 1. Ownership, Nature of Business, and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Income taxes:    Deferred income taxes are recorded to reflect the tax consequences in future years of differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts, based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized. Income tax expense represents the tax obligations and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities.

        The Company has adopted the accounting standard on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, which addresses the determination of whether tax benefits claimed or expected to be claimed on a tax return should be recorded in the financial statements. Under this guidance, the Company may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more-likely-than-not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes also addresses de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties on income taxes, and accounting in interim periods. Interest and penalties on income taxes will be charged to income tax expense.

Net income / (loss) per common share

        Basic earnings per share is computed using the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period, while diluted earnings per share is calculated to reflect the potential dilution that occurs related to the issuance of capital stock under stock option stock options and stock appreciation rights. The difference between basic and diluted earnings per share relates solely to the effect of capital stock options and stock appreciation rights.

        For purposes of determining the amount of net income / (loss) available to common shareholders, net income is adjusted for any non-controlling interest during periods in which the Company held a non-controlling interest, defined as an ownership percentage of greater than 50% but less than 100%, that is consolidated within the Company's financial statements.

        Transaction Expenses:    Transaction expenses consist of costs directly associated with acquisitions and included in the non-branch expenses section to determine Income before income taxes and discontinued operations on the Consolidated Statement of Operations. Transaction expenses for the three months ended June 30, 2011 consist primarily of bonus earnings, transaction fees to our sponsor, and professional services. See Footnote 9, Business Combinations, for further detail on our California, Illinois, and Alabama acquisitions.

        Governmental regulation:    The Company is subject to various state and federal laws and regulations, which are subject to change and which may impose significant costs or limitations on the way the Company conducts or expands its business. Certain limitations include among other things imposed limits on fee rates and other charges, the number of loans to a customer, a cooling off period, the number of permitted rollovers and required licensing and qualification. Changes in Ohio laws have caused the Company to begin offering consumer loans in the state of Ohio under the Ohio Mortgage Loan Act. The law under which the Company provides short-term loans in Arizona terminated in June 2010. The Company converted the Arizona customers to the title loan and card based products.

F-43


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 1. Ownership, Nature of Business, and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        As of June 30, 2011 and 2010, 33 and 32 states, respectively had specific laws that permitted payday cash advances or allowed a form of payday cash advances under small loan laws. As of June 30, 2011 and 2010, the Company operated in 13 and 11, respectively, of these states.

        Although states provide the primary regulatory framework under which the Company offers payday cash advance services and consumer loans, certain federal laws also impact the business. The Company's payday cash advance services and consumer loans are subject to federal laws and regulations, including the Truth-in-Lending Act ("TILA"), the Equal Credit Opportunity Act ("ECOA"), the Fair Credit Reporting Act ("FCRA"), the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act ("FDCPA"), the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act ("GLBA"), the Bank Secrecy Act, the Money Laundering Control Act of 1986, the Money Laundering Suppression Act of 1994, and the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act (the "PATRIOT Act") and the regulations promulgated for each. Among other things, these laws require disclosure of the principal terms of each transaction to every customer, prohibit misleading advertising, protect against discriminatory lending practices, proscribe unfair credit practices and prohibit creditors from discriminating against credit applicants on the basis of race, sex, age or marital status. The GLBA and its implementing regulations generally require the Company to protect the confidentiality of its customers' nonpublic personal information and to disclose to the Company's customers its privacy policy and practices.

        Additionally, legislation has been proposed or introduced in the U.S. Congress to further regulate the cash advance business. Congressional members continue to receive pressure from customer advocates and other industry opposition groups to adopt such legislation. In 2008 and 2009, bills were introduced in Congress that would have placed a federal cap of 36% on the effective annual percentage ("APR") on all consumer loan transactions. Another bill would have placed a 15-cent-per dollar borrowed ($.15/$1.00) cap on fees for cash advances, banned rollovers (payment of a fee to extend the term of a cash advance or other short-term financing) and required the Company to offer an extended payment plan that would severely restricted the Company's cash advance product.

        At the federal level, in July 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law. Among other things, this act created the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau ("CFPB") which will have authority to regulate companies that provide consumer financial services. The CFPB became operative in July of 2011. Once a Director has been confirmed, the CFPB will have the authority to regulate our industry. We cannot currently assess what impact, if any, the implementation of the CFPB will have on our business. Moreover, we cannot estimate what effect, if any, operational changes that we will need to make in response to future legislative and regulatory changes may have on our financial results. We believe that our ability to develop legal and financial viable alternative products and services in a continually evolving legislative and regulatory environment, is one of our competitive strengths.

        Fair value of financial instruments:    Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value are grouped in three levels. The levels prioritize the inputs used to measure the fair value of the assets or liabilities. These levels are:

    Level 1—Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

    Level 2—Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for assets and liabilities, either directly or indirectly. These inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active

F-44


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 1. Ownership, Nature of Business, and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

      markets and quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are less attractive.

    Level 3—Unobservable inputs for assets and liabilities reflecting the reporting entity's own assumptions.

        The Company follow the provisions of the Accounting Standards Codification ASC 820-10. ASC 820-10 applies to all assets and liabilities that are being measured and reported on a fair value basis. ASC 820-10 requires disclosure that establishes a framework for measuring fair value within generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosure about fair value measurements. This standard enables a reader of consolidated financial statements to assess the inputs used to develop those measurements by establishing a hierarchy for ranking the quality and reliability of the information used to determine fair values. The standard requires that assets and liabilities carried at fair value be classified and disclosed in one of the three categories.

        In determining the appropriate levels, the Company performed a detailed analysis of the assets and liabilities that are subject to ASC 820-10. At each reporting period, all assets and liabilities for which the fair value measurement is based on significant unobservable inputs are classified as Level 3.

        The Company's financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, finance receivables, accounts payable, and notes payable. For all such instruments, other than the notes payables at June 30, 2011, the carrying amounts in the Consolidated Financial Statements approximate their fair values. Our finance receivables are short term in nature and originated at prevailing market rates.

        The fair value of notes payable at December 31, 2010 is estimated as being equal to the carrying value exhibited on our balance sheet at that time. There was no publicly available trading data available on those notes and the notes were subsequently paid out in full on April 29, 2011. The fair value of the notes payable at June 30, 2011 is based on the market yield on trades of the notes at the end of that reporting period. The estimated fair values of the Company's financial instruments are as follows:

 
  June 30, 2011   December 31, 2010  
 
  Carrying
Amount
  Fair
Value
  Carrying
Amount
  Fair
Value
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 57,084   $ 57,084   $ 39,780   $ 39,780  

Finance receivables

    96,997     96,997     81,337     81,337  

Short-term investments, certificates of deposit

    1,814     1,814     1,814     1,814  

Notes payable

    395,000     405,863     188,934     188,934  

        Recent Accounting Pronouncements:    In July 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standard Update ("ASU") No. 2010-20, Receivables (Topic 310): Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses ("ASU No. 2010-20"). The ASU amends FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 310, Receivables, to improve the disclosures that an entity provides about the credit quality of its financing receivables and the related allowance for credit losses. As a result of these amendments, an entity is required to disaggregate, by portfolio segment or class of financing receivable, certain existing disclosures and provide certain new disclosures about its financing receivables and related allowance for credit losses. For public entities, the disclosures as of the end of a

F-45


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 1. Ownership, Nature of Business, and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


reporting period are effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2010. The disclosures about activity that occurs during a reporting period are effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2010. The disclosures about the credit quality of the Company's receivables required by the ASU are in Note 2-Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Accrual for Third-Party Lender Losses. As this ASU amends only the disclosure requirements for loans and the allowance for credit losses, the adoption of ASU No. 2010-20 did not have a significant impact on the Company's financial statements.

        In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-29, Business Combinations (Topic 805)—Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations. This standard update clarifies that, when presenting comparative financial statements, SEC registrants should disclose revenue and earnings of the combined entity as though the current period business combinations had occurred as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period only. The update also expands the supplemental pro forma disclosures to include a description of the nature and amount of material, nonrecurring pro forma adjustments directly attributable to the business combination included in the reported pro forma revenue and earnings. ASU 2010-29 is effective prospectively for material (either on an individual or aggregate basis) business combinations entered into in fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2010 with early adoption permitted. The disclosures about the Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations required by the ASU are in Note 9—Business Combinations. As this ASU amends only the disclosure requirement for business combinations, the adoption of ASU No. 2010-29 did not have a significant impact on the Company's financial statements.

Equity Method of Accounting of Investment in Latin Card Strategy:

        The Company has an equity investment in Latin Card Strategy, LLC ("Latin Card"). Prior to May 2011, the Company held a 57% ownership in Latin Card. In May 2011, the Company's membership units were reduced to 49% based on members' arrangement. The Company, effective May 2011, has recorded the investment in Latin Card under the equity method of accounting. Under Company policy, investee companies that are not consolidated, but over which the Company exercises significant influence, are accounted for under the equity method of accounting. Whether or not the Company exercises significant influence with respect to an Investee depends on an evaluation of several factors including, among others, representation on the Investee company's board of directors and ownership level, which is generally a 20% to 50% interest in the voting securities of the Investee company. Under the equity method of accounting, an Investee company's accounts are not reflected within the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets and Statements of Operations; however, the Company's share of the earnings or losses of the Investee company is reflected in the caption "Corporate expenses" in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company's carrying value in an equity method Investee company is reflected in the caption "Security deposits and other noncurrent assets" in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets.

        Subsequent events:    The Company has evaluated its subsequent events (events occurring after June 30, 2011) through August 22, 2011, which represents the date the financial statements were issued.

F-46


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 2. Finance Receivables, Credit Quality Information and Allowance for Loan Losses

        Finance receivables represent amounts due from customers for advances at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 consisted of the following:

 
  June 30,
2011
  December 31,
2010
 

Payroll advances

  $ 42,992   $ 28,677  

Consumer loans

    37,539     39,220  

Title loans

    14,794     11,855  

Open-end lines of credit

    4,713     4,723  

Loan participations

    4,355     3,700  
           
 

Gross receivables

    104,393     88,175  

Unearned advance fees, net of deferred loan costs

    (3,386 )   (3,481 )
           
 

Finance receivables before allowance for loan losses

    101,007     84,694  

Allowance for loan losses

    (4,010 )   (3,357 )
           
 

Finance receivables, net

  $ 96,997   $ 81,337  
           

Changes in the allowance for the loan losses by product type for the three months and six months ending June 30, 2011 and June 30, 2010 are as follows:

 
  Balance
4/1/2011
  Q2
Provision
  Q2
Charge-Offs
  Q2
Recoveries
  Balance
6/30/2011
  Finance
Receivables
6/30/2011
  Allowance as
a percentage
of receivable
 

Payroll advances

  $ 728   $ 5,577   $ (26,170 ) $ 21,038   $ 1,173   $ 42,992     2.73 %

Consumer loans

    656     4,414     (11,333 )   7,076     813     37,539     2.17 %

Title loans

    567     892     (1,149 )   543     853     14,794     5.77 %

Open-end lines of credit

    471     1,155     (1,186 )   341     781     4,713     16.57 %

Loan participations

    246     1,343     (1,463 )   264     390     4,355     8.96 %
                               

  $ 2,668   $ 13,381   $ (41,301 ) $ 29,262   $ 4,010   $ 104,393     3.84 %
                               

        The provision for losses for the three months ending June 30, 2011 also includes card losses of $94 and losses from returned items from check cashing of $1,272.

 
  Balance
1/1/2011
  YTD
Provision
  YTD
Charge-Offs
  YTD
Recoveries
  Balance
6/30/2011
  Finance
Receivables
6/30/2011
  Allowance as
a percentage
of receivable
 

Payroll advances

  $ 904   $ 7,877   $ (34,911 ) $ 27,303   $ 1,173   $ 42,992     2.73 %

Consumer loans

    842     6,906     (22,562 )   15,627     813     37,539     2.17 %

Title loans

    624     1,697     (2,910 )   1,442     853     14,794     5.77 %

Open-end lines of credit

    641     1,454     (2,120 )   806     781     4,713     16.57 %

Loan participations

    346     2,242     (2,862 )   664     390     4,355     8.96 %
                               

  $ 3,357   $ 20,176   $ (65,365 ) $ 45,842   $ 4,010   $ 104,393     3.84 %
                               

F-47


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 2. Finance Receivables, Credit Quality Information and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

        The provision for losses for the six months ending June 30, 2011 also includes card losses of $435 and losses from returned items from check cashing of $2,453.

        Changes in the allowance for loan losses for the three months and six months ended June 30, 2010 are as follows:

 
  Three Months
Ended
June 30, 2010
  Six Months
Ended
June 30, 2010
 

Balance, beginning of period

  $ 7,329   $ 4,324  
 

Provision for loan losses

    9,974     16,075  
 

Charge offs, net

    (12,101 )   (15,197 )
           

Balance, end of period

  $ 5,202   $ 5,202  
           

        The provision for losses for the three months and six months ended June 30, 2010 also includes losses from returned items from check cashing of $746 and $1,280, respectively.

        Changes in the accrual for third-party lender losses for the three months and six months ended June 30, 2011 and June 30, 2010 were as follows:

 
  Three Months
Ended
June 30,
  Six Months
Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2011   2010   2011   2010  

Balance, beginning of period

  $ 85   $ 119   $ 110   $ 150  
 

Provision for loan losses

    539     224     630     327  
 

Charge-offs, net

    (523 )   (88 )   (639 )   (222 )
                   

Balance, end of period

  $ 101   $ 255   $ 101   $ 255  
                   

        The Company considers the near term repayment performance of finance receivables as its primary credit quality indicator. The Company does not perform credit checks through consumer reporting agencies. If a third-party lender provides the advance, the applicable third-party lender decides whether to approve the cash advance and establishes all of the underwriting criteria and terms, conditions, and features of the customer agreements. The due date depends on the product.

        Aging of Receivables are as follows (in thousands):

 
  December 31,
2010
  June 30,
2011
 

Current Finance Receivables

  $ 86,544   $ 102,196  

Past Due Finance Receivables (1 - 30 days)

    1,631     2,197  
           

  $ 88,175   $ 104,393  
           

F-48


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 3. Related Party Transactions and Balances

        On May 1, 2006, the Company entered into an Advisory Services and Monitoring Agreement with an affiliate of the majority stockholder. A quarterly fee is paid in consideration for ongoing management and other advisory services provided to the Company and its subsidiaries in the greater amount of a) $150 or b) 25% multiplied by 1.5% of the EBITDA for the previous twelve-month period, in addition certain fees are paid in conjunction with transactions. Total fees paid for the three months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 was $4,225 and $245, and for the six months ended June 31, 2011 and 2010 was $4,487 and $653, respectively.

        The Company has a management agreement with a related party in which the Company receives management fee revenue on a monthly basis for providing certain accounting functions to these parties. Management fee revenue from related parties was $11 for the three months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, and $22 for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010. The Company's payroll department provides payroll administration for a related party. The related company is charged actual costs for payroll services.

        At June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the Company had $4 recorded as receivables from stockholders and other related entities for both periods.

        The Company's senior management has access to use an aircraft owned by a related party. The Company rents the aircraft from this related party and all personal use of the aircraft is reimbursed to the Company. Total rent paid to these related parties for usage of the aircraft totaled $18 and $37 for the three months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, and totaled $43 and $46 for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

        The corporate office and certain branches of the Company are owned and operated by related parties and leased from the related party. Rent paid to the related parties was $453 and $467 for the three months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, and was $908 and $917 for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

        Certain members of management have a noncontrolling, minority interest in a card program managing company. As of June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the Company, as an agent for the card program managing company had made net prepayments of $9,922 and $11,094, respectively, to the card program managing company for various items related to a product offering of the Company.

        On December 31, 2008 the Company entered into a $5,000 line of credit with a related party. The interest associated with the line of credit was 20% and matured in February 2011. Interest expense and unused line fees recognized on this borrowing totaled $-0- for the three months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and totaled $72 and $194 for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

        The Company paid $2.4 million in transaction advisory fees to its sponsor during the three months and six months ended June 30, 2011.

F-49


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 4. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

        The following table summarizes goodwill and other intangible assets as of June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010:

 
  June 30,
2011
  December 31,
2010
 

Goodwill

  $ 254,470   $ 138,963  

Intangible assets:

             
 

Non-compete agreements

    1,955     1,178  
 

Trade names

    2,354     242  
 

Customer lists

    254     97  
           

  $ 259,033   $ 140,480  
           

        The Company conducted its annual test for impairment of goodwill as of December 31, 2010 which resulted in no impairment of goodwill. The methodology for determining the fair value was a combination of quoted market prices, prices of comparable businesses, discounted estimated cash flows and other valuation techniques.

        The amount of tax goodwill at the acquisition date of the Company exceeded the reported amount of goodwill for financial statement reporting purposes by approximately $50,965. The total estimated effect of the tax benefit attributable to tax goodwill in excess of the amount reported in these financial statements was approximately $31,237 which will reduce financial statement goodwill each year as the tax benefits are recognized. This benefit will be recognized over a 15-year period from the date of acquisition by recording deferred income tax expense and reducing the carrying amount of goodwill as those tax benefits occur. The tax benefit was approximately $1,041 for six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, and was approximately $521 for the three months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010. The effect of the tax benefits for each subsequent year is expected to be $2,082 and will result in future reductions to the carrying amount of goodwill.

        The amount of book goodwill at the acquisition date of CCCS exceeded the amount of tax goodwill by approximately $46,907. Tax amortization of $848 has been recognized through June 30, 2011.

F-50


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 5. Pledged Assets and Debt

        Debt at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 consisted of the following:

 
  June 30,
2011
  December 31,
2010
 

First lien term loan, secured, LIBOR plus 2.75%, collateralized by all Company assets, quarterly principle payments of $400 and excess cash payments as defined in the agreeement, paid in full April 2011

  $   $ 146,361  

Second lien term loan, secured, LIBOR plus 5.50%, collateralized by all Company assets, paid in full April 2011

        40,000  

Note payable, unsecured, 10% interest only payments, paid in full April 2011

        2,573  

$7,000 Revolving credit, secured, prime plus 1.00% with 5.00% floor, due July 2012, collateralized by all Company assets

         

$40,000 Revolving credit, secured, interest rate as defined below, collateralized by all Company assets

         

$395,000 Senior Note payable, 10.75%, collateralized by all Company assets, semi-annual interest payments with with principal due April 2019

    395,000      
           

    395,000     188,934  
 

Less current maturities

        17,573  
           
   

Long-term portion

  $ 395,000   $ 171,361  
           

        In April 2011, the Company also entered into a 4-year, $40 million revolving credit facility concurrent with the notes offering. The revolving credit facility, at the Company's option, bears interest at either (a) LIBOR plus a margin of 5% or (b) an alternative base rate (determined as the greatest of the prime rate, the federal funds effective rate plus 0.5% or 1-month LIBOR plus 1%) plus a margin of 4%, and will mature on April 29, 2015.

        The 3-month LIBOR rate at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 was 0.25% and 0.31%, respectively, and the prime rate was 3.25% at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010.

Note 6. Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities

        Accounts payable and accrued liabilities at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 consisted of the following:

 
  June 30,
2011
  December 31,
2010
 

Accounts payable

  $ 175   $ 1,048  

Money orders payable

    9,776     4,049  

Accrued interest

    7,329     389  

Accrued payroll and benefits

    4,132     1,929  

Compensated absences

    1,034     596  

Wire transfers payable

    2,538     692  

Accrual for third-party losses

    101     110  

Other

    4,709     2,033  
           

  $ 29,794   $ 10,846  
           

F-51


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 7. Concentrations of Credit Risks

        The Company's portfolio of finance receivables is with consumers living in fourteen states and consequently such consumers' ability to honor their contracts may be affected by economic conditions in these areas. Additionally, the Company is subject to regulation by federal and state governments that affect the products and services provided by the Company, particularly payday advances. To the extent that laws and regulations are passed that affect the Company's ability to offer loans or similar products in any of the states in which it operates, the Company's financial position could be adversely affected. As an example, the law under which the Company provided payday advances in Arizona terminated in June 2010. The Company was able to transition customers in Arizona to a card based product and title loans.

        The following table summarizes the allocation of the portfolio balance by state at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010:

 
  June 30, 2011   December 31, 2010  
State
  Balance
Outstanding
  Percentage of
Total Outstanding
  Balance
Outstanding
  Percentage of
Total Outstanding
 

Alabama

  $ 9,740     9.3 % $ 9,175     10.4 %

Arizona

    10,159     9.7     9,896     11.2  

California

    19,350     18.5     4,548     5.2  

Florida

    1,744     1.7     1,818     2.1  

Illinois

    2,276     2.2          

Indiana

    4,267     4.1     4,594     5.2  

Kansas

    1,325     1.3     1,329     1.5  

Kentucky

    2,436     2.3     2,648     3.0  

Michigan

    2,861     2.7     2,465     2.8  

Missouri

    1,301     1.2     1,390     1.6  

Ohio

    37,553     36.1     39,238     44.5  

Oregon

    854     0.8          

Utah

    3,315     3.2     3,559     4.0  

Virginia

    7,212     6.9     7,515     8.5  
                   
 

Total

  $ 104,393     100.0 % $ 88,175     100.0 %
                   

Note 8. Contingencies

        Lawsuits have been filed against the Company alleging violations of certain consumer lending practices and other laws in certain states which the Company operates. The Company has conditionally settled a case which includes class allegations. The settlement is pending approval by the court. The Company believes the estimated settlement amount is fully accrued and recorded in accounts payable and accrued liabilities on the Company's consolidated balance sheet.

        In addition, from time-to-time the Company is a defendant in various lawsuits and administrative proceedings wherein certain amounts are claimed or violations of law or regulations are asserted. In the opinion of the Company's management, these claims are without substantial merit and should not result in judgments which in the aggregate would have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial statements.

F-52


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 9. Business Combination

        In April 2011, Community Choice Financial Inc., ("CCFI") a newly formed holding company and CheckSmart Financial Holdings Corp., together with CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. and CCCS Holdings, LLC entities (collectively, "CCCS") located in the western United States and certain other parties executed an Agreement and Plan of Merger pursuant to which CCFI acquired all outstanding shares of both CheckSmart Financial Holdings Corp. and CCCS. The combination of CheckSmart and CCFI is structured as a stock-for-stock transaction, in which the equity holders of each of CheckSmart and CCCS agreed to contribute the equity of the separate companies to CCFI in exchange for shares of the combined company. As a result of the transaction, the equity holders of CheckSmart Financial Holdings Corp. and CCCS own approximately 77% and 23% of CCFI, respectively.

        In connection with the above transaction, Community Choice Financial Inc. ("CCFI") issued $395 million 8-year senior secured notes. The notes have an interest rate of 10.75% payable semi-annually and will mature on May 1, 2019. The proceeds were used to refinance existing debt, pay fees and expenses, and to finance a special dividend to shareholders and bonuses to management. The special dividend included $120.6 million paid to its shareholders and the amount of management bonuses was $4.4 million.

        In April 2011, the Company also entered into a 4-year, $40 million revolving credit facility concurrent with the notes offering. The revolving credit facility, at the Company's option, bears interest at either (a) LIBOR plus a margin of 5% or (b) an alternative base rate (determined as the greatest of the prime rate, the federal funds effective rate plus 0.5% or 1-month LIBOR plus 1%) plus a margin of 4%, and will mature on April 29, 2015.

        Transaction expenses incurred include both direct and indirect costs associated with merger and acquisition costs.

        Substantially all assets of the Company are pledged as collateral on the senior secured notes and revolving credit facility. The agreements contain various restrictions, including, in the case of the revolving credit facility, a requirement to maintain certain financial ratios, and certain other restrictions.

Fair value of total consideration transferred

  $ 55,192  
       

Acquisition-related costs (included in transaction expenses in the Company's consolidated statement of operations for the period ending June 30, 2011)

  $ 3,530  
       

Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed

       
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 22,892  
 

Finance receivables

    13,660  
 

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    1,699  
 

Leasehold improvements and equipment

    7,161  
 

Identifiable intangible assets

    2,948  
 

Note payable

    (73,923 )
 

Other liabilities

    (18,470 )
       
   

Total indentifiable net assets

    (44,033 )

Goodwill

    99,225  
       

  $ 55,192  
       

F-53


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 9. Business Combination (Continued)

        On March 21, 2011, the Company acquired ten loan stores in Illinois in an asset purchase. The purchase price was $19,725 in cash consideration which is subject to certain price adjustments not yet determined. The purchase price was negotiated based upon a multiple of prior financial results and perceived opportunities. The results of operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements since the date of the acquisition. The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of assets acquired at the date of acquisition.

Fair value of total consideration transferred, cash

  $ 19,725  
       

Acquisition-related costs (included in transaction expenses in the Company's consolidated statement of operations for the period ending June 30, 2011)

  $ 85  
       

Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired

       
 

Finance receivables

  $ 2,033  
 

Security deposits and other current assets

    30  
 

Leasehold improvements and equipment

    74  
 

Identifiable intangible assets

    265  
       
   

Total indentifiable net assets

    2,402  

Goodwill

    17,323  
       

  $ 19,725  
       

        On February 28, 2010, the Company entered into a Membership Interest Purchase Agreement in which the Company acquired all membership interest of Insight Capital, LLC for $15,900 in cash consideration. The purchase price was negotiated based upon a multiple of prior financial results and perceived opportunities. The acquisition was paid for through cash plus assumed liabilities. The results of operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements since the date of the acquisition. The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of assets acquired at the date of acquisition.

Fair value of total consideration transferred, cash

  $ 15,900  
       

Acquisition-related costs (included in transaction expenses in the Company's consolidated statement of operations for the period ending June 30, 2010)

  $ 237  
       

Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed

       
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 12,602  
 

Finance receivables

    3,995  
 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    122  
 

Leasehold improvements and equipment

    1,144  
 

Identifiable intangible assets

    1,654  
 

Note payable

    (2,600 )
 

Line of credit

    (9,000 )
 

Other liabilities

    (3,413 )
       
   

Total indentifiable net assets

    4,504  

Goodwill

    11,396  
       

  $ 15,900  
       

F-54


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 9. Business Combination (Continued)

        The unaudited pro forma revenue and earnings for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 presented below is based upon combined financial statements of the acquisitions above and does not reflect any operating efficiencies or cost savings from the integration of these assets into our business.

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2010   2011  

Total Revenue

  $ 149,884   $ 157,051  
           

Net Income from Continuing Operations

  $ 13,131   $ 12,408  
           

Note 10. Stock-Based Compensation

        On May 1, 2006, the Company adopted the 2006 Management Equity Incentive Plan (the "Plan") pursuant to which the Company's Board of Directors, or a duly-authorized committee thereof, may grant stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and stock appreciation rights to employees and consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries. The maximum number of shares that may be subject to awards under the Plan is 259,291 as of July 28, 2011. Options that have been granted under the Plan have been granted at an exercise price equal to (or greater than) the stock's fair market value at the date of the grant, with terms of 10 years and vesting generally over four to five years or on the occurrence of a liquidity event. On April 19, 2011, CCFI adopted the "Plan" to be effective as of April 29, 2011.

        The Company recognizes compensation costs in the financial statements for all share-based payments granted on or after May 1, 2006 based on the grant date fair value estimated. No options were outstanding prior to May 1, 2006.

        The Plan allows for awards based on time, performance and market conditions. Compensation expense for awards based on time is expensed on a straight-line basis over the service period. Compensation expense for performance awards are recognized using the graded vesting method. Compensation expense for market conditions such as those conditioned on either a liquidity event condition or a specified performance condition have not been recognized and will be recognized upon consummation of the relevant market condition. At June 30, 2011, there were a total of 5,626 additional shares available for grant under the Plan.

        The fair value of the option award is estimated on the date of grant using a lattice-based option valuation model. Because lattice-based option valuation models incorporate ranges of assumptions for inputs, those ranges are disclosed. Expected volatilities are based on the historical volatility of the stock of comparable public companies. The Company uses historical data to estimate option exercise and employee termination within the valuation model; separate groups of employees that have similar historical exercise behavior are considered separately for valuation purposes. The expected term of options granted is derived from the output of the option valuation model and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.

F-55


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 10. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

        The following assumptions were used in arriving at the fair value of options granted during the six months ended June 30, 2011:

Expected volatility

    35.00 %

Expected dividends

    0.00 %

Expected term (in years)

    0.75  

Risk-free interest rate

    0.17 %

        For the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, the Company recorded stock-based compensation costs in the amount of $52 and $169 for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. As of June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, unrecognized stock-based compensation costs to be recognized over future periods approximated $3,400 for both periods. This amount will be recognized as expense over a weighted-average period of 1 year. There is no income tax benefit recognized in the income statement for the share-based compensation arrangement for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010.

        Stock option activity for the six months ended June 30, 2011 is as follows (shares in thousands):

 
  Shares   Weighted-Average
Exercise Price
(actual per
share price)
  Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(thousands)
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

    157.4   $ 58.29     6.8     N/A  
 

Granted

    158.3     42.80           N/A  
 

Exercised

                  N/A  
 

Forfeited or expired

    (157.4 )   58.29           N/A  
                         

Outstanding at June 30, 2011

    158.3     42.80         N/A  
                   

Exercisable at June 30, 2011

    63.3   $ 43.40     5.3   $ 8,328  
                   

Vested or expected to vest at June 30, 2011

    63.3   $ 43.40     5.3   $ 8,328  
                   

F-56


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 10. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

        Stock appreciation rights activity for the six months ended June 30, 2011 is as follows (shares in thousands):

 
  Shares   Weighted-Average
Exercise Price
(actual per
share price)
  Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(thousands)
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

    44.8   $     6.1     N/A  
 

Granted

    48.8               N/A  
 

Exercised

                  N/A  
 

Forfeited or expired

    (44.8 )             N/A  
                         

Outstanding at June 30, 2011

    48.8             N/A  
                   

Exercisable at June 30, 2011

    38.0   $     5.7   $ 4,832  
                   

Vested or expected to vest at June 30, 2011

    38.0   $     5.7   $ 4,832  
                   

Note 11. Income Taxes

        Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return. The Company files consolidated or separate state income tax returns as permitted by the individual states in which it operates. The effective tax rate for the three months and six months ended June 30, 2011 exceeds the statutory rate primarily due to the acquisition costs that are deductible for financial statement reporting purposes but not deductible for tax purposes. The Company had no liability recorded for unrecognized tax benefits at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010.

        On August 1, 2011, the Company was advised that the Internal Revenue Service had completed the examination of the Company U.S. Income tax returns for 2008. The Income tax assessment was not material to the Company's consolidated financial statements.

Note 12. Net income / (loss) per common share

        Basic net income/(loss) per common share is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted net income per common share is computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders, increased by the weighted average number of outstanding common shares and incremental shares that may be issued in future periods related to outstanding stock options and stock appreciation rights, if dilutive. When calculating incremental shares related to outstanding stock options and stock appreciation rights, the Company applies the treasury stock method. The treasury stock method assumes that proceeds, consisting of the amount the employee must pay on exercise, compensation cost attributed to future services and not yet recognized, and excess tax benefits that would be credited to additional paid-in capital on exercise of the stock options, are used to repurchase

F-57


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 12. Net income / (loss) per common share (Continued)


outstanding shares at the average market price for the period. The treasury stock method is applied only to share grants for which the effect is dilutive.

 
  Six Months
Ended
6/30/2011
  Six Months
Ended
6/30/2010
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Income from continuing operations as reported

  $ 6,940   $ 15,207  
 

add net loss attributable to non-controlling interests

    120      
           
   

Numerator for basic and diluted earnings per share—operating income available to common shareholders

    7,060     15,207  

Discontinued operations

        (2,196 )

Extraordinary item

         
           

Numerator for basic and diluted earnings per share—net income (loss) available to common shareholders

  $ 7,060   $ 13,011  
           

        Effective April 29, 2011, the Company made certain modifications to its equity incentive plan. Accordingly the Company has computed diluted earnings per share in accordance with ASC 260 which requires that the Company treat the modification as if there was a cancellation and new issuance of an award. Consistent with the approach as outlined within ASC 260 the Company calculated the "before" and "after" awards separately and included each for the weighted average period that each was outstanding.

        For the interim period ending June 30, 2010, the weighted-average shares outstanding basic were 1,023,256, additional potential dilutive shares were 29,718 and total dilutive shares for calculating diluted EPS were 1,052,974. Diluted net income per share presented does not include potential common shares as they were anti-dilutive or contingent on either a liquidity event or certain performance measures. The potential common shares excluded from diluted earnings per share were 145,464 as they were considered anti-dilutive.

        For the interim period ending June 30, 2011 the weighted-average shares outstanding for calculating basic earnings per share was 1,128,329. For the weighted-average period prior to the modification, 31,740 shares were dilutive for a total of 1,160,069 shares available to determine dilutive earnings per share. Subsequent to the modification, 62,273 were determined to be dilutive for a total of 1,190,062 shares available to determine dilutive earnings per share. The potential common shares excluded from diluted earnings per share were 139,064 and 122,851 for the pre and post modification periods as they were considered anti-dilutive.

Note 13. Transactions with Variable Interest Entities

        The Company began conducting business through a wholly owned subsidiary registered as a Credit Services Organization ("CSO") under Ohio law during 2009. In connection with operating as a CSO, the Company entered into a credit services organization agreement with an unaffiliated third-party lender in 2009. The agreement governs the terms by which the Company refers customers to that lender, on a non-exclusive basis, for a possible extension of credit, processes loan applications and commits to reimburse the lender for any loans or related fees that were not collected from such

F-58


Table of Contents


Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 13. Transactions with Variable Interest Entities (Continued)


customers. During 2010, the Company transitioned away from the CSO model but continued to offer customers access to the third party lender.

        The Company has a debt-buying arrangement with the lender whereby it purchases defaulted accounts. The Company accrues for this obligation through management's estimation of anticipated purchases based on expected losses in the lender's portfolio. This obligation is recorded as a current liability on the Company's consolidated balance sheet. The accrual for these obligations totaled $101 and $110 at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. The Company has determined that the vendor is a VIE but that the Company is not the primary beneficiary of this VIE. Therefore, the Company has not consolidated the lender in 2011 and 2010.

Note 14. Discontinued Operations

        In December 2010, the Company decided to discontinue the Buckeye Commercial Check Cashing of Florida, LLC ("Commercial") due to operational performance. The Company completed the liquidation of Commercial and ceased operations in December 2010. The liquidation consisted of normal collection practices with any uncollected balances charged-off by December 31, 2010. No recoveries are anticipated by the Company.

        Results from discontinued operations of Commercial for the three months and six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

 
  Three Months
Ended June 30,
  Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
 
  2011   2010   2011   2010  

Total Revenue

  $   $ 94   $   $ 379  
                   

Branch Expenses:

                         
 

Provision for Loan Losses

        139         155  
 

Selling, general and administrative

        1,387         3,752  
                   

Total operating expenses

        1,526         3,907  

Corporate expenses

        1         13  
                   

Net loss before income taxes

        (1,433 )       (3,541 )

Benefit for income taxes

        (544 )       (1,345 )
                   

Loss from discontinued operations

  $   $ (889 ) $   $ (2,196 )
                   

        Corporate expenses include only direct expenses that are related to Commercial Check Cashing but were considered corporate type expenses that are typically not allocated to store level operations. There were no significant non-cash assets or liabilities included in the balance sheets at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010.

Note 15. Subsequent Events

        On August 19, 2011, the Company's Board of Directors approved the filing of a registration statement on Form S-1 for an initial public offering of the Company's common stock.

F-59


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC

Independent Auditor's Report

To the Board of Directors
CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc.
Oakland, California

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ McGladrey & Pullen, LLP

Chicago, Illinois
August 22, 2011

F-60


Table of Contents


CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31, 2010 and 2009
(In thousands)

 
  2010   2009  

Assets

             

Current assets

             
 

Cash

  $ 26,125   $ 33,655  
 

Advances and fees receivable, net

    14,416     12,230  
 

Deferred income taxes

    724     642  
 

Other current assets

    1,176     974  
           
     

Total current assets

    42,441     47,501  
           

Leasehold improvements and equipment, net

    7,363     5,672  
           

Other assets

             
 

Goodwill

    115,332     114,618  
 

Other intangibles, net

    10,923     12,563  
 

Other assets

    3,018     2,410  
           

    129,273     129,591  
           
     

Total assets

  $ 179,077   $ 182,764  
           

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

             

Current liabilities

             
 

Current portion of long-term debt

  $ 10,800   $ 2,000  
 

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other payables

    9,552     13,385  
 

Current portion of deferred revenue

    1,125     1,125  
           
     

Total current liabilities

    21,477     16,510  
           

Long-term liabilities

             
 

Long-term debt, net of current portion

    69,223     86,023  
 

Deferred rent

    631     520  
 

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

    3,625     4,750  
 

Deferred income taxes

    13,129     11,285  
           

    86,608     102,578  
           
     

Total liabilities

    108,085     119,088  
           

Commitments and contingencies

             

Stockholders' Equity

             
 

Common Stock (par value $.01, 1,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding in 2010 and 2009)

         
 

Additional paid-in capital

    27,316     27,316  
 

Retained earnings

    15,255     9,777  
 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    66     169  
           
     

Total CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. stockholders' equity

    42,637     37,262  
           
 

Non-controlling interests

    28,355     26,414  
           
     

Total equity

    70,992     63,676  
           
     

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $ 179,077   $ 182,764  
           

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-61


Table of Contents


CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Income

Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(In thousands)

 
  2010   2009   2008  

Revenue:

                   
 

Payroll advance fees, net

  $ 32,278   $ 25,799   $ 25,016  
 

Check cashing fees

    29,408     27,797     28,352  
 

Other revenue

    12,402     9,787     9,752  
               

    74,088     63,383     63,120  
               

Store expenses:

                   
 

Salaries and fringe benefits

    23,156     18,325     17,928  
 

Occupancy costs

    8,470     5,932     5,856  
 

Provision for losses from returned checks

    6,943     5,704     6,777  
 

Other store expenses

    6,362     5,093     5,454  
               

    44,931     35,054     36,015  
               
 

Stores gross profit

    29,157     28,329     27,105  
               

Corporate and other expenses:

                   
 

Selling, general, and administrative expenses

    6,608     6,273     6,005  
 

Non-recurring class action settlement costs

        2,313      
 

Non-recurring debt acquisition costs

        107      
 

Interest expense and finance fees

    4,436     4,646     7,927  
 

Depreciation and amortization

    3,630     3,698     4,085  
               

    14,674     17,037     18,017  
               
 

Income from continuing operations before provision for income taxes

    14,483     11,292     9,088  

Provision for income taxes

    4,716     2,864     2,575  
               
 

Income from continuing operations

    9,767     8,428     6,513  

Loss from discontinued operations, net of benefit for income tax of $210, $0 and $0 (Note 12)

    (457 )        
               
 

Net income

    9,310     8,428     6,513  
 

Net income attributable to non-controlling interest

    3,832     3,460     3,762  
               
 

Net income attributable to CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc

  $ 5,478   $ 4,968   $ 2,751  
               

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-62


Table of Contents


CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity

Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(In thousands)

 
   
   
   
   
   
  Accumulative
Other
Comprehensive
Income
(Loss)
   
   
 
 
  Common Stock    
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Additional
Paid-In
Capital
  Retained
Earnings
  Non-
Controlling
Interest
  Comprehensive
Income
   
 
 
  Shares   Amount   Total  

Balances, December 31, 2007

    1,000   $   $ 27,316   $ 2,058   $ 22,687   $   $   $ 52,061  
 

Equity-based compensation

                    88             88  
 

Tax distributions to non-controlling interests

                    (2,065 )           (2,065 )
 

Other comprehensive income:

                                                 
   

Net income

                2,751     3,762         6,513     6,513  
   

Effect of unrealized retained interest in assets sold

                        340     340     340  
                                   
 

Total comprehensive income

                                      $ 6,853        
                                                 

Balances, December 31, 2008

    1,000         27,316     4,809     24,472     340           56,937  
 

Equity-based compensation

                    38             38  
 

Tax distributions to non-controlling interests

                    (1,556 )           (1,556 )
 

Other comprehensive income:

                                                 
   

Net income

                4,968     3,460         8,428     8,428  
   

Effect of unrealized retained interest in assets sold

                        (171 )   (171 )   (171 )
                                   
 

Total comprehensive income

                                      $ 8,257        
                                                 

Balances, December 31, 2009

    1,000         27,316     9,777     26,414     169           63,676  
 

Equity-based compensation

                    38             38  
 

Tax distributions to non-controlling interests

                    (1,929 )           (1,929 )
 

Other comprehensive income:

                                                 
   

Net income

                5,478     3,832         9,310     9,310  
   

Effect of unrealized retained interest in assets sold

                        (103 )   (103 )   (103 )
                                   
 

Total comprehensive income

                                      $ 9,207        
                                                 

Balances, December 31, 2010

    1,000   $   $ 27,316   $ 15,255   $ 28,355   $ 66         $ 70,992  
                                     

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-63


Table of Contents


CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(In thousands)

 
  2010   2009   2008  

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

                   
 

Net income

  $ 9,310   $ 8,428   $ 6,513  
 

Depreciation and amortization

    3,630     3,698     4,085  
 

Amortization of deferred financing costs

    541     541     541  
 

Provision for losses from returned checks

    6,942     5,704     6,777  
 

Change in fair value of interest rate swap

        (992 )   233  
 

Loss on disposition of assets

    476     115     140  
 

Deferred income taxes

    1,762     1,174     1,595  
 

Equity-based compensation

    38     38     88  
 

Deferred rent

    111     87     77  
 

Changes in unrealized retained interest in assets sold

    (103 )   (171 )   340  
 

Changes in:

                   
   

Fees receivable, net

    (94 )   30     (57 )
   

Other current assets

    (26 )   (420 )   (108 )
   

Other assets

    (113 )   15     (223 )
   

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other payables

    (4,107 )   1,157     (342 )
   

Deferred income

    (1,125 )   (375 )   6,196  
               
     

Net cash provided by operating activities

    17,242     19,029     25,855  
               

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

                   
 

Acquisitions of assets of businesses, net of cash

    (3,131 )   (11,073 )   (1,730 )
 

Acquisition of leasehold improvements and equipment

    (1,735 )   (721 )   (990 )
 

Decreases in advances receivable

    (9,994 )   (6,318 )   (7,855 )
 

Decrease (increase) in security deposits

    17     (58 )   (57 )
               
     

Net cash used in investing activities

    (14,843 )   (18,170 )   (10,632 )
               

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

                   
 

Decrease in revolving loans, net

            (1,647 )
 

Repayment of long-term debt

    (8,000 )   (3,492 )   (2,745 )
 

Tax distributions to non-controlling interests

    (1,929 )   (1,556 )   (2,065 )
               
     

Net cash used in financing activities

    (9,929 )   (5,048 )   (6,457 )
               
     

Increase (decrease) in cash

    (7,530 )   (4,189 )   8,766  

Cash:

                   
 

Beginning of year

    33,655     37,844     29,078  
               
 

End of year

  $ 26,125   $ 33,655   $ 37,844  
               

F-64


Table of Contents


CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(In thousands)

 
  2010   2009   2008  

Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information

                   
 

Interest paid

  $ 3,789   $ 4,214   $ 6,769  
               
 

Income taxes paid

  $ 2,642   $ 2,823   $ 294  
               

Supplemental Schedule of Noncash Investing and Financing Activities

                   
 

Business combinations

                   
   

Assets acquired

  $ 4,006   $ 12,643   $ 1,730  
   

Less cash acquired

    (709 )   (720 )    
               
     

Purchase price, net of cash acquired

    3,297     11,923     1,730  
   

Remainder of purchase price due to seller

    (166 )   (850 )    
               
     

Purchase price paid

  $ 3,131   $ 11,073   $ 1,730  
               

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-65


Table of Contents


CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 1. Nature of Operations and Significant Accounting Policies

        Nature of operations: CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc and Subsidiaries (the Company) operates in one line of business and provides retail financial services, such as check cashing, payroll advances, money orders, wire transfers and various other related services, for a fee. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, business was conducted from 141 and 119 Company-owned and operated stores located in California and Oregon for which the premises are leased from various unrelated and related parties.

        Basis of presentation: The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its 80.1% owned subsidiary, CCCS Holdings, LLC, and its wholly-owned subsidiaries California Check Cashing Stores, LLC (CCCS LLC) and FastCash, Inc. (FastCash). All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The Company follows the measurement and presentation requirements for noncontrolling interests in consolidated financial statements. The noncontrolling interests represent the portion of the equity not attributable, directly or indirectly, to CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. The profit or loss not attributable, directly or indirectly, to CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. is allocated to the net income attributable to noncontrolling interests in the consolidated statements of income.

        Accounting policies: The Company follows accounting standards established by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the FASB) to ensure consistent reporting of financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. References to Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) in these notes are to the FASB Accounting Standards CodificationTM, sometimes referred to as the Codification or ASC.

        Use of estimates: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to change relate to the determination of the allowance for credit losses, impairment of goodwill and fair value of equity-based compensation.

        Concentrations: Concentration of credit risk with respect to advances and fees receivable is limited due to the large number of customers comprising the customer base. However, the Company is exposed to a concentration of credit risk inherent in providing alternative financing programs to customers who may not be able to obtain traditional bank financing. The customers are concentrated in California and Oregon and economic conditions in these areas could impact the customers' ability to pay the advance.

        Revenue recognition: All of the Company's branch transactions are processed through its point-of-sale system. These transactions include check cashing, bill payment, money transfer, money order sales, and other miscellaneous products and services. The full amount of the check cashing fee is recognized as revenue at the time of the transaction with no allowance for anticipated returned checks. The Company acts in an agency capacity regarding bill payment services, money transfers, and money orders offered and sold at its branches. The Company records the net amount retained as revenue because the supplier is the primary obligor in the arrangement, the amount earned by the Company is fixed, and the supplier is determined to have the ultimate credit risk. Revenue from payroll advances,

F-66


Table of Contents


CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 1. Nature of Operations and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


which have terms ranging from 1 to 31 days (in California) and 31 to 40 days (in Oregon), are recognized on a constant yield basis ratably over the term of each advance. As a result of the Company's charge-off policy, all accounts are charged off between 1 and 30 days past due rather than being placed in nonaccrual status.

        Cash: At times, the Company may maintain deposits with banks in amounts in excess of federal depository insurance limits, but believes any such amounts do not represent significant credit risk.

        Advances and fees receivable: The Company's advances and fees receivable are recorded at amounts charged to customers for check cashing, payroll advances and loans presented on the consolidated balance sheets net of unearned revenue and the allowance for loan losses and doubtful accounts. The Company's allowances for loan losses and doubtful accounts are based on the amount of balances past due, historical charge-off experience, current collection patterns, current economic conditions and other information obtained regarding the financial condition of customers. Payroll advances and related fees are charged off immediately if not collected by the due date. Returned checks are generally charged off 30 to 60 days after return without success in collections. Consumer automobile loans and related fees are charged off immediately in the event of bankruptcy, death or pending legal action. Recoveries are recorded in the period in which they are received.

        Leasehold improvements and equipment: Leasehold improvements and equipment are recorded at cost. Provisions for depreciation of depreciable assets are computed under the straight-line method over periods which approximate the estimated useful lives of the assets. Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed over the estimated useful lives of the assets or the term of the lease, whichever is shorter. The costs of assets retired or disposed of and the accumulated depreciation or amortization thereon are removed from the accounts with any gain or loss realized upon sale or disposal charged to the statements of operations. Significant improvements and betterments are capitalized while repairs and maintenance are expensed in the period incurred.

        Deferred payroll and consumer automobile loan costs: Direct costs incurred for the origination of payroll and consumer automobile loans are deferred and amortized to payroll advance fee income and other revenue over the contractual lives of the loans using the interest method. Unamortized amounts are recognized in income at the time that loans are paid in full.

        Deferred finance costs: Costs incurred in connection with obtaining financing are deferred and amortized as interest expense on a basis which approximates the effective interest rate over the life of the related debt. Deferred finance costs, included in other assets in the Company's consolidated balance sheets amounted to approximately $1,046 and $1,587 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, net of accumulated amortization of approximately $2,245 and $1,704, as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

        Goodwill and other intangibles: Under the provisions of ASC 350, Intangibles-Goodwill and Others, purchased goodwill is not amortized but is tested annually for impairment. Goodwill represents the excess cost over the fair value of tangible net assets of the Company and is recorded on the balance sheet. The Company reviews the carrying value of the goodwill and other indefinite life intangibles annually (October 1) and at other times when facts or circumstances indicate that the recorded amount of goodwill and other indefinite life intangibles may be impaired. If this review indicates that goodwill

F-67


Table of Contents


CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 1. Nature of Operations and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


and other indefinite life intangibles are not recoverable, the Company's carrying value of the goodwill and other indefinite life intangibles are reduced by the estimated shortfall. No impairment loss was recognized for 2010, 2009 or 2008.

        In accordance with ASC 340, Other Assets and Deferred Costs, the Company reviews their long-lived assets periodically to determine potential impairment by comparing the carrying value of the long-lived assets with the estimated future net undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the assets, including cash flows from disposition. Should the sum of the expected future net cash flows be less than the carrying value, the Company would recognize an impairment loss at that date. An impairment loss would be measured by comparing the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the long-lived assets. Other intangibles consist of customer relationships, trademarks/trade names, non-compete agreement and software licenses.

        Deferred revenue: The Company records upfront fees received under long-term agreements as deferred revenue and such upfront fees are recognized as revenue ratably over the lives of the respective agreements.

        Accumulated other comprehensive income: The Company's accumulated other comprehensive income, as reflected in the accompanying consolidated statements of stockholders' equity, consists of the difference between cost and fair value of unrecognized retained interest in assets sold.

        Advertising: Costs incurred for producing and communicating advertising are charged to operations when incurred or the first time advertising takes place. Advertising expense for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, amounted to approximately $1,265, $1,044 and $935.

        Income taxes: The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes. Under this standard, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amount and the tax basis of existing assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

        The Company has not recorded a reserve for any tax positions for which the ultimate deductibility is highly certain but for which there is uncertainty about the timing of such deductibility. The Company files tax returns in all appropriate jurisdictions, which include a federal tax return and state tax returns. Open tax years are 2006 to 2010, which statutes expire in 2011 to 2014, respectively. When and if applicable, potential interest and penalty costs are accrued as incurred, with expenses recognized in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of income. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company has no liability for unrecognized tax benefits.

        New store costs: Start-up costs for new stores such as training, supplies and travel are expensed as incurred.

        Store acquisitions: Store acquisitions are accounted for using the purchase method of accounting prescribed by ASC 805, Business Combinations. This method requires the allocation of the purchase price to individual tangible assets acquired, intangible assets acquired arising from contractual or legal

F-68


Table of Contents


CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 1. Nature of Operations and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


rights, and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. The excess of the cost of acquired assets over the net amounts assigned to assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recognized as goodwill. Beginning January 1, 2009, any costs, including out-of-pocket or incremental costs directly related to the acquisition, such as fees paid to outside consultants for accounting, legal, or engineering investigations or for appraisals, are expensed as transaction costs in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

        Gain or loss on store closure: The Company closes stores in the normal course of business based on store performance, lease termination or unfavorable lease extension terms. For closed stores, a loss is recorded in other store expenses for the write-off of any remaining book value of leasehold improvements and equipment not transferred to other locations and any related closing costs. For stores sold to third parties, a gain or loss is recorded based on the amount received less the write-off of any remaining book value of leasehold improvements and equipment not sold or transferred to other locations and any related closing costs.

        Store expenses: The direct costs incurred in operating the stores, excluding depreciation and amortization, are classified as store expenses and are deducted from total revenue to determine contribution attributable to the stores. Store expenses include salary and benefit expense of store employees, rent and other occupancy costs, armored and security costs, losses for returned checks net of recoveries, cash shortages, and other costs incurred by the stores.

        Equity-based compensation: The Company applies ASC Topic 718, Stock Compensation, which addresses the accounting for equity-based employee plans. This standard requires that such transactions are accounted for using a fair-value-based method of accounting. Employee costs include all equity-based payments granted to employees based on the grant date estimated fair value over the service period.

        Derivative instruments: The Company accounts for derivative instruments under the provisions of ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging. ASC 815 requires all derivatives to be recognized as assets or liabilities on the balance sheet and measured at fair value. Changes in the fair value of derivatives are either recognized as income or expense or other comprehensive income (loss), depending on the designated purpose of the derivative.

        Fair value of financial instruments: The Company accounts for fair value of financial instruments under the provisions of ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures. ASC 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosures about fair value measurement. ASC 820 also emphasizes that fair value is a market based measurement, not an entity specific measurement, and sets out a fair value hierarchy with the highest priority being quoted prices in active markets. Under ASC 820, fair value measurements are disclosed by level within that hierarchy. ASC 820 applies to all assets and liabilities that are measured and reported on a fair value basis.

        ASC 820 requires disclosure that establishes a framework for measuring fair value in GAAP, and expands disclosure about fair value measurements. This statement enables the reader of the financial statements to assess the inputs used to develop those measurements by establishing a hierarchy for ranking the quality and reliability of the information used to determine fair values. The statement

F-69


Table of Contents


CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 1. Nature of Operations and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


requires that assets and liabilities carried at fair value will be classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:

    Level 1.    Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

    Level 2.    Observable market based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data.

    Level 3.    Unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data.

        In determining the appropriate levels, the Company performs a detailed analysis of the assets and liabilities that are subject to ASC 820. At each reporting period, all assets and liabilities for which the fair value measurement is based on significant unobservable inputs are classified as Level 3.

        The estimated fair values of the Company's short-term financial instruments, including receivables and payables arising in the ordinary course of business, approximate their individual carrying amounts due to the relatively short period of time between their origination and expected realization. The recorded values of long-term debt approximate their fair values because the interest rates fluctuate or, if they are fixed, they are based on current rates offered to the Company for debt with similar terms and maturities.

        The Company's retained interest in assets sold are carried at fair value and classified within Level 3 due to the lack of observable pricing data. The fair value of the Level 3 retained interest in assets sold is calculated with historical consumer collections data using a static pool analysis that has been discounted to address the appropriate risk profile. Results of the analysis may be adjusted, as appropriate, to reflect other market conditions or the perceived credit risk of the borrower.

Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

        The table below presents the balances of assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

 
  December 31, 2010  
 
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  

Retained interest in assets sold

  $ 220   $   $   $ 220  

 

 
  December 31, 2009  
 
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  

Retained interest in assets sold

  $ 561   $   $   $ 561  

F-70


Table of Contents


CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 1. Nature of Operations and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The table below sets forth a summary of changes in fair value of the Company's level 3 assets for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.

 
  2010   2009  

Balance, beginning of year

  $ 561   $ 911  

Total net gains (losses) included in:

             
 

Net income

    667     926  
 

Other comprehensive income

    103     171  
 

Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements, net

    (1,111 )   (1,447 )
           

Balance, end of year

  $ 220   $ 561  
           

        Governmental regulation:  The Company is subject to various state and federal laws and regulations, which are subject to change and which may impose significant costs or limitations on the way the Company conducts or expands its business. Certain limitations include among other things imposed limits on fee rates and other charges, the number of advances to a customer, a cooling off period (not applicable in California), the number of permitted rollovers (not applicable in California), and required licensing and qualification.

        Although states provide the primary regulatory framework under which the Company offers payday cash advance services and consumer loans, certain federal laws also impact the business. The Company's payday cash advance services and consumer loans are subject to federal laws and regulations, including the Truth-in-Lending Act (TILA), the Equal Credit Opportunity Act (ECOA), the Fair Credit Reporting Act (FCRA), the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (GLBA) and the regulations promulgated for each. Among other things, these laws require disclosure of the principal terms of each transaction to every customer, prohibit misleading advertising, protect against discriminatory lending practices, proscribe unfair credit practices and prohibit creditors from discriminating against credit applicants on the basis of race, sex, age or marital status. The GLBA and its implementing regulations generally require the Company to protect the confidentiality of its customers' nonpublic personal information and to disclose to the Company's customers its privacy policy and practices.

        Additionally, various legislation has been proposed or introduced in the U.S. Congress and California legislature to further regulate the cash advance business. Congressional and Legislative members continue to receive pressure from customer advocates and other industry opposition groups to adopt such legislation.

        Recent accounting pronouncements:  In July 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standard Update (ASU) No. 2010-20, Receivables (Topic 310): Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses (ASU 2010-20). The ASU amends FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 310, Receivables, to improve the disclosures that an entity provides about the credit quality of its financing receivables and the related allowance for credit losses. As a result of these amendments, an entity is required to disaggregate, by portfolio segment or class of financing receivable, certain existing disclosures and provide certain new disclosures about its financing receivables and related allowance for credit losses. For public entities, the disclosures as of the end of a reporting period are effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending on or after

F-71


Table of Contents


CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 1. Nature of Operations and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


December 15, 2010. The disclosures about activity that occurs during a reporting period are effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2010. The disclosures about the credit quality of the Company's receivables required by the ASU are in Note 2. As this ASU amends only the disclosure requirements for loans and the allowance for credit losses, the adoption of ASU No. 2010-20 did not have a significant impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

        Subsequent events:  The Company has evaluated subsequent events for potential recognition and /or disclosure through August 22, 2011, the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

Note 2. Advances and Fees Receivable, Credit Quality Information and Allowance for Losses

        Advances and fees receivable, net, at December 31, 2010 and 2009, consist of:

 
  2010   2009  

Payroll and other advances receivable

  $ 13,946   $ 12,510  

Consumer automobile advances receivable

    1,133     189  

Returned checks receivable

    315     220  

Commissions receivable

    496     403  

Retained interest in assets sold

    100     354  

Allowance for loan losses and doubtful accounts

    (719 )   (631 )

Unearned revenue, net of deferred costs

    (855 )   (815 )
           

  $ 14,416   $ 12,230  
           

        Changes in the allowance for the loan losses and doubtful accounts by product type for the year ending December 31, 2010 are as follows:

 
  Balance
1/1/2010
  Provision   Charge-Offs   Recoveries   Balance
12/31/10
  Finance
Receivables
12/31/2010
  Allowance
as a
percentage
of receivable
 

Payroll and other advances receivable

  $ 534   $ 5,330   $ (77,749 ) $ 72,424   $ 539   $ 13,946     3.86 %

Consumer automobile advances receivable*

    31     161     (106 )       86     2,445     3.52 %

Returned checks receivable

    66     1,451     (2,057 )   634     94     315     29.84 %
                               

  $ 631   $ 6,942   $ (79,912 ) $ 73,058   $ 719   $ 16,706     4.30 %
                               

*
includes $1,312 classified in other assets

F-72


Table of Contents


CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 2. Advances and Fees Receivable, Credit Quality Information and Allowance for Losses (Continued)

        Activity in the allowance for loan losses and doubtful accounts for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, was as follows:

 
  2009   2008  

Balance, beginning of year

  $ 298   $ 300  

Provision for losses from returned checks

    5,704     6,777  

Charge-offs, net

    (5,371 )   (6,779 )
           

Balance, end of year

  $ 631   $ 298  
           

        The Company considers the near term repayment performance of finance receivables as its primary credit quality indicator. The Company does not perform credit checks through consumer reporting agencies. If a third-party lender provides the advance, the applicable third-party lender decides whether to approve the cash advance and establishes all of the underwriting criteria and terms, conditions, and features of the customer agreements. The due date depends on the product.

        Aging of receivables are as follows:

 
  December 31, 2010  

Current finance receivables

  $ 14,941  

Past due finance receivables (1-30 days)

    1,765  
       

  $ 16,706  
       

        Advances and fees include deferred advance costs of approximately $31 and $18 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The effect of payroll advance costs on payroll advance fees for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was as follows:

 
  2010   2009   2008  

Payroll advance fees, gross

  $ 33,211   $ 26,569   $ 25,731  

Amortization of deferred payroll advance costs

    (933 )   (770 )   (715 )
               

Payroll advance fees, net

  $ 32,278   $ 25,799   $ 25,016  
               

F-73


Table of Contents


CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 3. Leasehold Improvements and Equipment

        Leasehold improvements and equipment, net, at December 31, 2010 and 2009 consist of:

 
  2010   2009   Depreciable
Lives

Fixtures and equipment

  $ 6,479   $ 5,742   2-9 years

Leasehold improvements

    6,062     3,626   2-9 years

Automobiles

    5     5   5 years

Software

    397     247   5 years
             

    12,943     9,620    

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

    (5,580 )   (3,948 )  
             

  $ 7,363   $ 5,672    
             

        Total depreciation and amortization expense amounted to approximately $1,710, $1,144 and $1,256 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Note 4. Intangible Assets

        Intangible assets, net, at December 31, 2010 and 2009 consist of:

 
  2010   2009   Estimated
Life

Gross carrying amount

               
 

Customer relationships

  $ 14,070   $ 13,790   3-7 years
 

Trademarks/tradenames

    7,000     7,000   Indefinite
 

Non-compete agreements

    380     380   4 years
 

Software licenses

    73     73   1 year
 

Licensed tradename

    110     110   5 years
             

    21,633     21,353    

Accumulated amortization

    (10,710 )   (8,790 )  
             

  $ 10,923   $ 12,563    
             

        Total amortization expense amounted to approximately $1,921, $2,553 and $2,828 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

        Amortization expense for future years is expected to be as follows:

2011

  $ 1,810  

2012

    1,467  

2013

    261  

2014

    166  

2015

    144  

Thereafter

    75  
       

  $ 3,923  
       

F-74


Table of Contents


CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 5. Other Assets

        Other assets at December 31, 2010 and 2009 consist of:

 
  2010   2009  

Consumer automobile advances receivable

  $ 1,312   $ 219  

Retained interest in assets sold

    119     207  

Deferred financing fees, net

    1,046     1,587  

Security deposits

    428     397  

Other

    113      
           

  $ 3,018   $ 2,410  
           

Note 6. Borrowings

        CCCS LLC was obligated to various participating lenders under a First Lien Credit Agreement and a Second Lien Credit Agreement (collectively, the Credit Agreements), both of which were most recently amended March 15, 2007. These Credit Agreements provided for maximum borrowings of up to $145 million, represented by a $20 million revolving loan (including up to a $15 million Swingline commitment), a $77 million Tranche B Loan, and an $18 million Term Loan, plus an uncommitted incremental amount of up to $30 million, bearing interest at either the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin or the Adjusted LIBOR Rate plus the Applicable Margin at CCCS LLC's election at the time of drawing on the loans. The interest rates on the Tranche B Loan and Term Loan ranged from 3.26 percent to 3.54 percent and 7.49 percent to 7.52 percent, respectively, as of December 31, 2010. Borrowings under the First Lien Credit Agreement required quarterly payments of principal of $192 or an annual payment of principal based on excess cash flow, as defined, whichever is greater, reduced by any Optional Prepayments occurring within 12 months preceding such prepayments, with final maturity September 29, 2012, and borrowings under the Second Lien Credit Agreement had final maturity September 29, 2013. The loans under the Credit Agreements were secured by substantially all of the assets of CCCS LLC and guaranteed by CCCS Holdings, LLC. The Credit Agreements contained various restrictions, including maintenance of certain financial ratios, limitations on capital expenditures and certain other restrictions. All amounts due under the Credit Agreements were paid in full upon completion of the transaction disclosed in Note 13.

        Borrowings at December 31, 2010 and 2009, consist of the following:

 
  2010   2009  

Tranche B loans

  $ 62,023   $ 70,023  

Second Lien loans

    18,000     18,000  
           

    80,023     88,023  

Current maturities

    (10,800 )   (2,000 )
           

Long-term portion

  $ 69,223   $ 86,023  
           

        CCCS LLC previously entered into an interest rate swap agreement to convert a portion ($30 million notional amount, 5.19 percent fixed rate) of its floating notes payable to fixed rate debt. This derivative instrument was an economic hedge that had not been designated for hedge accounting

F-75


Table of Contents


CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 6. Borrowings (Continued)


treatment. This derivative instrument was reported at fair value with gains and losses recognized in the consolidated statements of income. The agreement was not renewed when it expired on October 26, 2009.

Note 7. Equity Based Compensation

        CCCS Holdings, LLC's operating agreement provides for the granting of Class C membership units as incentives to key members of management. These incentive units vest ratably over a 24 to 48-month period provided that employment has not terminated.

        A summary of Class C management incentive units for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, is as follows:

 
  Units   Grant Date Fair Value   Units Vested  

Outstanding, January 1, 2008

    35.00   $ 278     12.50  
                   

Granted

    2.50     22        
                 

Outstanding, December 31, 2008

    37.50     300     25.50  
                   

Granted

               
                 

Outstanding, December 31, 2009

    37.50     300     30.00  
                   

Granted

               
                 

Outstanding, December 31, 2010

    37.50   $ 300     34.38  
               

        The value of the units granted during 2008 were determined based on the underlying equity value of CCCS Holdings, LLC at the date of grant. The compensation expense associated with these awards is recognized straight-line over the service period. During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company recorded $38, $38 and $88, respectively, of compensation expense related to these management incentive units and as of December 31, 2010, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested management incentive units was approximately $27.

Note 8. Provision for Income Taxes

        The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, consist of the following:

 
  2010   2009   2008  

Current

  $ 2,744   $ 1,690   $ 980  

Deferred

    1,762     1,174     1,595  
               

  $ 4,506   $ 2,864   $ 2,575  
               

F-76


Table of Contents


CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 8. Provision for Income Taxes (Continued)

        Income tax expense (benefit) has been allocated as follows:

 
  2010   2009   2008  

Continuing operations

  $ 4,716   $ 2,864   $ 2,575  

Discontinued operations

    (210 )        
               

  $ 4,506   $ 2,864   $ 2,575  
               

        A reconciliation of the provision (benefit) for income taxes with amounts determined by applying the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate to income before income taxes is as follows:

 
  2010   2009   2008  

Computed tax provision at the federal statutory rate

  $ 4,697   $ 3,839   $ 3,090  

State taxes net of federal benefit

    806     659     530  

Effect of pass-through entities

    (1,533 )   (1,384 )   (1,505 )

Permanent differences and other

    536     (250 )   460  
               

  $ 4,506   $ 2,864   $ 2,575  
               

        Under the asset and liability method, deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences of "temporary differences" by applying enacted statutory tax rates applicable to future years to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and its tax basis of existing assets and liabilities. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company's deferred income tax assets and liabilities consisted of the following:

 
  2010   2009  

Deferred tax assets

             
 

Advances and loans receivable

  $ 247   $ 217  
 

Other

    511     546  
           

    758     763  
           

Deferred tax liabilities

             
 

Retained interest in loans sold

    (74 )   (192 )
 

Leasehold improvements and equipment

    (272 )   (358 )
 

Goodwill and intangible assets

    (12,817 )   (10,856 )
           

    (13,163 )   (11,406 )
           
   

Net deferred tax liability

  $ (12,405 ) $ (10,643 )
           

F-77


Table of Contents


CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 8. Provision for Income Taxes (Continued)

        The net deferred tax assets and (liabilities) are classified in the consolidated balance sheets as follows:

 
  2010   2009  

Current

  $ 724   $ 642  

Noncurrent

    (13,129 )   (11,285 )
           

  $ (12,405 ) $ (10,643 )
           

Note 9. Employee Benefit Plan

        The Company maintains a 401(k) profit sharing plan for the benefit of all eligible employees. The plan, established under the provisions of section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code, provides for discretionary employer contributions. The Company provided for discretionary contributions of approximately $0, $713 and $598 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Note 10. Commitments and Contingencies

        The Company leases retail and office space under operating leases with related and unrelated parties expiring in various years through 2033. The leases require the Company to pay additional rentals for increases in operating expenses and real estate taxes and contain renewal options. For financial statement purposes, base rent payments are being accounted for on a straight-line basis. Accordingly, the balance sheets reflect a liability for the excess of the expense charged compared to the amount paid. Total rent expense for operating leases amounted to approximately $5,815, $3,786 and $3,543 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, inclusive of approximately $486, $448 and $432 to related parties for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

        Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2010 are as follows:

 
  Related
Parties
  Third
Parties
  Total  

2011

  $ 476   $ 5,255   $ 5,731  

2012

    490     4,627     5,117  

2013

        3,334     3,334  

2014

        2,104     2,104  

2015

        886     886  

Thereafter

        466     466  
               

  $ 966   $ 16,672   $ 17,638  
               

        The Company has an advisory agreement with an affiliate of the Company's controlling member. The advisory agreement requires the Company to pay a management fee of the greater of $800 or 3 percent of EBITDA, as defined, annually through December 31, 2013. Management fee expense for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $800 in all three years. Amounts included in

F-78


Table of Contents


CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 10. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)


accounts payable related to this agreement were approximately $200 at both December 31, 2010 and 2009.

        On February 19, 2010, a California court approved the terms of settlement and agreed upon procedures as set forth in a class action Settlement Agreement brought against the Company by current and former employees of the Company. An amount of $2,039 was accrued and included in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other payables in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2009 relating to the amount of the settlement plus court costs and attorneys fees. The total cost of this judgment (paid in February 2010) was recognized during 2009 in the accompanying consolidated statement of income.

        The Company is party to various other claims, legal actions and complaints arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, all such matters are adequately covered by insurance, or, if not so covered, are without merit or are of such kind, or involve such amounts, that unfavorable disposition would not have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial position or liquidity.

Note 11. Business Combinations

        On March 24, 2010, the Company acquired the operations of 20 stores located in Southern California from a competitor for aggregate consideration of $2,662. On December 29, 2009, the Company acquired the operations of 22 stores located in California, Washington and Oregon from a competitor for aggregate consideration of $11,453. During 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, the Company also acquired the assets of various other check cashing stores located in California for aggregate cash consideration of $635, $470 and $1,730. The acquisitions are part of a long-term expansion strategy, and served to increase the Company's market presence in California. As a result of these transactions, the purchase price was allocated to certain acquired assets, including a number of identified intangibles in accordance with ASC 805. During 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, the goodwill of $787, $6,389 and $1,043 arising from these acquisitions consists largely of synergies and economies of scale expected from combining the operations and entering new markets.

F-79


Table of Contents


CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 11. Business Combinations (Continued)

        The following table summarizes the consideration paid for the above mentioned acquisitions and the amounts of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed recognized at the respective acquisition dates:

 
  2010   2009   2008  

Consideration:

                   
 

Cash

  $ 3,131   $ 11,073   $ 1,730  
 

Due to seller

    166     850      
               

  $ 3,297   $ 11,923   $ 1,730  
               

Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired:

                   
 

Advances and fees receivable

  $ 46   $ 2,863   $  
 

Other current assets

    68          
 

Lease deposits

    49     48      
 

Leasehold improvements, furniture and equipment

    2,067     1,400     687  
 

Intangible assets

    280     1,223      
               
   

Total identifiable net assets

    2,510     5,534     687  
 

Goodwill

    787     6,389     1,043  
               

  $ 3,297   $ 11,923   $ 1,730  
               

Acquisition-related costs (included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the Company's consolidated statements of income)

  $ 61   $ 203   $  
               

        The acquired advances and fees receivable are payroll advances and have been recorded at fair value which approximates the contractual cash flows that are believed to be collectible because of the short-term nature of such receivables.

        The acquired intangibles will be amortized over their useful lives, as estimated by management based on their intended use. The identifiable intangibles and useful lives for the 2010 and 2009 acquisitions are presented below. There were no identifiable assets acquired in the 2008 acquisitions.

 
  Weighted Average
Useful Life
  2010   2009  

Customer relationships

  6-7 years   $ 280   $ 660  

Tradename

  5 years         110  

Non-compete agreements

  4 years         380  

Software licenses

  1 years         73  
               

      $ 280   $ 1,223  
               

        For income tax purposes, the intangibles and goodwill recognized will be deductible over 15 years.

        All acquisitions in 2010, 2009 and 2008 were financed from the Company's cash reserves.

F-80


Table of Contents


CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 12. Discontinued Operations

        Included in the December 29, 2009 acquisition described above were four stores in the State of Washington, under which the Company commenced operations on January 20, 2010. Due to a change in law provision in Washington effective January 1, 2010, it made the business wholly unprofitable. The Company continued operations and made the decision to close its stores in Washington, with the final day of operations being August 21, 2010. After winding up operations, licensing, and other real estate matters, the Company has no further plans to operate in Washington. There are no anticipated future cash flows to be generated from the operation, as there is no longer an operation and it is not expected that customers in Washington will migrate to other Company-owned stores.

        As a result of the above the Company determined that the closing of these stores represented a discontinued operation and has reflected a loss from discontinued operations of $457, net of a benefit for income taxes of $210, in the statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2010. This loss is comprised of revenues earned for the period of $158 offset by store expenses of $599 and write-offs of related intangible assets of $226. There were no assets, liabilities, revenues or expenses associated with the Washington stores as of and for the year ended December 31, 2009.

Note 13. Subsequent Event

        On March 17, 2011, the Company acquired the operations of a single payroll advance store in Hawthorne, California. The acquisition is part of a long-term expansion strategy and serves to increase the Company's market presence California. The Company paid approximately $754 for the assets acquired, including purchase of receivables and lease buy-out, utilizing cash generated from operations.

        On April 13, 2011, the Company entered into an agreement and plan of merger pursuant to which Community Choice Financial Inc. ("CCFI"), a newly-formed holding company, expects to acquire all outstanding shares of CheckSmart Financial Holdings Corp. ("CheckSmart") and all outstanding membership units of the Company. The transaction is structured as a stock-for-stock transaction, with the current equity holders of each of CheckSmart and the Company agreeing to contribute the equity of the separate companies to CCFI in exchange for shares CCFI. As a result of the transaction, the current equity holders of CheckSmart and the Company will own 77% and 23%, respectively, of CCFI. Immediately upon completion of the transaction, CCFI will declare a special dividend payable to its shareholders and pay bonuses to management in an aggregate amount of $125.0 million. On April 29, 2011, all requirements and conditions were met, including the successful completion of a secured senior notes offering in an amount sufficient to repay outstanding indebtedness of both CheckSmart and the Company, and the transaction was consummated as described. As a result of this transaction, the Company determined that an impairment of goodwill and intangible assets occurred in 2011 and recorded an impairment charge of approximately $28,986 during the three months ending March 31, 2011.

F-81


Table of Contents


CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010

(Dollars in thousands)

 
  March 31,
2011
  December 31,
2010
 
 
  (unaudited)
   
 

Assets

             

Current Assets

             
 

Cash

  $ 25,260   $ 26,125  
 

Advances and fees receivable, net

    12,148     14,416  
 

Other current assets

    357     1,176  
 

Deferred income taxes

    240     724  
           
   

Total current assets

    38,005     42,441  

Noncurrent Assets

             
 

Leasehold improvements and equipment, net

    7,160     7,363  
 

Goodwill

    91,231     115,332  
 

Other intangibles, net

    6,244     10,923  
 

Other assets

    2,810     3,018  
           
   

Total assets

  $ 145,450   $ 179,077  
           

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

             

Current Liabilities

             
 

Current portion of long-term debt

  $ 18,400   $ 10,800  
 

Current portion of deferred revenue

    1,125     1,125  
 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

    9,024     9,552  
           
   

Total current liabilities

    28,549     21,477  

Noncurrent Liabilities

             
 

Notes payable

    55,523     69,223  
 

Deferred rent

    713     631  
 

Deferred revenue

    3,344     3,625  
 

Deferred income taxes

    3,552     13,129  
           
   

Total liabilities

    91,681     108,085  
           

Commitments and Contingencies

             

Stockholders' Equity

             
 

Common stock

         
 

Additional paid-in capital

    27,316     27,316  
 

Retained earnings

    1,895     15,255  
 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    46     66  
 

Noncontrolling interests

    24,512     28,355  
           
   

Total equity

    53,769     70,992  
           
   

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $ 145,450   $ 179,077  
           

See Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-82


Table of Contents


CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Operations

Three Months Ended March 31, 2011 and 2010

(Unaudited)

(Dollars in thousands)

 
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2011   2010  

Revenues:

             
 

Payroll advance fees, net

  $ 8,105   $ 7,479  
 

Check cashing fees

    7,428     7,582  
 

Other revenue

    3,365     2,714  
           
   

Total revenues

    18,898     17,775  
           

Branch expenses:

             
 

Salaries and fringe benefits

    5,941     5,467  
 

Occupancy costs

    2,213     1,807  
 

Provision for losses from returned checks

    1,202     1,741  
 

Other store expenses

    1,577     1,441  
           
   

Total store expenses

    10,933     10,456  
           
   

Stores gross profit

    7,965     7,319  
           

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    1,884     1,613  

Interest expense and finance fees

    1,031     1,099  

Depreciation and amortization

    954     815  

Goodwill and other intangibles impairment

    28,986      
           
   

Income (loss) from continuing operations before provision for income taxes

    (24,890 )   3,792  

Provision for income taxes

    (7,780 )   1,691  
           
   

Income (loss) from continuing operations

    (17,110 )   2,101  
           

Loss from discontinued operations

        (53 )
           
   

Net Income (loss)

  $ (17,110 ) $ 2,048  
   

Net Income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interest

    (3,750 )   741  
           
   

Net Income (loss) attributable to CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc.

  $ (13,360 ) $ 1,307  
           

See Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-83


Table of Contents


CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity

Three Months Ended March 31, 2011

(Unaudited)

(Dollars in thousands)

 
  Common Stock    
   
   
  Accumulative
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
   
   
 
 
  Additional
Paid-In
Capital
  Retained
Earnings
  Non-
Controlling
Interest
  Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
   
 
 
  Shares   Amount   Total  

Balance, December 31, 2010

    1,000   $ 0   $ 27,316   $ 15,255   $ 28,355   $ 66         $ 70,992  
 

Equity based compensation

                            10                 10  
 

Tax distributions to non-controlling interests

                            (103 )               (103 )

Other comprehensive income

                                                 
 

Net income (loss)

                      (13,360 )   (3,750 )         (17,110 )   (17,110 )
 

Effect of unrealized retained interest in assets sold

                                  (20 )   (20 )   (20 )
                                                 

                                      $ (17,130 )      
                                   

Balance, March 31, 2011

    1,000   $ 0   $ 27,316   $ 1,895   $ 24,512   $ 46         $ 53,769  
                                     

See Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-84


Table of Contents


CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Three Months Ended March 31, 2011 and 2010

(Unaudited)

(Dollars in thousands)

 
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2011   2010  

Cash Flows From Operating Activities

             
 

Net income (loss)

  $ (17,110 ) $ 2,101  
 

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations

          (53 )

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

             
   

Provision for loan losses

    1,202     1,740  
   

Goodwill impairment

    28,986        
   

Loss on disposal of assets

        35  
   

Effect of unrealized retained interest in assets sold

    (20 )   (42 )
   

Depreciation

    488     346  
   

Amortization of intangibles & deferred financing cost

    455     459  
   

Deferred rent

    82      
   

Equity based compensation

    10     10  
   

Deferred income taxes

    (9,093 )   670  
   

Changes in assets and liabilities:

             
     

Other assets

    1,027     876  
     

Deferred revenue

    (281 )   (281 )
     

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    (528 )   (1,243 )
           
       

Net cash provided by operating activities—continuing operations

    5,218     4,618  
           

Cash Flows From Investing Activities

             
 

Net receivables (originated) repaid

    1,066     89  
 

Net acquired assets, net of cash

    (661 )   (2,500 )
 

Purchase of leasehold improvements and equipment

    (285 )   (385 )
           
     

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities—continuing operations

    120     (2,796 )
           

Cash Flows From Financing Activities

             
 

Tax distributions to non-controlling interests

    (103 )   (804 )
 

Net payments of long-term debt

    (6,100 )   (2,000 )
           
     

Net cash used in financing activities—continuing operations

    (6,203 )   (2,804 )
           
     

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

    (865 )   (982 )

Cash and cash equivalents:

             
 

Beginning

    26,125     33,655  
           
 

Ending

  $ 25,260   $ 32,673  
           

See Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-85


Table of Contents


CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 1. Nature of Operations and Significant Accounting Policies

        Nature of operations: CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the Company) operates in one line of business and provides retail financial services, such as check cashing, payroll advances, money orders, wire transfers and various other related services, for a fee. As of March 31, 2011, the Company owned and operated 141 stores in California and Oregon.

        Basis of presentation: The accompanying interim unaudited consolidated financial statements of CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States for interim financial information. They do not include all information and footnotes required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States for complete financial statements. Although management believes that the disclosures are adequate to prevent the information from being misleading, the interim unaudited consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company's audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010. In the opinion of the Company's management, all adjustments consisting of normal recurring adjustments, considered necessary for a fair statement of the Company's financial condition, have been included. The results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2011.

        Basis of consolidation: The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its 80.1% owned subsidiary, CCCS Holdings, LLC, and its wholly-owned subsidiaries California Check Cashing Stores, LLC (CCCS LLC) and FastCash, Inc. (FastCash). All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

        The Company follows the measurement and presentation requirements for non-controlling interests in consolidated financial statements. The non-controlling interests represent the portion of the equity not attributable, directly or indirectly, to CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. The profit or loss not attributable, directly or indirectly, to CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. is allocated to the net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests in the consolidated statements of operations.

        Use of estimates: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to change relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, impairment of goodwill and fair value of equity-based compensation.

        Concentrations: Concentration of credit risk with respect to advances and fees receivable is limited due to the large number of customers comprising the customer base. However, the Company is exposed to a concentration of credit risk inherent in providing alternative financing programs to customers who may not be able to obtain traditional bank financing. The customers are concentrated in California and Oregon and economic conditions in these areas could impact the customers' ability to pay the advance.

        Revenue recognition: All of the Company's branch transactions are processed through its point-of-sale system. These transactions include check cashing, bill payment, money transfer, money order sales, and other miscellaneous products and services. The full amount of the check cashing fee is recognized as revenue at the time of the transaction with no allowance for anticipated returned checks.

F-86


Table of Contents


CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 1. Nature of Operations and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


The Company acts in an agency capacity regarding bill payment services, money transfers, and money orders offered and sold at its branches. The Company records the net amount retained as revenue because the supplier is the primary obligor in the arrangement, the amount earned by the Company is fixed, and the supplier is determined to have the ultimate credit risk. Revenue from payroll advances, which have terms ranging from 1 to 31 days (in California) and 31 to 40 days (in Oregon), are recognized on a constant yield basis ratably over the term of each advance.

        Advances and fees receivable: The Company's advances and fees receivable are recorded at amounts charged to customers for check cashing and payroll advances and presented on the consolidated balance sheets net of unearned revenue and the allowance for loan losses. Provision for loan losses are charged to income in amounts sufficient to cover estimated losses in the loan portfolio. All advances and fees receivable are evaluated collectively for impairment. The Company's allowances for loan losses are based on the amount of balances past due, historical charge-off experience, current collection patterns, current economic conditions and other information obtained regarding the financial condition of customers. Payroll advances and related fees are charged off immediately if not collected by the due date. Returned checks are generally charged off 30 to 60 days after a return item without success in collections. Recoveries are recorded in the period in which they are received.

        As a result of the Company's charge-off policies, most accounts are charged-off rather than being placed in nonaccrual status and thus any impact to the consolidated financial statements is immaterial.

        Deferred payroll advance costs: Direct costs incurred for the origination of payroll advances are deferred and amortized to payroll advance fee income over the contractual lives of the advances using the interest method. Unamortized amounts are recognized in income at the time that advances are paid in full.

        Goodwill and other intangibles: Goodwill represents the excess cost over the fair value of tangible net assets of the Company and is recorded on the balance sheet. The Company tests the carrying value of the goodwill and other indefinite life intangibles annually or when the events and circumstances warrant such a review. If this review indicates that goodwill and other indefinite life intangibles are not recoverable, the Company's carrying value of the goodwill and other indefinite life intangibles are reduced by the estimated shortfall.

        As a result of the transaction discussed in Note 12, impairment testing was performed by the Company and management has determined the goodwill is impaired. See Note 3 for further discussion.

        In accordance with ASC 340, Other Assets and Deferred Costs, the Company reviews their long-lived assets periodically to determine potential impairment by comparing the carrying value of the long-lived assets with the estimated future net undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the assets, including cash flows from disposition. Should the sum of the expected future net cash flows be less than the carrying value, the Company would recognize an impairment loss at that date. An impairment loss would be measured by comparing the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the long-lived assets. Other intangibles consist of customer relationships, trademarks/trade names, non-compete agreement and software licenses.

F-87


Table of Contents


CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 1. Nature of Operations and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Accumulated other comprehensive income: The Company's accumulated other comprehensive income, as reflected in the accompanying consolidated statement of stockholders' equity, consists of the difference between cost and fair value of unrecognized retained interest in assets sold.

        Income taxes: The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes. Under this standard, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amount and the tax basis of existing assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

        The Company has not recorded a reserve for any tax positions for which the ultimate deductibility is highly certain but for which there is uncertainty about the timing of such deductibility. The Company files tax returns in all appropriate jurisdictions, which include a federal tax return and state tax returns. Open tax years are 2006 to 2010, which statutes expire in 2011 to 2014, respectively. When and if applicable, potential interest and penalty costs are accrued as incurred, with expenses recognized in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. As of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the Company has no liability for unrecognized tax benefits.

        Equity-based compensation: The Company applies ASC Topic 718, Stock Compensation, which addresses the accounting for equity-based employee plans. This standard requires that such transactions are accounted for using a fair-value-based method of accounting. Employee costs include all equity-based payments granted to employees based on the grant date estimated fair value over the service period.

        Derivative instruments: The Company accounts for derivative instruments under the provisions of ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging. ASC 815 requires all derivatives to be recognized as assets or liabilities on the balance sheet and measured at fair value. Changes in the fair value of derivatives are either recognized as income or expense or other comprehensive income (loss), depending on the designated purpose of the derivative.

        Fair value of financial instruments: The Company accounts for fair value of financial instruments under the provisions of ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures. ASC 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosures about fair value measurement. ASC 820 also emphasizes that fair value is a market based measurement, not an entity specific measurement, and sets out a fair value hierarchy with the highest priority being quoted prices in active markets. Under ASC 820, fair value measurements are disclosed by level within that hierarchy. ASC 820 applies to all assets and liabilities that are measured and reported on a fair value basis.

        ASC 820 requires disclosure that establishes a framework for measuring fair value in GAAP, and expands disclosure about fair value measurements. This statement enables the reader of the financial statements to assess the inputs used to develop those measurements by establishing a hierarchy for ranking the quality and reliability of the information used to determine fair values. The statement

F-88


Table of Contents


CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 1. Nature of Operations and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


requires that assets and liabilities carried at fair value will be classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:

    Level 1.    Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

    Level 2.    Observable market based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data.

    Level 3.    Unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data.

        In determining the appropriate levels, the Company performs a detailed analysis of the assets and liabilities that are subject to ASC 820. At each reporting period, all assets and liabilities for which the fair value measurement is based on significant unobservable inputs are classified as Level 3.

        The estimated fair values of the Company's short-term financial instruments, including receivables and payables arising in the ordinary course of business, approximate their individual carrying amounts due to the relatively short period of time between their origination and expected realization. The recorded values of long-term debt approximate their fair values because the interest rates fluctuate or, if they are fixed, they are based on current rates offered to the Company for debt with similar terms and maturities.

        The Company's retained interest in assets sold are carried at fair value and classified within Level 3 due to the lack of observable pricing data. The fair value of the Level 3 retained interest in assets sold is calculated with historical consumer collections data using a static pool analysis that has been discounted to address the appropriate risk profile. Results of the analysis may be adjusted, as appropriate, to reflect other market conditions or the perceived credit risk of the borrower.

        Governmental regulation: The Company is subject to various state and federal laws and regulations, which are subject to change and which may impose significant costs or limitations on the way the Company conducts or expands its business. Certain limitations include among other things imposed limits on fee rates and other charges, the number of advances to a customer, a cooling off period (not applicable in California), the number of permitted rollovers (not applicable in California), and required licensing and qualification.

        Although states provide the primary regulatory framework under which the Company offers payday cash advance services and consumer loans, certain federal laws also impact the business. The Company's payday cash advance services and consumer loans are subject to federal laws and regulations, including the Truth-in-Lending Act (TILA), the Equal Credit Opportunity Act (ECOA), the Fair Credit Reporting Act (FCRA), the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (GLBA) and the regulations promulgated for each. Among other things, these laws require disclosure of the principal terms of each transaction to every customer, prohibit misleading advertising, protect against discriminatory lending practices, proscribe unfair credit practices and prohibit creditors from discriminating against credit applicants on the basis of race, sex, age or marital status. The GLBA and its implementing regulations generally require the Company to protect the confidentiality of its customers' nonpublic personal information and to disclose to the Company's customers its privacy policy and practices.

        Additionally, various legislation has been proposed or introduced in the U.S. Congress and California legislature to further regulate the cash advance business. Congressional and Legislative

F-89


Table of Contents


CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 1. Nature of Operations and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


members continue to receive pressure from consumer advocates and other industry opposition groups to adopt such legislation.

        On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act was enacted into law. This act established the semi-autonomous Consumer Financial Protection Bureau ("CFPB") as a consumer watchdog to regulate mortgages, credit cards, payday loans and other financial products. Any changes in state or federal legislation regulating products and services offered by the Company could cause the Company to convert to selling a different product of service, reduce rates, or stop selling a specific product or service. Such changes could have significant adverse impacts on the business by reducing operating margins, eliminating geographic selling areas or curtailing expansion.

        Recent accounting pronouncements: In July 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standard Update No. 2010-20, Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses (ASU 2010-20). ASU 2010-20 amends the ASC's guidance on receivables by requiring more robust and disaggregated disclosure about the credit quality of an entity's loans and its allowances for loan losses. This update is effective for the Company for annual reporting periods ending after December 15, 2010. The adoption of this guidance did not have a significant impact on the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

        Subsequent events: The Company has evaluated subsequent events (events occurring after March 31, 2011) through August 22, 2011, which represents the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

F-90


Table of Contents


CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 2. Advances and Fees Receivables, Credit Quality Information and Allowance for Loan Losses

        Advances and fees receivables represent amounts due from customers for advances at March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 consisted of the following:

 
  March 31,
2011
  December 31,
2010
 

Payroll and other advances receivable

  $ 11,607   $ 13,946  

Consumer automobile advances receivable

    1,069     1,133  

Returned checks receivable

    292     315  

Commissions receivable

    476     496  

Retained interest in assets sold

    81     100  

Unearned advance fees, net of deferred loan costs

    (544 )   (855 )
           

Advanced Fees Receivables before Allowance for Loan Losses

    12,981     15,135  

Allowance for loan losses

    (833 )   (719 )
           

  $ 12,148   $ 14,416  
           

        Changes in the allowance for loan losses by product type for the three months ended March 31, 2011 was as follows:

Allowance For Loan Losses by Product Type

 
  Balance
1/1/2011
  Q1
Provision
  Q1
Charge-Offs
  Q1
Recoveries
  Balance
3/31/2011
  Finance
Receivables
3/31/2011
  Allowance as
a percentage
of receivable
 

Payroll and other advances receivable

  $ 539   $ 950   ($ 21,558 ) $ 20,677   $ 608   $ 11,607     5.24 %

Consumer automobile advances receivable*

    86     45     0     0     131     2,307     5.68 %

Returned checks receivable

    94     207     (412 )   205     94     292     32.19 %
                               

  $ 719   $ 1,202   ($ 21,970 ) $ 20,882   $ 833   $ 14,206     5.86 %
                               

*
includes $1,238 finance receivables classified in other assets.

        Changes in the allowance for loan losses for the three months ended March 31, 2010 was as follows:

 
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2010  

Balance, beginning of period

  $ 631  
 

Provision for loan losses

    1,741  
 

Charge-offs, net

    (1,762 )
       

Balance, end of period

  $ 610  
       

        The Company considers the near term repayment performance of finance receivables as its primary credit quality indicator. The Company does not perform credit checks through consumer reporting agencies. If a third-party lender provides the advance, the applicable third-party lender decides whether

F-91


Table of Contents


CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 2. Advances and Fees Receivables, Credit Quality Information and Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)


to approve the cash advance and establishes all of the underwriting criteria and terms, conditions, and features of the customer agreements. The due date depends on the product.

        Aging of Receivables are as follows (in thousands):

 
  March 31,
2011
  December 31,
2010
 

Current finance receivables

  $ 13,180   $ 14,941  

Past due finance receivables (1-30 days)

    1,026     1,765  
           

  $ 14,206   $ 16,706  
           

Note 3. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

        The following table summarizes goodwill and other intangible assets as of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010:

 
  March 31,
2011
  December 31,
2010
 

Goodwill from acquisitions

  $ 115,332   $ 115,332  

Intangible assets acquired from acquisitions

             
 

Customer relationships

    14,733     14,070  
 

Trademarks

    2,115     7,000  
 

Non-compete

    380     380  
 

Software licenses

    73     73  
 

Licensed trade names

    110     110  

Impairment of goodwill

    (24,101 )    
           

    108,642     136,965  
 

Accumulated amortization

    (11,167 )   (10,710 )
           

  $ 97,475   $ 126,255  
           

        The Company tests the carrying value of the goodwill and other indefinite life intangibles annually or when the events and circumstances warrant such a review. If this review indicates that goodwill and other indefinite life intangibles are not recoverable, the Company's carrying value of the goodwill and other indefinite life intangibles are reduced by the estimated shortfall.

        The Company entered into an agreement to merge with CheckSmart and the expected closing value indicated that the Company's carrying value of goodwill and other intangibles was impaired.

        As a result of the transaction discussed in Note 12, the Company conducted a test for impairment of goodwill as of March 31, 2011. The impairment test of goodwill resulted in the impairment of goodwill totaling $24.1 million and an impairment of trademarks of $4.85 million. The methodology for determining the fair value was a combination of quoted market prices, prices of comparable businesses, discounted estimated cash flows and other valuation techniques.

F-92


Table of Contents


CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 4. Pledged Assets and Debt

        Debt at March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 consisted of the following:

 
  March 31,
2011
  December 31,
2010
 

Tranche B loans, secured, 3.26% - 3.54%, collateralized by all Company assets, quarterly principal payments of $192 and excess cash payments as defined in the agreement, with remaining balance due September 2012

  $ 55,923   $ 62,023  

Second Lien loans, secured, 7.49% - 7.52%, collateralized by all Company assets, interest only payments with remaining principal balance due September 2013

    18,000     18,000  
           

    73,923     80,023  

Less current maturities

    18,400     10,800  
           
 

Long-term portion

  $ 55,523   $ 69,223  
           

Note 5. Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities

        Accounts payable and accrued liabilities at March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 consisted of the following:

 
  March 31,
2011
  December 31,
2010
 

Accounts payable

  $ 464   $ 504  

Money orders payable

    2,718     4,058  

Accrued interest

    106     135  

Accrued payroll and benefits

    860     400  

Wire transfers payable

    1,976     2,126  

Other

    2,900     2,329  
           

  $ 9,024   $ 9,552  
           

F-93


Table of Contents


CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 6. Equity Based Compensation

        CCCS Holdings, LLC Operating Agreement provides for the Board of Directors granting of Class C membership units as incentives to key members of management. These incentive units vest ratably over a 24 to 48-month period provided that employment has not terminated.

        A summary of Class C management incentive units for the period ended March 31, 2011 is as follows:

 
  Units   Grant Date
Fair Value
  Units Vested  

Outstanding, December 31, 2010

    37.50   $ 300     34.38  
                   

Granted

               
                 

Outstanding, March 31, 2011

    37.50   $ 300     35.47  
               

        The compensation expense associated with these awards is recognized straight-line over the service period. During the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company recorded $10 of compensation expense in both periods related to these management incentive units; and as of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested management incentive units was approximately $18 and $27, respectively.

Note 7. Litigation

        From time-to-time the Company is a defendant in various lawsuits and administrative proceedings wherein certain amounts are claimed or violations of law or regulations are asserted. In the opinion of the Company's management, these claims are without substantial merit and should not result in judgments which in the aggregate would have a material adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

Note 8. Business Combination

        On March 24, 2010, the Company acquired the operations of 20 stores located in Southern California from a competitor for aggregate consideration of $2,662. The acquisition was part of a long-term expansion strategy, and served to increase the Company's market presence in California. The purchase price was allocated to certain acquired assets, including a number of identified intangibles in accordance with ASC 805. The goodwill of $420 arising from this acquisition consists largely of synergies and economies of scale expected from combining the operations and entering new markets. All of the goodwill recognized is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes and will be deductible over 15 years.

F-94


Table of Contents


CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 8. Business Combination (Continued)

        The following table summarizes the consideration paid for the above mentioned acquisition and the amounts of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed recognized at the acquisition date:

Fair value of total consideration transferred, cash

  $ 2,662  
       

Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired

       
 

Advance fees and receivables

  $ 46  
 

Other current assets and deposits

    117  
 

Leasehold improvements and equipment

    1,799  
 

Identifiable intangible assets

    280  
       
   

Total indentifiable net assets

    2,242  

Goodwill

    420  
       

  $ 2,662  
       

        The acquired advances and fees receivable are payroll advances and have been recorded at fair value which approximates the contractual cash flows that are believed to be collectible because of the short-term nature of such receivables.

        The acquired intangibles will be amortized over their useful lives, as estimated by management based on their intended use.

        The acquisition was financed from the Company's cash reserves.

Note 9. Income Taxes

        The Company and its Subsidiaries file multiple federal income tax returns and a partnership return, where income is allocated to and reported in each non-controlling members' federal and state income tax returns. No provision for federal or state income taxes is reflected in the consolidated financial statements to the extent that such income is required to be reporting by the non-controlling members. The Company files separate state income tax returns as permitted by the individual states in which it operates.

        The Company had no liability recorded for unrecognized tax benefits at March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010.

Note 10. Discontinued Operations

        The Company commenced operations in four stores in the State of Washington on January 20, 2010. Due to a change in law provision in Washington effective January 1, 2010, it made the business wholly unprofitable. The Company continued operations and made the decision to close its stores in Washington, with the final day of operations being August 21, 2010. After winding up operations, licensing, and other real estate matters, the Company has no further plans to operate in Washington. There are no anticipated future cash flows to be generated from the operation, as there is no longer an operation and it is not expected that customers in Washington will migrate to other Company-owned stores.

F-95


Table of Contents


CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 10. Discontinued Operations (Continued)

        Results from discontinued operations of Washington stores for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

 
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2011   2010  

Total Revenue

  $   $ 57  
           

Branch Expenses:

             
 

Provision for loan losses

        (24 )
 

Selling, general and administrative

        134  
           

Total operating expenses

        110  

Corporate expenses

         
           

Net loss before income taxes

        (53 )

Benefit for income taxes

         
           

Loss from discontinued operations

  $   $ (53 )
           

        There were no significant non-cash assets or liabilities included in the balance sheets at March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010.

Note 11. Commitments and Contingencies

        The Company leases retail and office space under operating leases with related and unrelated parties expiring in various years through 2033. The leases require the Company to pay additional rentals for increases and operating expenses and real estate taxes and contain renewal options. Total rent expense to related parties for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010 was $120 and $123, respectively.

        The Company has an advisory agreement with an affiliate of the Company's controlling member. The advisory agreement requires the Company to pay a management fee of the greater of $800 or 3% of EBITDA, as defined, annually through December 31, 2013. Management fee expense for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010 was $200 for both periods.

Note 12. Subsequent Events

        In April 2011, Community Choice Financial Inc., ("CCFI"), a newly formed holding company and CheckSmart Financial Holdings Corp., ("CheckSmart") together with CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. and CCCS Holdings, LLC entities (collectively, "CCCS") located in the western United States and certain other parties executed an Agreement and Plan of Merger pursuant to which CCFI acquired all outstanding shares of both CheckSmart and CCCS. The transaction was structured as a stock-for-stock transaction, in which the equity holders of each of CheckSmart and CCCS agreed to contribute the equity of the separate companies to CCFI in exchange for shares of the combined company. As a result of the transaction, the equity holders of CheckSmart and CCCS own approximately 77% and 23% of CCFI, respectively.

F-96


Table of Contents


CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 12. Subsequent Events (Continued)

        In connection with the above transaction, CCFI issued $395,000 8-year senior secured notes. The notes have an interest rate of 10.75% payable semi-annually and will mature on May 1, 2019. The proceeds were used to refinance existing debt, pay fees and expenses, and to finance a special dividend to shareholders and bonuses to management. The amount of special dividend was $120,566 and the amount of bonuses to management was $4,434.

        In April 2011, CCFI also entered into a 4-year, $40,000 revolving credit facility concurrent with the notes offering. The revolving credit facility, at the Company's option, bears interest at either (a) LIBOR plus a margin of 5% or (b) an alternative base rate (determined as the greatest of the prime rate, the federal funds effective rate plus 0.5% or 1-month LIBOR plus 1%) plus a margin of 4%, and will mature on April 29, 2015.

        Substantially all assets of the Company are pledged as collateral on the senior secured notes and revolving credit facility. The agreements contain various restrictions, including, in the case of the revolving credit facility, a requirement to maintain certain financial ratios, and certain other restrictions.

F-97


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents


Part II
Information not required in prospectus

Item 13.    Other expenses of issuance and distribution.

        The following table shows the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement, all of which will be paid by the registrant. All amounts are estimates, other than the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the Nasdaq listing fee.

SEC registration fee

  $ 26,703

FINRA filing fee

  $ 23,500

Nasdaq listing fee

    *

Accounting fees and expenses

    *

Legal fees and expenses

    *

Printing and engraving expenses

    *

Blue sky fees and expenses

    *

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

    *

Miscellaneous expenses

    *
     

Total

  $ *
     

*
To be completed by amendment

Item 14.    Indemnification of directors and officers.

        Under Section 1701.13 of the Ohio Revised Code, Ohio corporations are authorized to indemnify directors, officers, employees and agents within prescribed limits and must indemnify them under certain circumstances. Ohio law does not provide statutory authorization for a corporation to indemnify directors, officers, employees and agents for settlements, fines or judgments in the context of derivative suits. However, it provides that directors (but not officers, employees or agents) are entitled to mandatory advance of expenses, including attorneys' fees, incurred in defending any action, including derivative actions, brought against the director, provided that the director agrees to cooperate with the corporation concerning the matter and to repay the amount advanced if it is proved by clear and convincing evidence that the director's act or failure to act was done with deliberate intent to cause injury to the corporation or with reckless disregard for the corporation's best interests.

        Ohio law does not authorize payment of judgments to a director, officer, employee or agent after a finding of negligence or misconduct in a derivative suit absent a court order. Indemnification is permitted, however, to the extent such person succeeds on the merits. In all other cases, if a director, officer, employee or agent acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, indemnification is discretionary except as otherwise provided by a corporation's articles of incorporation, code of regulations or by contract except with respect to the advancement of expenses of directors.

        Under Ohio law, a director is not liable for monetary damages unless it is provided by clear and convincing evidence that his action or failure to act was undertaken with deliberate intent to cause injury to the corporation or with reckless disregard for the best interests of the corporation. There is, however, no comparable provision limiting the liability of officers, employees or agents of a corporation. The statutory right to indemnification is not exclusive in Ohio, and Ohio corporations may, among other things, procure insurance for such persons.

        We include in our code of regulations provisions to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Ohio Revised Code. We have obtained insurance that insures our

II-1


Table of Contents


directors and officers against certain losses and which insures us against our obligations to indemnify the directors and officers.

Item 15.    Recent sales of unregistered securities.

        On April 29, 2011, we completed an offering of $395 million aggregate principal amount of 10.75% senior notes due 2019 (the "Notes") at an aggregate offering price of 100%. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Jefferies & Company, Inc. and Stephens Inc. acted as initial purchasers for the offering and received an aggregate underwriting discount of $10.2 million. The Notes and related guarantees were offered only to qualified institutional buyers in reliance on the exemption from registration set forth in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and outside the United States to non-U.S. persons in reliance on the exemption from registration set forth in Regulation S under the Securities Act.

        On April 29, 2011, in connection with the consummation of the California Acquisition and the formation of our Company, we issued an aggregate of 1,330,256 common shares to our shareholders and issued options to purchase an aggregate of 207,164 common shares to our management in connection with the cancellation of options to purchase shares of CheckSmart, our predecessor.

Item 16.    Exhibits and financial statement schedules.

(a)
Exhibits

Number   Description
  1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  2.1   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of April 13, 2011, by and among CheckSmart Financial Holdings Corp., Community Choice Financial Inc., CCFI Merger Sub I Inc., CCFI Merger Sub II Inc., the Seller Parties (as defined therein), the Seller Representative (as defined therein), CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc., CCCS Holdings, LLC and CheckSmart Financial Company
  2.2   First Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of April 28, 2011, by and among CheckSmart Financial Holdings Corp., Community Choice Financial Inc., CCFI Merger Sub I Inc., CCFI Merger Sub II Inc., the Seller Parties (as defined therein), the Seller Representative (as defined therein), CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc., CCCS Holdings, LLC and CheckSmart Financial Company
  3.1   Articles of Incorporation of Community Choice Financial Inc.
  3.2   Code of Regulations of Community Choice Financial Inc.
  4.1*   Form of specimen common share certificate
  4.2   Indenture, dated as of April 29, 2011, among Community Choice Financial Inc., the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined therein) and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee and collateral agent, with respect to our 10.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2019
  4.3   Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2011, among Community Choice Financial Inc., the lenders party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent
  4.4   Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2011, by and between Insight Capital, LLC, and Republic Bank of Chicago
  4.5   First Modification to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2011, by and between Insight Capital, LLC, and Republic Bank of Chicago

II-2


Table of Contents

Number   Description
  4.6   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2011, among Community Choice Financial Inc., the guarantors party thereto, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Jefferies & Company, Inc. and Stephens Inc.
  5.1*   Opinion of Jones Day
  10.1   Shareholders Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2011, among Community Choice Financial Inc. and the Shareholders of Community Choice Financial Inc.
  10.2   Community Choice Financial Inc. 2011 Management Equity Incentive Plan, effective as of April 29, 2011
  21.1   List of subsidiaries
  23.1   Consent of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP
  23.2   Consent of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP
  23.3*   Consent of Jones Day (included in Exhibit 5.1).
  24.1   Powers of Attorney (see signature page)

*
To be filed by amendment.

Item 17.    Undertakings.

        (a)   The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

        (b)   Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        (c)   The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

        1.     For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

        2.     For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-3


Table of Contents


Signatures

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Dublin, State of Ohio, on August 22, 2011.

    COMMUNITY CHOICE FINANCIAL INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ WILLIAM E. SAUNDERS, JR.

Name: William E. Saunders, Jr.
Title: Chief Executive Officer


Power of Attorney

        We, the undersigned directors and officers of Community Choice Financial Inc. (the "Company"), hereby severally constitute and appoint William E. Saunders, Jr., Michael Durbin and Bridgette Roman, and each of them individually, with full powers of substitution and resubstitution, our true and lawful attorneys, with full powers to them and each of them to sign for us, in our names and in the capacities indicated below, any and all amendments to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (including post-effective amendments), and any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933 in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of equity securities of the Company, and to file or cause to be filed the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as each of them might or could do in person, and hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys, and each of them, or their substitute or substitutes, shall do or cause to be done by virtue of this Power of Attorney.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on August 22, 2011.

Signature
 
Title

 

 

 
/s/ WILLIAM E. SAUNDERS, JR.

William E. Saunders, Jr.
  Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ MICHAEL DURBIN

Michael Durbin

 

Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/ EUGENE LOCKHART

Eugene Lockhart

 

Chairman of the Board of Directors

/s/ LEE A. WRIGHT

Lee A. Wright

 

Director

II-4


Table of Contents

Signature
 
Title

 

 

 
/s/ JAMES H. FRAUENBERG, SR.

James H. Frauenberg, Sr.
  Director

/s/ MICHAEL LANGER

Michael Langer

 

Director

/s/ FELIX LO

Felix Lo

 

Director

/s/ ANDREW RUSH

Andrew Rush

 

Director

/s/ DAVID M. WITTELS

David M. Wittels

 

Director

II-5



EXHIBIT INDEX

Number   List of Exhibits
  1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  2.1   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of April 13, 2011, by and among CheckSmart Financial Holdings Corp., Community Choice Financial Inc., CCFI Merger Sub I Inc., CCFI Merger Sub II Inc., the Seller Parties (as defined therein), the Seller Representative (as defined therein), CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc., CCCS Holdings, LLC and CheckSmart Financial Company
  2.2   First Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of April 28, 2011, by and among CheckSmart Financial Holdings Corp., Community Choice Financial Inc., CCFI Merger Sub I Inc., CCFI Merger Sub II Inc., the Seller Parties (as defined therein), the Seller Representative (as defined therein), CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc., CCCS Holdings, LLC and CheckSmart Financial Company
  3.1   Articles of Incorporation of Community Choice Financial Inc.
  3.2   Code of Regulations of Community Choice Financial Inc.
  4.1*   Form of specimen common share certificate
  4.2   Indenture, dated as of April 29, 2011, among Community Choice Financial Inc., the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined therein) and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee and collateral agent, with respect to our 10.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2019
  4.3   Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2011, among Community Choice Financial Inc., the lenders party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent
  4.4   Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2011, by and between Insight Capital, LLC, and Republic Bank of Chicago
  4.5   First Modification to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2011, by and between Insight Capital, LLC, and Republic Bank of Chicago
  4.6   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2011, among Community Choice Financial Inc., the guarantors party thereto, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Jefferies & Company, Inc. and Stephens Inc.
  5.1*   Opinion of Jones Day
  10.1   Shareholders Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2011, among Community Choice Financial Inc. and the Shareholders of Community Choice Financial Inc.
  10.2   Community Choice Financial Inc. 2011 Management Equity Incentive Plan, effective as of April 29, 2011
  21.1   List of subsidiaries
  23.1   Consent of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP
  23.2   Consent of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP
  23.3*   Consent of Jones Day (included in Exhibit 5.1).
  24.1   Powers of Attorney (see signature page)

*
To be filed by amendment.